R. S. Envirolink Technologies Pvt. Ltd.

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT STUDY Sawalkote HEP (1856MW)

April 2015

DRAFT REPORT

Prepared for: Jammu & Kashmir Power Development Corporation

Prepared by:

R. S. Envirolink Technologies Pvt. Ltd. 402, RADISSON SUITES COMMERCIAL PLAZA,

B-BLOCK, SUSHANT LOK-I, GURGAON Ph: +91-124-4295383 : www.rstechnologies.co.in

http://www.rstechnologies.co.in/

Scheme for Accreditation of EIA Consultant Organizations

List of Accredited Consultant Organizations (Alphabetically)/ Rev. 29/ April 07, 2015 Page 1 *denotes Provisionally Accredited Consultants

List of Accredited EIA Consultant Organizations – 172

(as on April 07, 2015)

S. No.

Consultant Organization

Scope of Accreditation

As per NABET Scheme Project or Activity as per Schedule of MoEF Notification dated

September 14, 2006 and subsequent amendments

Sector Number

Name of Sector Category

1

Aarvee Associates Architects Engineers & Consultants Pvt. Ltd. * Address: 8-2-5, Ravula Residency Srinagar Colony, Hyderabad E.mail: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected] Tel.: 040-23737633 Conditions apply

34 Highways, Railways, transport terminals, mass rapid transport system

A 7 (f)

2

ABC Techno Labs India Private Limited (formerly known as ABC Environ Solutions Pvt. Ltd.) Address: No. 2, 2nd Street, Thangam Colony, Anna Nagar West, Chennai – 600040 E-mail:[email protected], [email protected]

1 Mining of minerals (Opencast only) A

1 (a) (i) Mining (Open cast and Underground) B

3 Irrigation projects only A 1 (c )

4 Thermal Power Plant A 1 (d)

8 Metallurgical industries (sec. ferrous only)

B 3 (a)

9 Cement Plants A 3 (b)

10 Petroleum refining industry A 4 (a)

15 Leather/skin/hide processing A 4 (f)

mailto:[email protected]





Scheme for Accreditation of EIA Consultant Organizations

List of Accredited Consultant Organizations (Alphabetically)/ Rev. 29/ April 07, 2015 Page 100 *denotes Provisionally Accredited Consultants

S. No.

Consultant Organization

Scope of Accreditation

As per NABET Scheme Project or Activity as per Schedule of MoEF Notification dated

September 14, 2006 and subsequent amendments

Sector Number

Name of Sector Category

complexes

125

R. K. Consultants * Address: 17-E/ 403, C. H.B, Jodhpur- 342008 E.mail:[email protected], [email protected] Tel.: 0291- 2706098, 09829021098 Conditions apply

1 Mining of minerals (Open cast only) A 1 (a) (i)

126

R. S. Envirolinks Technologies Pvt. Ltd. * Address: 402, Radisson Suites Commercial Plaza, B Block, Sushant Lok 1, Gurgaon – 122009 e. mail: [email protected] Tel.: 0124 – 4295383 09810136853 Conditions apply

1 Mining of minerals (Open cast only) A 1 (a) (i)

3 River Valley, Hydel, Drainage and Irrigation projects

A 1 (c)

27

Oil & gas transportation pipeline (crude and refinery/ petrochemical products), passing through national parks/ sanctuaries/coral reefs /ecologically sensitive Areas including LNG terminal

A 6 (a)

33 Jetties only B 7 (e)

34 Railways only A 7 (f)

40 (i) Automobile and Auto Components - -



CONTENTS Page No.

CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION

1.1 GENERAL 1.1

1.2 SAWALKOTE H.E. PROJECT 1.1

1.2.1 Purpose of the Study 1.1

1.2.2 Scope of the Study 1.3

1.3 CASCADE DEVELOPENT PLAN 1.3

1.4 PROJECT BACKGROUND AND STUDY OF ALTERNATIVES 1.4

1.5 POLICY LEGAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE FRAMEWORK 1.4

1.6 EIA NOTIFICATION, 2006 1.6

1.7 FOREST CLEARANCE 1.7

1.8 INDUS WATER TREATY (IWT) 1.7

1.9 DISCLOSURE BY THE CONSULTANT 1.7

1.10 OUTLINE OF THE REPORT 1.7

CHAPTER 2: PROJECT DESRCRIPTION & INFRASTRUCTURE

2.1 PROJECT LOCATION & ACCESSIBILITY 2.1

2.2 SALIENT FEATURES OF THE PROJECT 2.1

2.3 PROJECT COMPONENTS 2.1

2.3.1 Dam Complex 2.1

2.3.2 Head Race Tunnel 2.2

2.3.3 Pressure Shaft/ Penstock 2.2

2.3.4 Power House 2.2

2.4 INFRASTRUCTURE FACILITIES 2.4

2.4.1 Approach to the Project 2.4

2.4.1.1 Transportation by Railway 2.4

2.4.1.2 Transportation by air 2.4

2.4.1.3 Transportation by road 2.4

2.4.2 Project Roads 2.8

2.4.3 Project Colonies 2.8

2.4.4 Aggregate Processing Plants/Batching and Mixing Plants 2.9

2.4.5 Quarry Areas 2.9

2.4.6 Muck Disposal Areas 2.10

2.4.7 Explosive Magazine 2.10

2.4.8 Land Requirement 2.11

2.4.9 Construction Power 2.12

2.4.10 Tele-Communication and Other Facilities 2.12

2.5 PROXIMITY TO PROTECTED AREA 2.12

CHAPTER 3: METHODOLOGY

3.1 INTRODUCTION 3.1

3.2 METHODOLOGY 3.1

3.2.1 Study Area 3.1

3.2.2 Scoping Matrix 3.2

3.2.3 Baseline Status Primary Data Collection 3.2

3.2.4 Secondary Data 3.2

3.2.4.1 Physiography 3.6

3.2.4.2 Geology 3.6

3.2.4.3 Meteorology 3.6

3.2.4.4 Hydrology 3.6

3.2.4.5 Forest Types & Forest Cover 3.6

3.2.4.6 Infrastructure Facilities 3.7

3.2.5 Primary Data Collection - Field Surveys 3.7

3.2.5.1 Soil 3.7

3.2.5.2 Ambient Air Quality 3.8

3.2.5.3 Ambient Noise levels & Traffic Density 3.10

3.2.5.4 Land use / land cover 3.11

3.2.5.5 Vegetation Community Structure/ Floristic Surveys 3.11

3.2.5.6 Faunal Elements 3.14

3.2.5.7 Water Quality 3.15

3.2.5.8 Aquatic Ecology 3.16

3.2.5.9 Socio-economic Surveys 3.20

3.3 IMPACT ASSESSMENT & MITIGATION MEASURES 3.20

3.4 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 3.22

3.5 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME 3.22

CHAPTER 4: HYDROLOGY


4.2 CHENAB BASIN 4.1

4.2.1 Chenab River 4.1

4.3 DATA AVAILABILITY 4.2

4.3.1 Hydrological data 4.2

4.3.2 Meteorological data 4.2

4.4 WATER AVALABILITY STATUS 4.2

4.4.1 Consistency and Validation of flow series 4.2

4.4.2 Derivation of water availability series for the Sawalkote Dam 4.7

4.4.2.1 Max., Min., Average, 50% and 90% dependable flow at Sawalkote 4.10

4.4.2.2 Flow Duration Curves 4.13

4.4.2.3 Minimum Mean Discharge 4.13

CHAPTER 5: GEOLOGY

5.1 GEOMORPHOLOGICAL AND GEOLOGICAL SETTING AROUND PROJECT AREA 5.1

5.2 GEOLOGY OF DAM SITE 5.2

5.2.1 Rock type 5.2

5.2.2 Drilling 5.5

5.2.3 Drifts 5.6

5.3 GEOLOGY AROUND DIVERSION TUNNELS 5.7

5.3.1 Geology along Right bank of Chenab 5.7

5.4 GEOLOGY AROUND POWER INTAKES, HRT’S AND PRESSURE SHAFTS 5.9

5.5 GEOLOGY AROUND POWER HOUSE AREA 5.10

5.5.1 Topographical nature 5.12

5.5.2 Geology surrounding the power house area 5.12

5.5.3 Anticipated rock condition along Machine Hall Cavern 5.13

5.5.4 Exploratory Drift 5.14

5.6 GEOLOGY AROUND TAIL RACE TUNNEL ALIGNMENT 5.17

5.6.1 Geology along the TRT alignment 5.18

5.7 GEOLOGY OF RESERVOIR AREA 5.20

5.8 SEISMICITY AND SEISMOTECTONICS 5.23

CHAPTER 6: ENVIRONMENTAL BASELINE STATUS: PHYSICO-CHEMICAL PARAMETERS


6.2 DRAINAGE 6.1

6.3 PHYSIOGRAPHY 6.1

6.4 SOIL 6.2

6.4.1 Soil Fertility Status 6.2

6.4.2 Soil Taxonomic Classification 6.6

6.5 AIR ENVIRONMENT 6.10

6.5.1 Ambient Air Quality 6.10

6.6 NOISE & TRAFFIC 6.11

6.6.1 Noise Level 6.11

6.6.2 Traffic Density 6.12

CHAPTER 7: ENVIRONMENTAL BASELINE STATUS: BIOLOGICAL RESOURCES


7.2 LAND USE/ LAND COVER 7.1

7.3 FOREST TYPES 7.1

7.4 FLORISTIC 7.4

7.4.1 Objectives 7.4

7.4.2 Taxonomic Diversity 7.4

7.4.3 Community Structure 7.7

7.4.4 Density & Dominance 7.22

7.4.5 Diversity & Distribution 7.24

7.4.6 Endemics and RET species 7.25

7.4.7 Economically Important Plant Species 7.25

7.5 TERRESTRIAL FAUNA 7.27

7.5.1 Mammals 7.27

7.5.2 Avifauna 7.28

7.5.3 Herpetofauna 7.30

7.5.4 Insects and Butterflies 7.30

7.5.5 Threatened and Endangered Fauna 7.31

7.6 WATER QUALITY 7.31

7.6.1 Physico-chemical Characteristics 7.31

7.6.2 Biological Characteristics 7.37

7.6.2.1 Periphyton 7.37

7.6.2.2 Phytoplankton 7.40

7.6.2.3 Zooplankton 7.41

7.6.2.4 Macro-Invertebrates 7.42

7.6.2.5 Water Quality Assessment 7.44

7.7 FISH AND FISHERIES 7.46

CHAPTER 8: DESCRIPTION OF SOCIAL ENVIRONMENT

8.1 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT 8.1

8.2 THE STUDY AREA 8.2

8.3 SOCIO ECONOMIC PROFILE OF THE STUDY AREA 8.6

8.3.1 Demographic Profile 8.6

8.3.2 Social Category 8.9

8.3.3 Literacy 8.11

8.3.4 Occupation Pattern 8.15

8.3.5 Education Facilities 8.21

8.3.6 Health Care Facilities 8.21

8.3.7 Culture & Tourism 8.21

8.4 SOCIO-ECONOMIC PROFILE OF PROJECT AFFECTED VILLAGES 8.21

8.4.1 Demographic Profile 8.23

8.4.2 Social Category 8.24

8.4.3 Literacy 8.25

8.4.4 Occupation Pattern 8.25

8.4.5 Education Facilities 8.27

8.4.6 Health Care Facilities 8.28

8.4.7 Road Network and Transport 8.28

8.4.7 Amenities 8.29

CHAPTER 9: ASSESSMENT OF IMPACTS

9.1 GENERAL 9.1

9.2 IMPACTS DURING CONSTRUCTION 9.2

9.2.1 Impacts due to immigration of Construction Workers 9.2

9.2.2 Construction of Main Project Components 9.3

9.2.3 Quarrying Operations 9.4

9.2.4 Operation of Construction Plant and Equipment 9.4

9.2.5 Muck Disposal 9.6

9.2.6 Road Construction 9.7

9.2.7 Acquisition of Land 9.8

9.28 Impact on Water Quality 9.8

9.2.9 Impact on Terrestrial Flora 9.9

9.2.10 Impact on Terrestrial Fauna 9.10

9.2.11 Impact on Aquatic Ecology 9.11

9.2.12 Impact on Noise Environment 9.12

9.2.13 Impact on Air Quality 9.15

9.2.14 Traffic Analysis 9.18

9.2.15 Impacts on Socio-economic Environment 9.18

9.2.16 Impacts Summary 9.19

9.3 IMPACTS DURING OPERATION PHASE 9.19

9.3.1 Impact on Water Resources 9.20

9.3.2 Terrestrial Fauna 9.26

9.3.3 Aquatic Ecology 9.26

9.3.4 Impacts due to peaking 9.26

CHAPTER 10: ENVIRONMENTAL FLOWS

10.1 NORMS FOR ENVIRONMENTAL FLOW 10.1

10.2 ESTABLISHING WATER REQUIREMENT 10.2

10.3 FLOWS AVAILABLE 10.6

10.4 SIMULATION OF RELEASE FROM THE DAM 10.8

10.5 ENVIRONMENT FLOW RELEASE RECOMMENDATIONS 10.9

PHOTO PLATES

BIBLIOGRAPHY

LIST OF TABLES Page No.

Table 1.1: Key Environmental Legislations in India 1.5

Table 2.1: Salient features of the Sawalkote HE project 2.2

Table 2.2: Description of Road to be constructed for Sawalkote HE project 2.8

Table 2.3: Total requirement of rock for aggregates in project components 2.9

Table 2.4: Quantity of muck to be generated from different project construction activities and quantity

required to be disposed off 2.10

Table 2.5: Land Requirement of Sawalkote H.E. Project 2.11

Table 2.6: District Wise Land Requirement of Sawalkote H.E. Project 2.12

Table 3.1: Scoping matrix for EIA study of Sawalkote H.E. Project 3.5

Table 3.2: Sampling schedule for various Environmental Parameters 3.7

Table 3.3: Sampling locations 3.8

Table 3.4: Ambient air quality, monitoring locations 3.9

Table 3.5: Ambient air quality, noise and traffic density monitoring locations 3.11

Table 3.6: Sampling Locations for terrestrial ecology 3.13

Table 3.7: Number of quadrats studied during field surveys for trees, shrubs and herbs 3.13

Table 3.8: Transects and trails for faunal elements 3.14

Table 3.9: Water sampling locations 3.16

Table 3.10: Source of data for various Environmental Parameters 3.21

Table 4.1: Details of G&D Sites 4.2

Table 4.2: t-Test for Dhamkund 4.5

Table 4.3: t-Test for Premnagar 4.6

Table 4.4: t-Test for Akhnoor 4.6

Table 4.5: 10 daily flow series Sawalkote HE Project 4.7

Table 4.6: 10-daily flow series Sawalkote HE Project 4.8

Table 4.7: 10 daily flow series Sawalkote HE Project 4.9

Table 4.8: 10-Daily flow summary at Sawalkote 4.10

Table 4.9: Detail of 50% and 90% dependable flow year 4.13

Table 5.1: Characteristics of joint sets 5.5

Table 5.2: Location of bore holes 5.5

Table 5.3: Location of drifts 5.6

Table 5.4: Distribution of Lithology from Confluence (Talsuen-Chenab) to about 250m D/S 5.7

Table 5.5: Characteristics of joints (Confluence to 250m D/S) 5.7

Table 5.6: Characteristics of joints (from 250m to 350m D/S) 5.8

Table 5.7: Characteristics of the Joints (from 350m to 450m D/S) 5.8

Table 5.8: Characteristics of Joint sets 5.10

Table 5.9: Characteristics of Joint Sets in the Mapped Area 5.13

Table 5.10: Detailed characteristics of Sheared Dolomite Bands and Shear zones 5.16

Table 5.11: Seepage / Water Inflow condition within the Drift 5.16

Table 5.12: Characteristics of the Prominent Joints 5.19

Table 5.13: Location and Thickness of sheared Dolomite Bands 5.20

Table 6.1: Areas falling under different slope categories in the study area 6.2

Table 6.2: Physico-chemical Composition of Soil in the Study Area 6.6

Table 6.3: Description and Area under different Soil Classes 6.9

Table 6.4: National Ambient Air Quality Standard by (CPCB) 6.10

Table 6.5: Air Quality Monitoring of the Study Area (unit: µg/m3) 6.11

Table 6.6: Ambient Noise Standards 6.11

Table 6.7: Equivalent Noise levels in study area during day time [Leq dB(A)] 6.12

Table 6.8: Traffic density in the study area 6.12

Table 7.1: Area under different land use/ land covers in the study area 7.1

Table 7. 2: Forest types found in the Study area of Sawalkote HEP 7.3

Table 7.3: Community structure –Site: V1 (Trees & Shrubs) 7.7

Table 7.4: Community structure –Site: V1 (Shrubs) 7.8

Table 7.5: Community structure –Site: V1 (Herbs) 7.8

Table 7.6: Community structure –Site: V2 (Trees) 7.9
























Table 7.30: Density (plants per ha) of Trees, Shrubs and Herbs 7.22

Table 7.31: Importance Value Index of dominant tree species at different sampling locations 7.23

Table 7.32: Importance Value Index of dominant shrub species at different sampling locations 7.23

Table 7.33: Shannon Weiner Diversity Index (H) 7.24

Table 7.34: Evenness Index (E) 7.24

Table 7.35: Fodder Plants 7.26

Table 7.36: Timber Trees 7.26

Table 7.37: Commonly used medicinally important plant species recorded from the Study area 7.26

Table 7.38: A list of Mammalian species reported in the study area of Sawalkote HEP 7.28

Table 7.39: List of avifauna reported from the study area with their conservation status in the

study area 7.29

Table 7.40: A list of Butterflies found in the Study Area of Sawalkote HEP 7.30

Table 7.41: Physico-Chemical Characteristics of Water at Different Sampling Sites in the Study

Area : Winter (Lean) 7.33


Area (Pre-Monsoon: Summer) 7.34


Area (Monsoon) 7.35

Table 7.44: Ground Water quality in the study area 7.36

Table 7.45: List of periphyton found in Study Area 7.39

Table 7.46: Density, Species Diversity (H) and Evenness Index (E) of periphyton 7.40

Table 7.47: List of phytoplankton species found in Study Area 7.40

Table 7.48: Density, Species Diversity (H) and Evenness Index (E) of phytoplankton 7.41

Table 7.49: Zooplankton found in study area during winter season 7.41

Table 7.50: Zooplankton found in study area during Pre monsoon season 7.42

Table 7.51: Zooplankton found in study area during monsoon season 7.42

Table 7.52: Percent composition of macro-invertebrates at different sampling locations (Winter) 7.42

Table 7.53 : Percent composition of macro-invertebrates at different sampling locations (Pre-Monsoon) 7.43

Table 7.54 : Percent composition of macro-invertebrates at different sampling locations (Monsoon) 7.43

Table 7.55: Density (indiv./m2) of macro-invertebrates at different locations 7.44

Table 7.56 : Biological Water Quality at different locations 7.45

Table 7.57: List of Fish species reported and their Conservation status 7.47

Table 8.1: Demographic Profile of Ramban, Reasi and Udhampur District 8.3

Table 8.2a: Demographic profile of Study area (Ramban District) 8.6

Table 8.2b: Demographic profile of Study area (Reasi District) 8.8

Table 8.2c: Demographic profile of Study area (Udhampur District) 8.8

Table 8.3a: Social Category of villages in Study area (Ramban District) 8.9

Table 8.3b: Social Category of villages in Study area (Reasi District) 8.11

Table 8.3c: Social Category of villages in Study area (Udhampur District) 8.11

Table 8.4a: Literacy Rate in Study area (Ramban District) 8.12

Table 8.4b: Literacy Rate in Study area (Reasi District) 8.14

Table 8.4c: Literacy Rate in Study area (Udhampur District) 8.14

Table 8.5a: Occupational Pattern in study area (Ramban District) 8.15

Table 8.5b: Occupational Pattern in study area (Reasi District) 8.17

Table 8.5c: Occupational Pattern in study area (Udhampur District) 8.17

Table 8.6a: Main Workers Classification (Ramban District) 8.18

Table 8.6b: Main Workers Classification (Reasi District) 8.20

Table 8.6c: Main Workers Classification (Udhampur District) 8.20

Table 8.7: Education facilities in the Ramban District 8.21

Table 8.8: Health Care facilities in the Ramban District 8.21

Table 8.9: List of project affected villages and hamlets 8.23

Table 8.10: Demographic Profile of the Affected Villages 8.23

Table 8.11: Population structure of Project Affected Villages 8.24

Table 8.12: Literacy Rate in project affected villages 8.25

Table 8.13: Working population in the project affected villages 8.26

Table 8.14: Main Worker Classification in the project affected villages 8.27

Table 8.15: Education facilities in the in the project affected villages 8.28

Table 8.16: Health Care facilities in the project affected villages 8.28

Table 8.17: Nearest distance from village upto corresponding amenities (in km) 8.29

Table 9.1: Calculation of Total Migratory Population 9.2

Table 9.2: List of Construction Equipment at Construction Stage of Sawalkote HEP 9.5

Table 9.3: Details of Road Construction 9.7

Table 9.4: Land Requirement of Sawalkote H.E. Project 9.8

Table 9.5: Noise Levels due to Operation of Construction Equipment 9.12

Table 9.6: Increase in noise levels due to operation of various construction equipment 9.13

Table 9.7: Transmission loss for common construction materials 9.13

Table 9.8: Increase in noise levels due to increased vehicular movement 9.14

Table 9.9: Noise generated due to drilling 9.14

Table 9.10: Noise generated due to blasting 9.14

Table 9.11: Maximum Exposure Periods Specified by OSHA 9.15

Table 9.12: Existing Traffic Scenario & Level of Service (LOS) 9.18

Table 9.13: Modified Traffic Scenario & LOS 9.18

Table 914: Summary of Impacts during Construction Phase 9.21

Table 9.15: Summary of Impacts during Operation Phase 9.24

Table 9.16: Hourly Lean season release of a typical 24 hour used for peaking impact study 9.27

Table 9.17: Variation in water levels and velocity profiles in downstream reach 9.27

Table 10.1: List of Fish species reported 10.2

Table 10.2: Habitat requirement of Golden Mahseer (Tor putitora) 10.3

Table 10.3: Habitat requirement of Silver Mahseer (Tor tor) 10.4

Table 10.4: Habitat requirement of Snow trout (Schizothorax richardsonii) 10.5

Table 10.5: 10-Daily Flow Series for 90% Dependable Year 10.6

Table 10.6: Seasonal Average Discharge Values in 90% Dependable Year 10.7

Table 10.7: Summary of results of Simulation of Diversion of Flow (Lean Season) 10.8

Table 10.8: Summary of results of Simulation of Diversion of Flow (Monsoon Season) 10.9

Table 10.9: Summary of results of Simulation of Diversion of Flow (other months) 10.9

LIST OF FIGURES Page No.

Figure1.1: Location Map of Sawalkote H.E. Project 1.2

Figure 1.2: Cascade development 1.4

Figure 2.1: Layout map of Sawalkote H.E. Project 2.5

Figure 2.2: Layout map construction facilities area of Sawalkote H.E. Project 2.6

Figure 2.3: Layout map road construction for Sawalkote H.E. Project 2.7

Figure 2.4: Map Showing distance of Kishtwar High Altitude National Park from Sawalkote HEP 2.13

Figure 3.1: Study area map delineated as per approved TOR of Sawalkote H.E. Project 3.3

Figure 3.2: Study area map showing sampling sites and Direct Impact Zone of Sawalkote H.E. Project 3.4

Figure 4.1: Single Mass Curve-Dharamkund 4.3

Figure 4.2: Single Mass Curve-Premnagar 4.3

Figure 4.3: Single Mass Curve-Akhnoor 4.4

Figure 4.4: Double Mass Curve-Dharamkund Vs Premnagar 4.4

Figure 4.5: Double Mass Curve-Dharamkund Vs Akhnoor 4.5

Figure 4.6: Comparison of Observed Annual Yield 4.7

Figure 4.7: 10-daily max, min and average computed flow at Sawalkote HEP 4.11

Figure 4.8: Flow pattern in 50% and 90% dependable year of the computed Series at Sawalkote HEP 4.12

Figure 4.9: Flow Duration Curve in 50% dependable year 4.14

Figure 4.10: Flow Duration Curve in 90% dependable year 4.14

Figure 4.11: Flow Duration Curve for Average Ten Daily Flow 4.14

Figure 5.1: Geological Map of Jammu & Kashmir 5.3

Figure 5.2: Geological Plan of Dam Site 5.4

Figure 5.3: Geological Plan around Power House Area 5.11

Figure 5.4: Geological map of reservoir area (Lower portion) 5.22

Figure 5.5: Geological map of reservoir area (Upper portion) 5.23

Figure 5.6: Regional Tectonic Framework vis-à-vis the Sawalkote HEP 5.23

Figure 6.1: Drainage map of Chenab river in study area of Sawalkote HE project 6.3

Figure 6.2: Digital Terrain Model (DTM) of the study area generated from ASTER GDEM data 6.4

Figure 6.3: Slope map of the study area generated from DEM 6.5

Figure 6.4: Map showing sampling sites for physical sampling stations in the study area 6.7

Figure 6.5: Soil Series and their description in the Study Area 6.8

Figure 7.1: Land Use/ Land Cover Map of the project Study Area 7.2

Figure 7.2: Location of Biological Sampling Sites in the study area 7.5

Figure 7.3: Plate showing diatom species 7.38

Figure 8.1: Project Location Map 8.1

Figure 8.2: Map showing villages in the Study Area 8.5

Figure 8.3: Sex ratio in the Study Area 8.6

Figure 8.4: Percent composition of Scheduled Castes (SC) and Scheduled Tribes (ST) population 8.9

Figure 8.5: Average Literacy rate (%) in the Study area 8.12

Figure 8.6: Working population in the Study area 8.15

Figure 8.7: Main Workers Classification 8.18

Figure 8.8: Project Affected Villages 8.22

Figure 8.9: Sex ratio in the Project Affected Villages 8.23

Figure 8.10: Percent composition of Scheduled Castes (SC) and Scheduled Tribes (ST) population 8.24

Figure 8.11: Average Literacy rate (%) in the Project Affected Villages 8.25

Figure 8.12: Working population (%) in the Project Affected Villages 8.26

Figure 8.13: Main Worker Classification in the Project Affected Villages 8.27

Figure 9.1: Graph showing Concentration of Fugitive dust vs Distance 9.17

Figure 9.2: Inundation Map 9.28

LIST OF ANNEXURES

Annexure Ia: Scoping clearance of Sawalkote HEP of 1200 MW project was accorded by Ministry of

Environment Forests and Climate Change (MoEF&CC), Government of India vide letter no. J-

12011 /19/2011-IA.I dated October 13, 2011

Annexure Ib: scoping clearance was revalidated by MoEF&CC for Installation capacity of 1856 MW

vide letter no. J-12011/19/2011-IA.I dated June 12, 2013

Annexure II: Compliance to TOR

Annexure III: List of Flowering Plants

Annexure IV: Drinking Water Quality Standard (as per IS: 10500: 2012)

JKSPDCL Draft EIA Report Sawalkote HEP

RS Envirolink Technologies Pvt. Ltd. 1.1

1.1 GENERAL The state of Jammu & Kashmir is endowed with huge and vast water resources in the form

of permanent glaciers & ice bodies, inland waterbodies viz. lakes & river systems. These are

being utilized for water resource development projects. The main rivers that flow through

Jammu Kashmir region are Indus, Jhelum and Chenab.

In order to harness this potential in a sustained manner, the Government of J&K

established the Jammu & Kashmir State Power Development Corporation Limited

(JKSPDCL) which has been incorporated as Private limited company on 16th February 1995.

The Corporation presently has 20 hydroelectric projects with installed capacity of 758.70

MW located in various districts of Jammu & Kashmir.

Jammu & Kashmir State Power Development Corporation Ltd. (JKSPDCL) has assessed the

hydropower potential of the state at 20,000 MW. Out of this 20,000 MW, about 16,000

MW are identified on the four main rivers in the state: Ravi, Indus, Jhelum and Chenab.

1.2 SAWALKOTE H.E. PROJECT The proposed Sawalkote HEP, a run-of-the-river project with installed capacity of 1856 MW

(1406 MW in Stage 1 and 450 MW in Stage 2) is one of the projects on Chenab River being

developed by Jammu Kashmir Power Development Corporation in Ramban, Reasi and

Udhampur districts of Jammu & Kashmir, dam site of proposed project is located near

Tangar village around 40 km from Ramban town (Figure 1.1). Total catchment area of the

project upstream of the dam is 19475 km2. An underground powerhouse in the

downstream of dam axis and a tail race system is proposed on the left bank of Chenab

River. The nearest railhead is at Udhampur, about 90 km from Ramban town. Ramban

town is connected with Udhampur by means of NH 1A, Jammu Srinagar highway, which

includes crossing river Chenab near Ramban Town. The project site is about 150 km from

Jammu. The location of the project is shown in Figure 1.1.

1.2.1 Purpose of the Study

An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) is a process used to predict the environmental

consequences (positive or negative) of a plan, policy, program, or project prior to the

implementation decision. It proposes measures to adjust impacts to acceptable levels or to

investigate new technological solutions. Although an assessment may lead to difficult

economic decisions and political and social concerns, environmental impact assessments

protect the environment by providing a sound basis for effective and sustainable

development.

Chapter

1 INTRODUCTION



Figure1.1: Location Map of Sawalkote H.E. Project



The Environment Management Plan (EMP) provides a plan which, upon implementation, will

reduce negative impacts of the project during construction and operational phase and

minimize environmental degradation. This minimization may be a result of implementation of

a project alternative or project modifications or environmental protection measures which

simply reduces the severity or magnitude of impacts.

The purpose of the assessment is to ensure that decision makers consider the environmental

impacts when deciding whether or not to proceed with a project.

1.2.2 Scope of the Study

The general scope of this EIA study is as follows:

Assessment of the existing condition of ecological, physico-chemical and socio-

economic aspects of environment;

Identification of potential impacts on various environmental components due to

activities envisaged during construction and operational phases of the proposed hydro-

electric project.

Prediction of significant impacts on major environmental components;

Preparation of Environmental Management Plan (EMP) outlining measures to minimize

adverse impacts during construction and operational phases of the proposed project.

This includes components like Catchment Area Treatment Plan (CAT), Green Belt

Development Plan, Fisheries development, conservation/management plan, Muck

Disposal Plan, Dam Break Analysis etc;

Formulation of Rehabilitation and Resettlement Plan as per Land Acquisition,

Rehabilitation & Resettlement Act, 2013;

Formulation of environmental monitoring plan for construction and operation phases;

Estimation of Cost for implementation of Environmental Management Plan,

Resettlement & Rehabilitation Plan, Catchment Area Treatment Plan and Environmental

Monitoring Programme.

1.3 CASCADE DEVELOPENT PLAN The Sawalkote HEP is a run of the river type development scheme across the Chenab River,

in the State of Jammu and Kashmir near Sawalkote Village. At the dam site, the river drains

a catchment of 19475 Km2. Sawalkote HEP harnesses the hydropower potential of Chenab

River between Baglihar HEP and Salal HEP. The entire course of the river, with high cliffs,

on both sides, is through a rugged and mountainous region. Three projects; Dulhasti

Hydroelectric Project (390MW) in the Upper reaches, Baglihar HEP (450 MW stage 1) in

upstream of proposed project and Salal HEP (690 MW) in lower reaches have been

constructed across Chenab River and are operational. Other planned projects on Chenab

river are Shou (230 MW), Barinium (240 MW), Kirthai I (390 MW), Kirthai II (930 MW), Kiru

(624 MW), Kwar (540 MW), Dul Hasti (390 MW), Ratle (850 MW), Shamnot (370 MW) and

Baglihar Stage II (450 MW).

Cascade Development plan of Chenab wrt to Sawalkote HEP, showing upstream and

downstream project and free flowing river stretch between and FRL and TWL of these

projects is given at Figure 1.2.



Figure 1.2: Cascade development

1.4 PROJECT BACKGROUND AND STUDY OF ALTERNATIVES

Sawalkote hydroelectric project over Chenab was conceived by erstwhile Central Water &

Power Commission (CW&PC) which is presently known as Central Water Commission

(CWC). Detailed investigation for the preparation of Detailed Project Report (DPR) was

initiated at their behest in early 1960’s. Detailed geological investigation for the proposed

project, which included a 155m high concrete gravity dam, a 5.5km long Head Race Tunnel,

a surface power house on the right bank and other appurtenant structures was carried out

by geologists of Geological Survey of India between 1962-63 and 1968-69. Afterwards for

the preparation of DPR, necessary field and laboratory tests and other detailed engineering

studies were carried out by different Government organizations under the guidance of

CWC. Initially a DPR was prepared by CWC considering the scheme as a run of the river

scheme for generation of 1200MW of hydro power from this project in two stages (Stage-I

& II of each 600MW capacity). Later on, the project was handed over to NHPC for

execution.

Subsequently, JKSPDC took over the project from NHPC and decided to execute the project

as state sector project. The Sawalkote consortium proposed a layout with underground

powerhouse and short tail race tunnel on the left bank. Sawalkote consortium prepared

and submitted the detailed project report of 1200 MW in March 2006 to JKSPDC/CEA.

During Examination of DPR in CEA, CWC and GSI during 2006, additional studies were

sought to be carried out. Meanwhile, based upon approved Hydrology, the installed

capacity of the project has been approved by CEA in April 2012 as 1406 MW as stage 1 and

450 MW as stage 2. Several alternatives were studied on desktop and the proposed one

was found to be most suitable.

1.5 POLICY LEGAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE FRAMEWORK In the emerging scenario of rapid economic growth, sustainability of existing resources for

the present and future generations requires an integrated approach so that, the existing



resources are optimally utilized without causing undue damage to the environment. To

achieve this objective, the Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change

(MoEF&CC), Government of India has enacted Acts, Legislations, Guidelines and Standards

to ensure sustainable development and conserve the environment. These are required to

be compiled by the Project proponents while executing the development of Project. The

Project proponent thus prepares the EIA report, incorporating management plans to

mitigate the adverse impacts (if any) for perusal of the MoEF&CC. The MoEF&CC in turn

evaluates the proposal and suggests stipulations for mitigation of adverse impacts while

granting the clearance for execution of the Project. The important Environmental

legislations laid down for conservation of environment are presented in Table 1.1.

Table 1.1: Key Environmental Legislations in India

Name Scope and Objective Key Areas Operational Agencies/ Key Players

Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974, 1988

To provide for the prevention and control of water pollution and enhancing the quality of water

Controls sewage and industrial effluent discharges

Central and State Pollution Control Boards

Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act 1981, 1987

To provide for the prevention and control of air pollution

Controls emissions of air pollutants

Central and State Pollution Control Boards

J&K Forest Act, 1987; J&K Forest (Conservation) Act,1997

To consolidate acquisition of common property such as forests; halt India’s rapid deforestation and resulting Environmental degradation

Regulates access to natural resources, state has a monopoly right over land; Restriction on de-reservation and using forest for non-forest purpose

State Government

J&K Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1978

To protect wildlife Creates protected areas (National parks/ sanctuaries) categories of wildlife which are protected

State Wildlife Advisory Board

Environment (Protection) Act, 1986

To provide for the protection and improvement of Environment

An umbrella legislation; supplements pollution laws

Central Government nodal agency MoEF&CC, can delegate powers to state departments of Environment

The Right to Fair Compensation And Transparency in Land Acquisition, Rehabilitation & Resettlement Act, 2013

Resettlement and Rehabilitation of Project affected people

Social impacts & Rehabilitation & Resettlement issues

Central Government

EIA Notification 2006

Environmental Impact Assessment

Environmental Protection

Project Developer, State and Central government

The Biological Diversity Act, 2002

Protection and preservation of Biodiversity

Central Government

(Source: Government of India Publications)

Like many other developmental activities, the proposed Project, while providing planned

power generation could also lead to a variety of adverse environmental impacts. However,

by proper planning at the inception stage and by incorporating appropriate mitigation



measures in the planning, design, construction and operation phases, the adverse impacts

can be minimized to a large extent, whereas the beneficial impacts could be maximized.

The main objective of the EIA study is to assess the positive and negative impacts likely to

accrue as a result of the construction and operation of the proposed Project and to suggest

suitable Environmental Management Plans (EMP) to ameliorate the adverse impacts, if

any. A well-designed environmental monitoring programme covering various critical

parameters to be covered in the Project construction and operation phase would also be

required. The present EIA for Sawalkote HEP has been prepared based on the analysis of

baseline data and accordingly Environment Management Plan has been prepared for

seeking Environment Clearance.

The principal Environmental Regulatory Agency in India is the Ministry of Environment, Forest

and Climate Change (MoEF&CC). MoEF&CC formulates environmental policies and accords

environmental and Forest clearance for the projects. The State Pollution Control Board (SPCB)

conducts Public hearing and accords Consent to establish and operate for the project.

1.6 EIA NOTIFICATION, 2006

Sawalkote (1856 MW) HEP is a Category A projects (>50 MW), as per item 1 (c) of Schedule

attached to EIA notification of September, 2006 and require environmental appraisal from

the Ministry of Environment Forests and Climate Change (MoEF&CC), Government of India.

The environmental clearance process involves three stages:

Scoping

Public Consultation

Appraisal

As per MoEF&CC, EIA Notification, dated 14th September, 2006 (and amendments

thereafter), under Activity 1(c) - River Valley projects; if, the capacity of power generation

for any HEP will more than 50 MW, the project falls under Category A. Comprehensive EIA

study needs to be undertaken and environmental clearance to be obtained from MoEF

before start of any construction activity.

Scoping: Scoping clearance of Sawalkote HEP of 1200 MW project was accorded by

Ministry of Environment Forests and Climate Change (MoEF&CC), Government of India vide

letter no. J-12011/19/2011-IA.I dated October 13, 2011 (Refer Annexure Ia). Subsequently,

scoping clearance was revalidated by MoEF&CC for Installation capacity of 1856 MW vide

letter no. J-12011/19/2011-IA.I dated June 12, 2013 (Refer Annexure-Ib). Compliance to

TOR is given at Annexure II.

Public Consultation: On completion of draft EIA report and its executive summary in

English and local language (Urdu, Kashmiri), report will be submitted to Jammu & Kashmir

State Pollution Control Board (JKSPCB) to initiate the process of public consultation. Under

the Public Consultation process the concerns of local affected persons and others who have

plausible stake in the environmental impacts of the project or activity will be ascertained

by JKSPCB through conducting a Public Hearing. All the environmental concerns expressed

during the Public consultation process will be addressed and a final EIA and EMP report will

be prepared. The Public hearing is carried out at the project site or in its close proximity-

district wise, in the manner prescribed in EIA Notification dated 14th September, 2006.



Environmental Clearance:

The final EIA report prepared as per the approved TOR after incorporating the concerns

and suggestions made during the Public Hearing, shall be submitted to the concerned

regulatory authority i.e. MoEF&CC for appraisal and grant of Environment Clearance.

1.7 FOREST CLEARANCE Forest Clearance under the The Jammu and Kashmir Forest (Conservation) Act 1997 from

State Forest Department is one of major step in project development as the project

requires to divert 684.15 ha of forest land for non-forestry purposes i.e. for the purpose of

construction of various project components. Application for diversion of forestland has

already been moved and process has been initiated.

1.8 INDUS WATER TREATY (IWT) Since the project is located on Chenab River, this shall be governed by the relevant

provisions of the Indus Water Treaty (IWT) which is an International Treaty signed

between Government of India and Government of Pakistan in 1960.

1.9 DISCLOSURE BY THE CONSULTANT M/s RS Envirolink Technologies Pvt. Ltd., (RSET) Gurgaon is a QCI-NABET accredited company

and is qualified to undertake preparation of the EIA and EMP reports of the project according

to the approved ToR issued by EAC, MoEF&CC for River Valley, Hydroelectric, Drainage and

Irrigation Projects (Category A);.

1.10 OUTLINE OF THE REPORT The Comprehensive EIA for the proposed Sawalkote hydroelectric project has been

presented in two parts - First part presents the findings of EIA study and the second part

includes various mitigation measures under the Environmental Management Plan.

The contents of Part - I of the document are organized as follows:

PART – I: Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Report

Chapter-1: Introduction: The Chapter gives brief of the project. The Environmental

Clearance procedure and the related policies, legal and administrative framework for the

same have been summarized in this chapter. The objectives and need for EIA study too

have been covered. Brief description of the proposed hydroelectric project is also given.

Chapter-2: Project Description & Infrastructure: It gives the salient features of the project

and also the brief of major components of the project. In addition, the details of various

infrastructural facilities including land requirement for different components of the project

and equipment to be deployed for construction has been covered.

Chapter-3: Methodology: It includes the methodology adopted for conducting the

Comprehensive EIA study. The details of selected sampling sites and specific methodology

adopted for each environmental parameter have been given.

Chapter-4: Hydrology: It covers aspects like river system, drainage, basin characteristics,

hydro-meteorology, water availability, flow series, design flood, etc.



Chapter-5: Geology: It includes details on regional geology of the area, geomorphology,

and geological details of various project components along with their geotechnical

appraisal. In also covers seismo-tectonic environment of the project area.

Chapter-6: Environmental Baseline Status: Physico-chemical Parameters: Presents

physico-chemical aspects of environment. The study is based on collection of data from

various secondary data sources. As a part of the Comprehensive EIA study, detailed

ecological survey was conducted for various seasons. The findings of the study were

analyzed and ecological characteristics of the study area have been described in this

Chapter.

Chapter-7: Environmental Baseline Status: Biological Resources: Presents biological

aspects of environment. The study is based on collection of data from various secondary

data sources. As a part of the Comprehensive EIA study, detailed ecological survey was

conducted for various seasons. The findings of the study were analyzed and ecological

characteristics of the study area have been described in this Chapter.

Chapter-8: Description of the Socio Environment: It includes the details of social, and

demography status of the study area and Project affected area.

Chapter-9: Assessment of Impacts: It describes the anticipated positive and negative

impacts as a result of the construction and operation of the proposed Sawalkote hydro-

power project. It is essentially a process to forecast the future environmental conditions of

the project area that might be expected to occur as a result of the construction and

operation of the proposed project. An attempt was made to forecast future environmental

conditions quantitatively to the extent possible. But for certain parameters, which cannot

be quantified, the general approach has been to discuss such intangible impacts in

qualitative terms so that planners and decision makers are aware of their existence as well

as their possible implications.

Chapter-10: Environmental Flows: This chapter addresses the issues concerning riparian

rights in concern of ecology, environment and social issues.

The contents of Part - II of the document are organized as follows:

PART – II: Environmental Management Plan (EMP) Report

The Part-II of the report deals with different Environmental Management Plans prepared to

mitigate the adverse environmental impacts. The contents of the Part-II are organized as follows:

Chapter-1: Biodiversity Conservation & Management Plan: It delineates the plan for

mitigation of anticipated adverse impacts likely to accrue as a result of the proposed

project on the biodiversity of the area. The approach for formulation of Biodiversity

Conservation Plan is to maximize the positive environmental impacts and minimize the

negative ones. After suggesting environmental mitigation measures, the cost required for

implementation of various measures is also estimated.

Chapter-2: Catchment Area Treatment (CAT) plan: CAT plan methodology suggested by

SLUSI has been used and Silt yield Index (SYI) method has been used for categorization of



sub-watersheds into priority classes. Treatment measures for very severe and severe

categories of sub-watersheds have been formulated. Cost required for implementation of

CAT Plan too has been estimated.

Chapter-3: Fisheries Development Plan: It describes the various measures to be

undertaken for the Conservation & Management of the fish fauna.

Chapter-4: Solid Waste Management Plan: This chapter describes issues related to solid

waste disposal that are likely to accrue during the construction period and also the

formulation of management plan for the same.

Chapter-5: Public Health Delivery System: This chapter deals with the basic health care

facilities available in the area and setting up of new infrastructure as well as improvement

of existing infrastructure along with the cost estimates.

Chapter-6: Energy Conservation Measures: It deals with the provisions being made for the

reduction of pressure on the adjoining forest of the project area during the construction

period energy conservation measures like subsidy for fuel wood, etc. along with the cost of

these measures.

Chapter-7: Muck Disposal Plan: It deals with the rehabilitation of muck that is likely to be

generated during the construction of various project components and also suggests

measures for both engineering and biological measures for restoration of muck disposal

sites in environmentally sustainable manner.

Chapter-8: Landscaping & Restoration Plan: This chapter covers adverse impact of

construction activities on the landscape and suggests measures for restoration of the

disturbed area back to their similar or near-similar pre-construction conditions and land

use. It also includes green belt to be created along reservoir periphery and around the

colony areas.

Chapter-9: Air and Water Environment Management Plan: This chapter covers various

environmental risks that are foreseen during the construction on air, water and noise

environment in the project area and also deals with mitigation measures during the

construction and operational phase.

Chapter-10: Reservoir Rim Treatment Plan: This Chapter describes the possibility of slope

failures, land slips, etc. due to fluctuation in water level along the reservoir periphery. In

order to mitigate the same, Reservoir Rim Treatment Plan and measures for treatment of

existing landslides/ slips, and prevention of further slides by undertaking engineering as

well as biological measures have been suggested. The cost estimation for various activities

involved has also been made.

Chapter-11: Compensatory Afforestation Programme: This Chapter discusses various

aspects of Compensatory Afforestation Programme to be implemented by the State Forest

Department.



Chapter-12: Rehabilitation & Resettlement Plan: The Rehabilitation & Resettlement Plan

for Project Affected Families has been formulated as a part of this Chapter based upon the

socio-economic status assessed through the surveys conducted for the same.

Chapter-13: Environmental Monitoring Plan: This chapter deals with the issues of

implementation of various mitigation measures and environmental management plans

during project construction and operation phases. The environmental monitoring plan has

been suggested to assess the adequacy of various environmental safeguards and to

compare the predicted and actual scenario during construction and operation phases. This

will help the project proponents to formulate remedial measures not foreseen during the

planning stage but arising during these phases and to generate data for further use.

Chapter-14: Dam Break Modeling: Dam Break Modeling using MIKE11 model has been

conducted. The results of the modeling exercise are outlined in this Chapter. Disaster

Management Plan (DMP) too has been outlined for implementation in case of Dam Break.

Chapter-15: Cost Estimates: It summarizes the cost to be incurred for implementation of

the Environmental Management Plan (EMP) and the Environmental Monitoring

Programme.



2.1 PROJECT LOCATION & ACCESSIBILITY Sawalkote hydroelectric project is a run-of-the river project located on Chenab river in the

Ramban, Reasi and Udhampur Districts of Jammu & Kashmir State and developed by

Jammu Kashmir State Power Development Corporation (JKSPDC). The proposed will be in

between Baghliar Project to its upstream and Salal Project to its downstream, project dam

site will be located within a very steep gorge section on River Chenab.

The project site is approachable from Jammu by NH-1A/44 up to Ramban, a district

headquarter town. From Ramban, project site is approachable up to Dharamkund by a

State Highway (all weather tar road), then onwards project site is approachable by 18km

long project road which is presently under construction. Nearest railway head is Udhampur

from where project site is located at around 125 km away. Beyond Udhampur, presently

railway line to Srinagar valley via Katra is in progress. Ramban is the nearest important

town from the project area which is 150 km away from Jammu and 144 km from Srinagar.

Project site is located around 45km from Ramban town. Both Jammu and Srinagar airports

are almost equidistant from the project site and connected directly with Delhi.

2.2 SALIENT FEATURES OF THE PROJECT Sawalkote HEP (6 X 225 MW & 1 X 56 MW for Stage 1 – 1406 MW and 2 X 225 MW for

Stage 2 – 450MW) is a run-of-the-river project that will be using the water of Chenab river

in Ramban, Reasi and Udhampur districts of Jammu Kashmir. It envisages construction of a

192.5 m high Roller Compacted concrete (RCC) gravity dam from the deepest foundation

level, an upstream short water conductor system, an underground powerhouse in the left

bank downstream of dam axis and a tail race system. In Stage 1, the upstream water

conductor system consists of two intake structures and two head race tunnels and

associated pressure shafts/ penstocks. In stage 2, an additional intake, an additional HRT

and corresponding pressure shafts are envisaged besides extension of power house

complex and additional tailrace tunnel. In addition, project envisages construction of three

diversion tunnels on the right bank and upstream and downstream cofferdams.

The salient features of the project are given at Table 2.1. The layout map of the Sawalkote

HE project is given at Figure 2.1.

2.3 PROJECT COMPONENTS

2.3.1 Dam Complex

A 192.5 high concrete gravity dam is proposed at this location to divert water of Chenab

River into the water conductor system. The top level of the dam is at El 697.5 m. The

riverbed level at the dam site is around El 534 m.

The Full Reservoir Level (FRL) and minimum draw down level (MDDL) of the reservoir are El

695 m and El 692.8 m, respectively, with storage of 23.84 MCM for diurnal peaking

Chapter

2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION &

INFRASTRUCTURE



capabilities. The total area of submergence is 1158.75 ha.

The intake is located on the left bank of Chenab River, upstream of the dam axis. The left

bank is steeply sloping with exposed rock mostly along the slope and is covered by thin

overburden at lower elevations. The intake system consists of three (3) inlet tunnels which

later combine to form the headrace tunnel.

2.3.2 Head Race Tunnel

Three headrace tunnel of 200 m length with design discharge of 519.16 m3/s and 479.19

m3/s for Stage- I and 319.46 m3/s for Stage-II

2.3.3 Pressure Shaft/ Penstock

Eight (8) steel lined pressure shafts (6 for Stage 1 and 2 for Stage 2), each of 6m diameters

except PS6 with 6.7 m diameter and 2.75 m diameter size penstock for 56 MW unit.

2.3.4 Power House

An underground Powerhouse is proposed with Vertical Francis turbines at axis level of El.

525m. The reservoir to be created by the dam will operate between FRL 695 m & MDDL

692.8 m with rated head of 154.4m. The installed capacity of the power house will be 1856

MW (6 X 225 MW & 1 X 56MW for Stage-I and for Stage–II 2 X 225 MW 3097 MW. The

design energy is 7998 MU.

Table 2.1: Salient features of the Sawalkote HE project

1 Location

(i) State Jammu & Kashmir

(ii) Districts Ramban, Udhampur and Reasi

(iii) River Chenab

(iv)

Location of dam & Power House site

330 11'N 750 06'E

2 Hydrology

(i) Catchment Area 19475 km2

(ii) Design flood (PMF) 18711 cumecs

3 Reservoir

(i)

Full Reservoir (FRL) /Maximum water level (MWL)

EL.695m

(ii) Min. Draw down level EL.692.8 m

(iii) Reservoir Area 11 km2

(iv) Gross storage at FRL/MWL 530 MCM

(v) Operational Pondage 23.84 MCM

4 Concrete Dam

(i) Type Roller Compacted Concrete (RCC) gravity dam

(ii) Dam top EL.697.5m

(iii) River bed level at dam site EL.534m

(iv) Deepest foundation level EL.505m

(v) Maximum height of dam 192.5 m from deepest foundation level

5 Diversion Tunnel

(i) Diameter, nos. & shape 13.5m X 19m, 3 no. Horse shoe shaped

(ii) Length 965m, 1130m, 1280m

(iii) Diversion discharge 9292 cumecs (Monsoon)



(Monsoon in 25years return flood)

2977 cumecs (Non Monsoon)

6 Coffer Dam

(i) Type Earth & rock fill coffer dam

(ii) Max. height of u/s Coffer Dam 53m

(iii) Top of upstream cofferdam 588m

(iv) Max. height of d/s Coffer Dam 38m

(v) Top of d/s cofferdam 570m

7 Spillway

(i) Design flood (PMF) 18711 cumecs

(ii)

Crest level, No. and Size

5 no of size 11 m x 16.5 m with crest at EL.

657 m. And 2 no. of size 13 m x 20 m with

crest at EL. 675 m

(iii) Energy dissipation Ski jump bucket

(iv) Plunge Pool EL 515m

8 Intake

(i) Numbers Two for stage-I & one for stage-II

(ii) Intake sill level EL.675m

(iii) Design discharge 519.16 m3/s and 479.19 m3/s for Stage- I 319.46 m3/s for Stage-II

9 Head Race Tunnel

(i) Numbers Two for stage-I & one for stage-II

(ii) Size and type 12.5 m for stage -I & 10.5 m for stage-II

(iii) Design discharge 519.16 m3/s and 479.19 m3/s for Stage- I 319.46 m3/s for Stage-II

(iv) Length About 200m each

10 Pressure Shaft/Penstock

(i) Numbers Six for stage 1 & two for stage 2

(ii) Type Steel lined

(iii) Diameter 6m Each except PS6 with 6.7m dia. 2.75m size penstock for 56MW unit

(iv) Length

Inclined Horizontal

130m to 140m 50m to 115m

11 Powerhouse Cavern

(i) Type Underground

(ii) Turbine axis elevation EL.525m

(iii) Type of turbine Vertical Francis

(iv) Generating unit in MW For Stage-I 6x225 MW & 1x56MW For Stage-II 2x225MW

(v) Rated head 154.4m

(vi) Design discharge 159.73 cumecs (for each 225MW unit) 39.97 cumecs (for 56MW unit)

(vii) Power house cavern size 23m(W)X46.5m(H)X218m(L) for stage-I 23m(W)X46.5m(H)X64m(L) for stage-II

12 Transformer Cavern

(i) Size 15m(W)x23.5m(H)x211m(L) (Stage-I) 15m(W)x23.5m(H)x56m(L) (Stage-II)

13 Surge Gallery

(i) Size

18m(W)x42m(H)x170m(L) combined for units 1,2,3 and 4

10m (W)x57m(H)x75m(L) combined for



unit 5,6 and EU 18m (W)x42m(H)x85m(L) combined for

units 7 and 8 of Stage-II 14 TRT

(i) Numbers & type Three for Stage-I & one for Stage-II

(ii) Size & Shape 10.5m dia each

(iii) Design discharge through each tunnel

319.46 cumecs Additional discharge of 39.97 cumecs in TRT3

(iv) Length (excluding outlet structure)

TRT-1=1733m TRT-2=1710m TRT-3=150m TRT stage-2=1904m

(v) Outlet invert level EL.530m (TRT1,2 and TRT-stage2) EL.532.5m(TRT3)

Tail water level at Rated discharge at TRT Outlet (TRT1, 2 and TRT-stage2)

Tail water level at Rated discharge at TRT Outlet (TRT3)

EL.534m EL.537m

15 Power Generation

(i) Installed capacity

1406 MW (Stage-I) 450 MW (Stage-II)

(ii)

Design energy (Stage-I, 1406 MW)- 7022 MU Design Energy (Stage-II, 450 MW) – 976 MU Total Design energy (Stage-I & Stage – II) – 7998 MU

Source: DPR Sawalkote HEP

2.4 INFRASTRUCTURE FACILITIES This part outlines the preliminary planning of infrastructure facilities.

2.4.1 Approach to the Project

The project can be approached through various routes and modes of transportation like

railways, airways, waterways and roadway.

2.4.1.1 Transportation by Railway

Project site is accessible by railway up to Udhampur railway station about 100 km from

project site. The transportation of project cargo by railway is possible up to Udhampur.

2.4.1.2 Transportation by air

The nearest airport is at Jammu which is about 150 km from Ramban town. The nearest

operational helipad is at Ramban town.

2.4.1.3 Transportation by road

The project site is approachable from Jammu by NH-1A/44 up to Ramban town, which is

district headquarter. From Ramban, project site is approachable up to Dharamkund by a

BRO maintained road, and then onwards project site is approachable by 18km long project

road which is presently under construction.



Figure 2.1: Layout map of Sawalkote H.E. Project (Source: DPR Sawalkote HEP)



Figure 2.2: Layout map construction facilities area of Sawalkote H.E. Project (Source: DPR Sawalkote HEP)



Figure 2.3: Layout map road construction for Sawalkote H.E. Project (Source: DPR Sawalkote HEP)



2.4.2 Project Roads

To access the project site 18 km approach road is under construction from Dharamkund to

Tangar village. A network of roads is also required to approach various locations of project

site such as Dam sites, Adits, Powerhouse, Main Access Tunnel (MAT) and Tailrace Tunnel

(TRT) portal, Dumping yards, quarry locations etc. It has been assessed that about 16.7 km

length of new road is required to be constructed to facilitate construction of various

components (Table 2.2).

Apart from the construction of new project roads, a stretch of Ramban Gul Road between

1.84 km and 17.62 km will be widened for the movement of heavy equipment and

machinery in all weathers and round the year.

Table 2.2: Description of Road to be constructed for Sawalkote HE project

S.No. Road Description Length (km)

A Left Bank of Construction Roads

1 Road for quarry 2.5

2 Road for muck disposal areas 2.5

3 Road within plants and facilities area 2.0

4 Roads for camps at Tangar and Pari areas 2.0

5 Roads connecting upstream and downstream coffer dams tops 0.7

6 Branch road from u/s cofferdam to river bed 0.6

7 Branch road from d/s cofferdam to river bed 0.5

8 Construction road to power Intake area 1.5

9 Construction road to TRT -3 outlet and pothead yard 1.0

10 Construction road to TRT-1 & 2 outlet and pothead yard 0.8

Subtotal A 14.1 B Right Bank Construction Roads

1 Master Construction road at El. 588 for top of DT Intake and top of u/s and d/s cofferdams

1.4

2 Branch Road to DT intake bottom 0.6

3 Branch Road to riverbed from u/s and d/s cofferdams 0.6

Sub Total B 2.6

Total A & B 16.7 Source: DPR Sawalkote HEP

2.4.3 Project Colonies

In order to execute the project, it has been envisaged that proper infrastructure works are

required as permanent and temporary staff residential buildings, administrative building,

dispensary, guest house, canteen, model room, fire station, workshop, DG building, quality

control laboratory etc. Accommodation will be spread both at Tangar and Pari locations.

Following is the broad breakup of plinth areas of permanent and temporary residential and

non-residential building for the project.

Type of Building Unit Total plinth area

Permanent Residential buildings Sq m 10340 Temporary Residential buildings Sq m 42635 Permanent Non-residential buildings Sq m 10800 Temporary Non-residential buildings Sq m 20100




2.4.4 Aggregate Processing Plants/Batching and Mixing Plants

Based on the construction planning, methodology & schedule the peak requirement of

concrete and raw aggregates has been estimated to decide the plant capacities for

Aggregate Processing (APP) and Batching & Mixing (BM). The following table shows the

location and capacities of aggregate processing and concrete batching & mixing plants.

Size and location of aggregate processing and batching plants

Aggregate Processing plant

No. of Units Location Project Components Served

50TPH Mobile Aggregate Processing Plant

1 Left Bank For shotcrete, backfilling and miscellaneous concrete works for Access Tunnels and approaches.

50TPH Mobile Aggregate Processing Plant

1 Right Bank For shotcrete, backfilling and miscellaneous concrete works for DT Adit and Diversion Tunnels

300 TPH Aggregate Processing Plant 1 Left Bank

Lining of Diversion Tunnels and also for Concreting of Dam and Power House complex Works.

500 TPH Aggregate Processing Plant 1 Left Bank Concreting for Dam and Power House

Complex work Batching & Mixing Plants 30 cum/ hr Batching Plant 1 Left Bank For shotcrete, backfilling and concrete

works for Power Intake Area. 31 cum/ hr Batching Plant 1 Right Bank For shotcrete, backfilling and concrete lining

works for DT Adit and Diversion Tunnel

120 cum/ hr Batching Plant 1 Dam Site

Left Bank

For shotcrete, backfilling and concrete works for LCAT, spiral Tunnel, Power House Complex and CVC in Dam.

210 cum/ hr Batching Plant

2 Dam Site Left Bank

Dam Concreting – RCC Placement


2.4.5 Quarry Areas

For the construction of various project components approximately 58 lakh m3 of rock

material is required (see Table 2.1). The excavated rock mass will be derived from stripping

of dam abutment, powerhouse cavern, tail race tunnel, diversion tunnels, access tunnels

etc. depending upon their suitability. Requirement of material from rock quarry is

estimated to be of the order of 10 lakh m3. The proposed quarry is located on left bank of

Mankhani Khad (locally known as Madiyali nala), a tributary of Chenab.

In addition it is estimated that 74 lakh m3 of rock excavation shall be carried out in the

project components. Nearly 65% of this quantity (48 lakh m3) shall be utilized or project

components.

Table 2.3: Total requirement of rock for aggregates in project components

S. No. Particulars Concrete (Cum) Shotcrete (Cum)

1 Total Quantities 3,622,237 135,780.89

2 Coarse Aggregate per cum 0.95 0.40

3 Fine Aggregate per cum 0.45 0.95

4 Coarse Aggregate Required 3,441,125 54,312

5 Fine Aggregate Required 1,630,007 128,992

6 Total Aggregate Required 5,071,132 183,304



7 Add 10 % for Wastage and Process Rejects 507,113 18,330

8 Total Rock Required for Aggregate 5,578,245 201,634

Hence Total Quantity of Rock Required 5,779,879 cum Say 58 lakh cum

2.4.6 Muck Disposal Areas

The total quantity of muck generated from soil and rock excavation is about 295,000 cum and

7,435,000 cum respectively. About 65% of rock excavation is expected to be used for

producing coarse and fine aggregate for concrete production and in fillings for developing

areas for construction facilities. Total quantity of excavation in common soil and balance 35%

quantity of rock excavation would have to be disposed in muck disposal area. Thus considering

swell factors 0.67 for rock and 0.75 for common soil and redeposit compaction factor of 90%,

total muck disposal area should have a capacity of more than 3,406,810 cum (Table 2.2).

Table 2.4: Quantity of muck to be generated from different project construction activities

and quantity required to be disposed off

S. No. Component Underground

Rock excavation (Lakh m3)

Surface Rock excavation (Lakh m3)

Total - Rock excavation (Lakh m3)

Soil excavation (Lakh m3)

1 Diversion tunnels 11.4 3.5 14.9 0.3 2 Dam and plunge pool 10 10 1.6

3 Power Intake, HRTs and Pressure shafts 2.4 3.8 6.2 0.2

4 Tailrace tunnels 9.4 1.8 11.2 0.2

5 Draft tube and surge galley 4.7 4.7 0

6 Power House 4 4 0 7 Pot head yard 4.75 4.75 0.25

8 Access tunnels and construction adits 8.4 0.1 8.5 0.1

9 Infrastructure works and Misc. 6.5 3.6 10.1 0.3

Total 46.8 27.55 74.35 2.95

Quantity of total Muck generation due to Sawalkote HEP = 77.30 Lakh cum (74.35 Lakh

cum –Rock + 2.95 Lakh cum Soil)

Net Quantity of Muck to be rehabilitated/disposed off = 34.07 lakh cubic meter

(Approx.)

Keeping the above requirement and vicinity of the excavation sites in view, two muck

disposal areas named as MDS-1 and MDS-2 have been identified. Total capacity of these

sites is about 4,820,000 cum.

2.4.7 Explosive Magazine

For the storage and handling of explosives required for the drilling and blasting operations,

permanent and portable magazines will be constructed for which necessary approvals will

be taken from the concerned authorities. All safety codes and regulations prescribed by the

central and state government in this respect will be followed and magazines will be suitably

guarded round the clock. It is proposed to install a 50 T magazine to cater to requirement

of project works. Location of explosive magazine has been proposed near Mandyal Khad.

The explosive magazine complex has been planned to keep the distance traveled by the

explosive van to the minimum.



As laid down in the Explosive Rules of 1983, a safe distance of 300m is required to be

maintained from public roads, etc.

2.4.8 Land Requirement

For the development of Sawalkote Hydroelectric Project, land would be acquired for

construction of project components, submergence area, muck dumping, quarrying,

construction camps and colony, etc. Based on the final project layout, land requirement

has been finalized as 1401.35 ha (Table 2.3). As discussed above Sawalkote project lies in

three district viz: Ramban, Udhampur and Reasi. District wise land requirement for

Sawalkote HEP is given in Table 2.5.

Table 2.5: Land Requirement of Sawalkote H.E. Project

S.No. Description Forest Land (Ha)

Private Land (Ha)

Govt. Land (Ha)

Total Area (Ha)

1 Reservoir /Submergence area involving (Ramban , Udhampur & Reasi Districts) 499.55 136.65 522.55 1158.75

2 Open works - Power Intake , dam ,plunge pool , DT outlet , TRT outlet: 14 Ha x 1.3 (M.F) = 18.20 Ha (Udhampur)

18.2 - - 18.2

3

Underground works – left bank (HRT, Power house, TRT and access tunnels) 78 Ha x 1.3 (M.F) = 101.40 Ha (Udhampur)

101.4 - - 101.4

4 Underground works – right bank (Diversion tunnels and access tunnels) 32 Ha x 1.3 (M.F) = 41.60 Ha (Reasi)

41.6 - - 41.6

5 Quarry (Plot No 12) (Udhampur) Above FRL 12 - - 12 Below FRL (10 Ha)# - - -

6 Muck Disposal Area (Ramban) - - - MDS 1 (Above FRL) 8 10 10 28 MDS 2 (Above FRL) 8 5 13

7 Roads with in Project site Above FRL (Ramban) 1 1 - 2

8 Explosive magazine (plot no. 15) (Udhampur) 2.4 - - 2 .4

9

Site Installation and facilities (on the left bank) (Ramban) - - - -

Above FRL (plot no. 9 and 10) - - 2 2 Below FRL (plot no. 14) (9 Ha)# - - -

10 Site Installations and Facilities (on right bank) Below FRL (8.4 Ha)# (Ramban)

- - - -

11 Workers colony (at Pari village) Plot no 6, 7 and 8 (Total Area) (Ramban) - 7 2 9

12 Colony /offices/ fabrication yard At Tanger village Plot no 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 (Ramban)

- 13 - 13

Grand Total 684.15 175.65 541.55 1401.35

Surface Area 1258.35 ha + Underground Area 143 ha

#: Included in the submergence category Plot no. Refer Figure 2.1




Table 2.6: District Wise Land Requirement of Sawalkote H.E. Project

S. No. Description Forest Land (Ha)

Private Land (Ha)

Govt. Land (Ha)

Total Area (Ha)

1 Ramban Submergence 386.6 136.65 507.3 1030.55 Utilities 9 39 19 67

2 Udhampur Submergence 55.75 - 7.25 63 Utilities 134 - - 134

3 Reasi Submergence 57.2 - 8 65.2 Utilities 41.6 - - 41.6

Total Land Break Up 684.15 175.65 541.55 1401.35

Land would be required for locating the permanent works as well as for setting up the

infrastructural and job facilities necessary for constructing the project in an expeditious

and optimal manner. Of the total extent of area of land required, some areas would be

acquired permanently while the balance can be obtained on lease from the owners for a

definite time period and returned to them after the project is completed. In the latter case,

it would be restored to its original condition as far as possible.

2.4.9 Construction Power

The requirement of peak construction power requirement of the project is 15 MW. Basic

construction power for the project is to be arranged from the grid by tapping the 132 KV

CSTL (Chenani Srinagar Transmission Line) near village Digdol on Jammu Srinagar National

Highway and laying a new 132 KV transmission line up to Tanger village.

In addition to grid power, the provision for DG sets has been made as standby arrangement

in case of non-supply from grid.

500 KVA DG sets – 12 no.

125 KVA DG sets – 12 no.

2.4.10 Tele-Communication and Other Facilities

Presently, the project site is connected with mobile networks from various service

providers. In order to boost mobile connectivity, it is proposed to add three number mobile

network towers.

For additional communication facilities, following is proposed:

a) V– SAT systems for field offices and headquarter

b) Local EPBAX system of 100 incoming lines which shall have provision for further

distribution to project users.

2.5 PROXIMITY TO PROTECTED AREA Kishtwar High Altitude National Park is about 55 km from the reservoir tail end of the

Sawalkote HE Project and 76 km from Proposed Dam site of Sawalkote HE Project. The

location of Kishtwar High Altitude National Park (KHANP) in relation to Sawalkote HE

Project is shown in Figure 2.4.

JKSPDC Draft EIA Report Sawalkote HEP


Figure 2.4: Map showing distance of Kishtwar High Altitude National Park from Sawalkote HEP



3.1 INTRODUCTION Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) is a location specific study; with a common basic

structure of understanding the baseline status of relevant environmental components and

impact prediction due to proposed development. EIA studies need a significant amount of

primary and secondary environmental data. The primary data are those which need to be

collected in the field to define the status of environment (like ambient air quality data,

water quality data, etc.). The secondary data are those data which have been collected

over the years and can be used to understand the existing environmental scenario of the

study area. The EIA studies are conducted over a short period of time and, therefore,

understanding the environmental trends based on few months of primary data has its own

limitations. Ideally, the primary data has to be considered along with the secondary data

for complete understanding of the existing environmental status of the area.

The baseline data for EIA studies is collected according to the Terms of Reference (ToR)

approved by the Expert Appraisal Committee (EAC) of the Ministry of Environment and

Forests (MoEF&CC), Government of India.

3.2 METHODOLOGY A brief account of the methodology followed in the present study is given below under

different headings. The methods are structured for collection and organization of

environmental baseline data and identification of environmental impacts. The information,

thus, gathered is analyzed and presented in form of a number of visual formats for easy

interpretation and decision-making.

3.2.1 Study Area

Study area for environmental study has been delineated as:

Project area or the direct impact area within 10 km radius of the main project

components like dam, approach road and also area within 10 km upstream of

reservoir tail.

Submergence Area

Upstream of Submergence

A map of the study area prepared based on the above criteria is given at Figure 3.1. The

study area was further demarcated into Direct Impact Zone and Indirect Impact Zone as

follows:

Direct Impact Zone

The Direct Impact Zone (DIZ) is defined as all areas which are directly affected by the

project works, such as the reservoir area, project access roads and areas affected by any

construction work on the ground (quarries, proposed dumping sites, working areas, etc.).

The direct impact zone also includes the stretch of river bypassed by the tunnels (diversion

as well as tail race) system. New road alignments necessitated by the siting of project

Chapter

METHODOLGY 3



structures as they also will have a direct impact, and have been considered as part of the

direct impact zone.

The sampling for generation of field data was primarily concentrated around project works

in the DIZ (Figure 3.2).

Indirect Impact Zone

The Indirect Impact Zone (INDIZ) covers a larger area not directly affected, but where the

project nevertheless has significant impacts on people and biodiversity. It includes also

downstream areas where the river regulation changes the river flow regime. Examples of

indirect impacts are increased health hazards due to population movements, fish migration

interruptions, etc.

3.2.2 Scoping Matrix

Scoping is a tool which gives direction for selection of impacts due to the project activities

on the environment. As part of the study, scoping exercise was conducted selecting various

types of impacts which can accrue due to hydroelectric project. Based on the project

features, site conditions, the scope of studies were approved by MoEF&CC (Refer

Annexure – Ia & Ib). The approved Terms of Reference (TOR) specified for various

parameters to be covered during the EIA study.

Based on the Scoping matrix (Error! Reference source not found.), the environmental

baseline data have been collected and the project details superimposed on environmental

baseline conditions to understand the beneficial and deleterious impacts due to the

construction and operation of the proposed project.

3.2.3 Baseline Status Primary Data Collection

The data on baseline status of various environmental parameters in the study area was

collected through primary surveys for three seasons as specified in the approved TOR for

the Sawalkote HEP.

3.2.4 Secondary Data

In addition to primary surveys, substantial secondary data was also collected through

interaction with various state and project officials. Sources and data so collected have been

mentioned below:

Department of Statistics, Ramban: District Statistical Handbook published by Directorate

of Economics and Statistics, Govt. of Jammu and Kashmir

Office of Divisional Forest Officer, Ramban, Batote and Udhampur Forest Division: Forest

Working Plan.

Office of Additional Director Fisheries, Fishery Department, Ramban for literature review

for diversity, density and species composition of fishes.

Consultation with villagers and panchayat head to gather information on the basic

infrastructural facilities in their concerning villages.

A revised survey of “The Forest Type of India” by Champion and Seth for forest

classification of the study area.

Census of India 2011: Demography of the study area

Soil Atlas by National Bureau of Soil Survey & Land Use Planning (NBSS & LUP).



Figure 3.1: Study area map delineated as per approved TOR of Sawalkote H.E. Project



Figure 3.2: Study area map showing sampling sites and Direct Impact Zone of Sawalkote H.E. Project



Table 3.1: Scoping matrix for EIA study of Sawalkote H.E. Project

Environmental Parameter Likely Impacts

Land Environment

Construction phase

Increase in soil erosion Pollution by construction spoils Acquisition of land for construction works colonies Solid waste from construction works colonies Acquisition of land for various project appurtenances Change of land use

Water Resources and Water Quality

Construction phase Increase in turbidity of nearby receiving water bodies Degradation of water quality due to disposal of wastes from construction works colony and construction sites

Operation phase

Disruption of hydrologic regime Sedimentation and siltation risks Impacts on D.O. due to reservoir stratification Risk of eutrophication Reduced flow impacting downstream users

Aquatic Ecology

Construction phase

Increased pressure on aquatic ecology as a result of indiscriminate fishing. Reduced productivity due to increase in turbidity and pollution of the river body

Operation phase

Impacts on migratory fish species Impacts on spawning and breeding grounds Degradation of riverine ecology Shift in species density and diversity due to change in aquatic ecosystem from lotic to lentic. Increased potential for reservoir fisheries

Terrestrial Ecology

Construction phase

Increased pressure from construction works to meet their fuel wood and timber requirements Adverse impacts due to increased accessibility of the area Loss of vegetation and forest area

Operation phase Impacts on wildlife movement Loss of forest area due to submergence Impact on Rare, Endangered and Threatened (RET) species, if any

Socio-Economic Aspects

Construction phase

Improved employment potential Development of allied sectors leading to greater employment Pressure on existing infrastructure facilities Friction between the construction works and the native population

Operation phase

Loss of land Loss of private properties Increased revenue from power generation Increase in employment opportunities and standard of living

Public Health

Construction phase Impacts due to disposal of untreated sewage from construction works camps Increase in incidence of communicable diseases

Operation phase Increased incidence of vector borne disease due to increase in water spread area

Air Environment

Construction phase Emissions due to fuel combustion in construction equipment Increased vehicular movement Entrainment of fugitive emissions

Noise Environment

Construction phase Increased noise level due to operation of various equipment Increased vehicular movement



3.2.4.1 Physiography

The spatial database on physiographic features like drainage, roads, settlements and

villages, etc. was created from maps of topographic sheets and satellite data followed by

ground truth verification and data analysis with Geographic Information System (GIS) tools.

The contours of study area including that of catchment area were digitized from Survey of

India 1:50,000 scale toposheets to calculate slope category for the entire catchment.

Percent area under various slope categories namely gently sloping, moderately sloping,

strongly sloping, moderately steep to steep, steep, very steep and escarpments were also

calculated for the entire catchment.

GIS based maps have been provided for the following themes:

General Features (Villages, roads, tributaries)

Hydrology: Drainage of Chenab river along with their tributaries

Geology

Erosion

Elevation profile

Slope

Land use in study area

Villages in Study area

3.2.4.2 Geology

The regional geology around the project area highlighting geology, stratigraphy and

structural features, based on the existing information on these aspects contained in

Detailed Project Report (DPR) of the project. In addition the important parameters of

seismicity were assessed using published literature on seismic history and seismo-tectonic

nature of the regional rock types in the area.

3.2.4.3 Meteorology

Meteorological factors like precipitation, temperature and evapo-transpiration are

important, as they have a profound impact on the water availability, cropping pattern,

irrigation and drainage practices, soil erosion, public health, etc. Meteorological data have

been collected and analyzed as part of the DPR preparation by DPR consultants and the

same has been used in preparation of the EIA study.

3.2.4.4 Hydrology

Hydrological data for Chenab River available as Hydrology Volume in the DPR of Sawalkote

HE project has been appropriately compressed and duly incorporated in the EIA report as a

separate Chapter on Hydrology. The discharge data given in this Chapter has been used for

the estimation of minimum environmental flow requirement and the discharge pattern in

the river.

3.2.4.5 Forest Types & Forest Cover

The details on forest types and forest cover in the catchment area were based on field

surveys in the area supplemented with the working plans of the forest divisions of the

study area. Major forest types in the study area have been described based upon the

classification of Champion and Seth (1968).



3.2.4.6 Infrastructure Facilities

The present status of infrastructure facilities, status and availability of electricity, drinking

water, communication and mode of transportation, commercial, educational and health

facilities, veterinary services, etc. were collected using secondary data from Census of India

2011 and District Statistical Handbook published by Directorate of Economics and

Statistics, Govt. of Jammu and Kashmir and interactions with the locals.

3.2.5 Primary Data Collection - Field Surveys

The field surveys for the collection of primary data commenced from January 2012 up to

November 2012 and were conducted in different seasons of the year i.e. winter/lean

season, pre-monsoon/summer and monsoon to collect data/ information on flora, fauna,

forest types and ecological parameters as well as sociological aspects. In addition, surveys

and studies were also conducted for understanding aquatic ecology and fish diversity of

Chenab river. The details of sampling are given in Table 3.2.

Field surveys in the study area were also conducted for the purpose of ground truthing and

augmenting the remote sensing data. For this purpose various attributes such as land

features, rivers, forests and vegetation types were recorded on the ground.

Table 3.2: Sampling schedule for various Environmental Parameters

Parameters Winter Summer Monsoon Soil sampling March 2012 June 2012 August 2012 Air environment March 2012 June 2012 - Noise & Traffic March 2012 June 2012 August 2012 Vegetation sampling March 2012 June 2012 August 2012 Faunal surveys March 2012 June 2012 August 2012 Water sampling and Aquatic Ecology

March 2012 June 2012 August 2012

Socio-economic survey of study area villages

- September 2012 to November 2012

Socio-economic survey of project affected families - September- November 2012

July-August 2014

3.2.5.1 Soil

The soil taxonomic (family) classification map for study area of Sawalkote H.E. Project was

prepared as per the Soil Atlas of Jammu & Kashmir procured from National Bureau of Soil

Survey & Land Use Planning (NBSS & LUP). Soil resource map of the study area was

prepared and the area under each soil taxonomic class was calculated using GIS.

In order to assess the nutrient and fertility status of the soil in the study area the samples

were collected from six different locations given in Table 3.3 and Figure 3.2. The sampling

for soil was done at locations where major components of the projects are planned. Soil

samples were collected with help of khurpi from a depth of 20-30 cm (deep soil) and from

surface (top soil) after removing the brought to laboratory for further physico-chemical

analysis. The soil analysis was carried out at the Hitech Labs Limited (CPCB accredited Lab.),

Okhla, New Delhi.



Table 3.3: Sampling locations

Site Code Sampling Site S1 Metra near Jaiswal Bridge S2 Ramban Town near old bridge

S3 Seri village Near Ramban town

S4 Dharamkund S5 Tangar village S6 Near proposed Dam site

The following parameters were analyzed for soil quality.

Physical parameters included:

Bulk density (gm/cc)

Water holding capacity (%w/w)

Porosity

Soil texture

Electrical conductivity (µS/cm)

Chemical Parameters included:

pH

Organic matter (%w/w)

Nitrogen as N (kg/ha)

Available Phosphorus as P (kg/ha)

Potassium as K (kg/ha)

Available Potassium as K (kg/ha)

Magnesium as Mg (mg/100g)

Chloride as Cl (mg/100g)

Sodium as Na (mg/100g)

Calcium as Ca (mg/100g)

Total Alkalinity (mg/L)

SAR (Sodium Adsorption Ratio)

Salinity (ppt)

3.2.5.2 Ambient Air Quality

Instruments such as Respirable Dust Samplers APM-460 and APM-411 (Envirotech make)

were used for monitoring Particulate Matter (PM10 and PM2.5) and gaseous pollutants like

SO2 and NOx. Monitoring was carried out 24 hrs twice a week for 4 weeks at each location.

Following parameters were measured to understand the baseline condition:

i) Particulate Matter (PM10)

ii) Particulate Matter (PM2.5)

iii) Sulphur dioxide (SO2) iv) Nitrogen oxide (NOx)

Identification of Sampling Locations

Sampling locations are identified keeping in view the following:

Potential source of pollution - location of construction machinery and equipment,

DG sets, material storage and handling areas



Receptors - populated area or habitation, typically villages in the vicinity

Predominant wind direction – typically winds in mountainous regions that change

direction twice daily: - In the daytime the air over the mountain ridges and valleys

becomes warmer than the air at the same levels over the plains and expands more.

Consequently, at the higher levels the downward pressure from the mountains to

the valleys is reduced and air travels in that direction. At night the temperature and

pressure factors are reversed, so that mountain winds result. In addition to this

circulation of air between the valleys and mountains, there is a downflow of cooled

air along the mountain slopes at night and an upward flow of warmed air along the

slopes during the day.

Accessibility – Based on the above analysis sampling locations are identified, however, they

are finalized keeping in the view the accessibility of the identified sites; acceptance of the

locals to monitoring, safety of equipment and source of power supply. Ambient air were

monitored during the studies at locations in the Direct Impact Area of the project is given

in Table 3.4 and Figure 3.2.

Table 3.4: Ambient air quality, monitoring locations

S. No. Monitoring location A1 NH-1A near Dharamkund A2 NH-1A near Jaiswal bridge village A3 State highway at Metra A4 NH-1A Ramban A5 Dharam kund Bridge near CWC office A6 Upper Tangar proposed colony area

Sampling and Analysis

Sulphur dioxide (Modified West and Gaeke method (IS-5182 Part-II, 1969))

Placed 30ml of absorbing solution in an impinger and sample for four hours at the flow rate

of 1 L/min in High Volume Sampler. After sampling measured the volume of sample and

transferred to a sample storage bottle.

Sulphur dioxide from air is absorbed in a solution of potassium tetrachloromercurate

(TCM). A dichlorosulphitomercurate complex, which resists oxidation by the oxygen in the

air, is formed, which is stable to strong oxidants such as ozone and oxides of nitrogen and

therefore, the absorber solution was stored for some time prior to analysis. The complex

was made to react with para-rosaniline and formaldehyde to form the intensely coloured

pararosaniline methylsulphonic acid. The absorbance of the solution was measured by

means of a suitable spectrophotometer and SO2 concentration was calculated using the

standard calibration graph.

Nitrogen dioxide (Jacobs Hochheiser method (IS 5182 Part-VI, 1975))

Place 30 ml of absorbing solution in an impinger and sample for four hour at the flow rate

of 0.2 to 1 L/min in High Volume Sampler. After sampling measure the volume of sample

and transfer to a sample storage bottle.

Ambient nitrogen dioxide (NO2) is collected by bubbling air through a solution of sodium

hydroxide and sodium arsenite. The concentration of nitrite ion (NO2-) produced during



sampling is determined colorimetrically by reacting the nitrite ion with phosphoric acid,

sulfanilamide, and N-(1-naphthyl)-ethylenediamine di-hydrochloride (NEDA) and measuring

the absorbance of the highly coloured azo-dye at 540 nm using spectrophotometer and

concentration is calculated using the standard calibration graph.

Particulate Matter (PM10) - Gravimetric Method

Air is drawn through a size-selective inlet and through 8” X 10” filter at a flow rate, which is

typically 1132 L/min using High Volume Sampler for 8 hours. Particles with aerodynamic

diameter less than the cut-point of the inlet are collected, by the filter. The mass of these

particles was determined by the difference in filter weights prior to and after sampling. The

concentration of PM10 in the designated size range was calculated by dividing the weight

gain of the filter by the volume of air sampled.

Particulate Matter (PM2.5) - Gravimetric Method

An electrically powered air sampler draws ambient air at a constant volumetric flow rate

(16.7 lpm) maintained by a mass flow / volumetric flow controller coupled to a

microprocessor into specially designed inertial particle-size separator (i.e. cyclones or

impactors) where the suspended particulate matter in the PM2.5 size ranges is separated

for collection on a 47 mm polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) filter over a specified sampling

period. Each filter is weighed before and after sample collection to determine the net gain

due to the particulate matter. The mass concentration in the ambient air is computed as

the total mass of collected particles in the PM2.5 size ranges divided by the actual volume of

air sampled, and is expressed in μg/m3. The microprocessor reads averages and stores five-

minute averages of ambient temperature, ambient pressure, filter temperature and

volumetric flow rate.

In order to build data base on the existing air quality of the study area, ambient air

monitoring at six locations in the study area was undertaken.

3.2.5.3 Ambient Noise levels & Traffic Density

Sound Levels monitoring was carried out by digital sound level type 2230 (Digital-

Instrument) in terms of dB(A) levels along with time of the day and source of sound, if any,

to establish baseline data.

Monitoring locations were selected keeping in view the project activity area which are

likely to be potential source of noise in the area during the construction phase; location of

receptors i.e. habitation for human population and nearby forest areas to assess the

impact on fauna due to increased sound levels in the region. Existing sources of noise such

as river flow and accessibility of the identified location are also considered during the

finalization of sound level monitoring location.

Hourly monitoring is carried out where levels are recorded using hand held digital sound

level meter for 6-8 hours during the daytime. Night time readings are not practical as the

accessibility and security at nighttime is always a cause of concern in remote areas. Data

collected is compiled and analyzed to establish baseline equivalent levels.



Noise levels were monitored during the studies at locations in the Direct Impact Area of the

project is given in Table 3.5.

Table 3.5: Ambient air quality, noise and traffic density monitoring locations

S. No. Monitoring location NT1 NH-1A near Jaiswal bridge village NT2 State highway at Metra NT3 NH-1A Ramban NT4 Dharam kund Bridge near CWC office NT5 Upper Tangar proposed colony area NT6 Near proposed Dam site

Traffic density data was recorded by physically counting the number of different types of

vehicles passing through a particular point in a fixed time interval. Some major villages

along the road were considered as nodes for monitoring movement of traffic. Following

the IRC 64-1990 to know the level of service (LOS).

3.2.5.4 Land use / land cover

The objective of the study was to produce a detailed vegetation/ land use map using hybrid

digital classification technique. The study also aims to produce land cover data set

appropriate for applications like erosion mapping, etc.

For the present study, Land use/ Land cover maps prepared by National Remote Sensing

Centre (NRSC), Indian Space Research Organisation (ISRO) of Dept. of Space with

Directorate of Ecology, Environment and Remote Sensing, Jammu &Kashmir as partner

under Natural Resource Census (NRC) project of National Natural Resource Repository

(NRR) programme was used.

False Color Composite (FCC) of the entire study area was generated from digital satellite

data of IRS-1D LISS-III with Bands 2, 3 and 4. In addition Landsat ETM+ data was also

downloaded from Global Land Cover Facility web site.

Data Set Used for FCC generation

Projection and Datum : UTM and WGS 84 North

Satellite Data : IRS P6 LISS 3 and LANDSAT ETM+

3.2.5.5 Vegetation Community Structure/ Floristic Surveys

The objectives of the present floristic study are as follows:

To prepare an inventory of various groups plants (Angiosperms, Gymnosperms,

Pteridophytes, Bryophytes, and Lichens) in the study area

To assess the community structure in the study area

To Determine Importance Value Index and

Shannon Wiener Diversity Index for trees, shrubs and herbs present in the study

area.

The detailed account of floristic diversity and ecology has been described based on the

primary surveys in the catchment area and study area of the proposed project. These

surveys were undertaken during different seasons of the year to assess the vegetation



structure and to prepare inventory of plant species belonging to different plant groups like

angiosperms, gymnosperms, pteridophytes and lichens found in the study area.

The community structure of the study area was studies by Quadrat method. The size and

number of quadrats needed were determined using the species- area curve (Misra, 1968).

The data on vegetation were quantitatively analyzed for abundance, density, frequency as

per the methodology given in Curtis & McIntosh (1950). The Importance Value Index (IVI) for

trees was determined as the sum of relative density, relative frequency and relative

dominance (Curtis, 1959).

Identification of plants was made with the help of floras, research papers, reports and with

the help of consultation with local peoples. To record the natural resource utilization

pattern of villages and town persons from villages and town (Ramban, Metra,

Dharamkund, Kanga, Tangar, etc.) were interviewed. Field visits were made with local

inhabitants to identity species of economic importance. Botanical names, family, local

name, flowering period, status, uses and presence in influence and non-influence zone was

noted. Status of plants was analyzed on the basis of habitat, population, distribution range

and utility. Distribution of the species as uncommon, common and abundant has been

recorded as observed on the sites of study area irrespective of its national and

international status.

Sampling Site Selection

For vegetation sampling study area was divided in grids of 5km x 5km in GIS domain. There

after 25% of the total grid cover entire study area, was selected randomly for sampling.

Half of the selected sampling location lies in the directly affected area (direct impact zone:

grids including project components such as reservoir, dam, access roads etc.) and

remaining sampling sites lies in the rest of the area or indirect impact zone (10 km buffer

zone of the study area).

Sampling was undertaken to assess the composition of particular forest type/s in that area.

Nine sampling locations were selected for carrying out phyto-sociological surveys of the

vegetation and in addition an inventory of various floristic elements was also prepared by

walking along different transects around these sampling sites. The location of sampling

sites has already been described later in the document. In order to understand the

composition of the vegetation, most of the plant species were identified in the field itself

whereas the species that could not be identified a herbarium specimen was made along

with their photographs for identification later with the help of available published

literature and floras of the region.

Detailed list of sampling locations is given at Table 3.6 and their location on the study area

map of Sawalkote HE project has marked as shown in Figure 3.2.

Sampling Methodology

Standard methodology of vegetation sampling was used for community structure. Nested

quadrat sampling method was used for the study of community structure of the

vegetation. Each sampling unit consisted of randomly placed quadrats of 10 x 10 m2 for

trees, 5 x 5m2 for shrubs and 1 x 1m2 for herbs. For sampling of vegetation, 10 numbers of



quadrats were laid during seasonal surveys at each sampling site/ area depending upon the

heterogeneity/ homogeneity of the vegetation encountered in a particular site/ area (see

Table 3.7). At each site the quadrats were laid along the altitudinal gradient beginning from

the vegetation along the river bank/riverine vegetation and further up along the slope

ensuring maximum possible representative coverage of the vegetation of a particular

sampling location. Each sampling location/ area was divided into grids vertically as well as

horizontally along the slopes thereby capturing the maximum diversity of vegetation. In

case of trees total basal area/cover per unit area was calculated by measuring the cbh

(circumference at breast height) of each individual tree belonging to different species

which was then converted into basal area using the formula given in the following

paragraph. However in case of herbs and shrubs the circumference of at least 10-20 was

measured by bunching them together which was then converted into circumference of

total number of individuals which was then further used to calculate basal area of herbs

and shrubs per unit area as per the formula given below. As already mentioned the number

of individuals of herbs and shrubs to be bunched together depends upon the thickness of

their stems.

Calculation of Dominance & Diversity Indicies

Based on the quadrat data, frequency, density and cover (basal area) of each species were

calculated. The data on density and basal cover are presented on per ha basis.

The Importance Value Index (IVI) for different tree species was determined by adding up

the Relative Density, Relative Frequency and Relative Dominance/ Cover values. The

Relative Density and Relative Frequency values were used to calculate the IVI of shrubs and

herbs.

Table 3.6: Sampling Locations for terrestrial ecology

Site Sampling Location

V1 Upstream of reservoir tail end: Left bank of Chenab River

V2 Tail end of reservoir near Jaiswal bridge: Right bank of reservoir

V3 Ramban town: Right bank of Chenab river V4 Metra town: Left bank of Chenab river V5 Kanga Village: Left bank of Chenab river V6 Along Bichlari River: Right bank of Chenab River V7 Dharamkund: Right bank of Chenab river V8 Tangar Village: Proposed colony area V9 Near Proposed dam site

Table 3.7: Number of quadrats studied during field surveys for trees, shrubs and herbs

Sampling Site Trees Shrubs Herbs (1x1) m2

(10x10) m2 (5x5) m2 Winter Pre Monsoon Monsoon V1 10 10 10 10 10 V2 10 10 10 10 10 V3 10 10 10 10 10 V4 10 10 10 10 10 V5 10 10 10 10 10 V6 10 10 10 10 10 V7 10 10 10 10 10 V8 10 10 10 10 10 V9 10 10 10 10 10



For the calculation of dominance, the basal area was determined by using following

formula.

Basal area = π r2

Species diversity and evenness index was calculated by using the Shannon-Wiener Diversity

Index (1963) and Evenness Index, respectively.

The index of diversity was computed by using Shannon Wiener Diversity Index (Shannon

Wiener, 1963) as:

H = - Σ (ni/n) x ln (ni/n)

Where, ni is individual density of a species and n is total density of all the species

The Evenness Index (E) is calculated by using Shannon's Evenness formula (Magurran,

2004).

Evenness Index (E) = H / ln(S)

Where, H is Shannon Wiener Diversity index; S is number of species

3.2.5.6 Faunal Elements

The fauna of the study area has been compiled with the help of secondary sources

supplemented with information provided by local people during field surveys in the study

area. For the preparation of checklist of animals, Forest Working Plan of Ramban Forest

Division and Batote Forest Division were consulted. In addition data was compiled from

published literature like Prater (1998), Daniel (2002), Kazmierczak (2006), Ali (2002),

Kehimkar (2008).

Sampling Methodology & Constraints

Since observations of fauna and wildlife take long time, primary surveys were limited to

field visits and direct and indirect sightings of animals. The presence of wildlife was also

confirmed from the local inhabitants depending on the animal sightings and the frequency

of their visits in the catchment area at locations given in Table 3.8.

Table 3.8: Transects and trails for faunal elements

Transect Location Tr 1 Upstream of reservoir tail end: L/b of Chenab River Tr 2 Tail end of reservoir: R/b of Chenab river: Near Jaiswal Bridge Tr 3 Along Kiri Khad: L/b tributary of Chenab near Metra town Tr 4 Along Bichalri River: R/b tributary of Chenab river Tr 5 Along Chainji Nala: R/b tributary of Chenab river Tr 6 Along Mankhani Khad near Tangar village: L/b of Chenab river Tr 7 Along Tatsun nala near Tangar village: R/b of Chenab river Tr 8 Near Proposed Dam site: L/b of Chenab river

The study area was divided into different strata based on vegetation and topography.

Sampling for habitat and animals was done in different strata. As the normal systematic

transects for mammals and birds were not possible in this study area due to difficult

terrain, therefore mostly trails were used for faunal sampling. In addition to the field

sampling the data/ information was also collected as follows:

Direct sighting and indirect evidences such as calls, signs and skeletons of mammals were

recorded along the survey routes taking aid from Prater (1998).



The interviews of local villagers were conducted for the presence and relative abundance

of various animal species within each locality. In addition, the data was also collected on

habitat condition, animal presence by direct sighting and indirect evidences by forest

personnel and villagers.

Transect walks along the forest trail in the study area were performed to observe wildlife

status in each forest areas that belong to the impact or activity area of proposed

hydropower project. To study the wild mammalian fauna of the study area, 2 - 5 km long

transects and trails were walked during early morning and evening hours. Direct sighting of

animals as well as indirect signs like scat, pellets, pugmarks, scraps, vocalizations, horns

etc. were also recorded during the survey trails. On each transect, the locations were

marked with the help of a hand held GPS. Animals and birds observed along the route were

recorded, together with information on their habitat. This method of continuous recording

(Martin & Batson, 1993, Chalise, 2003) was adopted for the collection of general

information on species presence and absence. It also reveals diversity and population by

direct observation. This method is also known as Visual Encountered Sampling to reflect

wildlife population and diversity (Mukherjee, 2007). Four to five separate walks were done

along both the banks of Chenab and their tributaries to collect information on riverine

tract. Secondary data as well as information elicited from the locals were also noted for the

presence or absence of wild animals in the area. These indirect evidences and information

have to be analyzed and ascertained with the help of literature available.

The birds were also sighted on the same transect and trails marked for mammals. Sampling

was carried out on a fixed width trails of 2 km wherever the terrain permitted and point

counts were carried out at a fixed distances at more or less regular intervals. A prismatic

field binocular (10 × 50) was used for bird watching during transect survey and nearby the

human habitation of study area.

The herpetofauna was also sampled along the same transects marked for mammals.

3.2.5.7 Water Quality

The data on water quality has been collected to:

Assess the quantitative and qualitative nature of effluent discharges to the river and

its tributaries.

Evaluate river water quality on upstream and downstream of the project site and

also in the stretch between barrage and powerhouse.

Selection of Sampling Sites

The sampling was carried out at 8 different locations (4 on main Chenab river and 4 on its

tributaries) during three seasons as described below in the table to study various physico-

chemical and biological characteristics of Chenab river and its tributaries (Table 3.9). For

Ground Water sample was collected from Ramban town. Water samples were collected

during each sampling season for physico-chemical as well as biological parameters. The

sampling sites in the Sawalkote were located near the area proposed dam site, muck

dumping sites, working area, near the confluence of major tributaries of Chenab river in

study area and near settlements like Ramban, Metra and Dharamkund.



Sampling Parameters

The analysis of physic-chemical parameters include pH, temperature, electrical

conductivity, turbidity, Total Suspended Solids, total hardness, DO, BOD, COD, nitrates,

phosphates, chlorides, sulphates, sodium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, silicates, oil and

grease, phenolic compounds, residual sodium carbonate and Total Coliform. Heavy metals

included Pb, As, Hg, Cd, Cr-6, total Chromium, Cu, Zn, Fe. The samples were taken in the

replicates at each site of the river and composite samples were then analysed. A sample

for ground water analysis was taken from a location nearby Ramban. The sites at which

sampling was done are as listed in Table 3.9.

Table 3.9: Water sampling locations

Sites Location Remarks

Chenab River

W1 Near Jaiswal bridge Samples collected Tail end of proposed reservoir area

W2 Near Ramban town Settlements

W3 Near Dharamkund Used for Bathing and Cloth washing

W4 Near proposed Dam site

River banks were comprised of steep slopes and barren rocks. Pinus roxburghii is the dominant species in higher reaches

Tributaries W5 Kiri Khad near Metra: L/b tributary of Chenab river Source of drinking water supply

W6 Bichlari river: R/b tributary of Chenab river Known for fishing activities

W7 Chainji Nala near Dharamkund: R/b tributary of Chenab river

Source of irrigation

W8 Tatsun nala near Tangar village: R/b tributary of Chenab river

Source of irrigation

Some of the physico-chemical parameters of water necessary for the ecological studies were

measured in the field with the help of different instruments. The water temperature was

measured with the help of graduated mercury thermometer. The hydrogen ion

concentration (pH), electrical conductivity and total dissolved solids were recorded with the

help of a pH, EC and TDS probes of Hanna instruments (Model HI 98130) in the field.

Dissolved oxygen was measured with the help of Digital Dissolved Oxygen meter (Eutech

ECDO 602K). Total coliforms were assessed by Presence/absence techniques using media

method. For the analysis of rest of the parameters the water samples were collected in

polypropylene bottles from the different sampling sites and brought to the laboratory for

further analysis after adding formalin as preservative. The turbidity was measured with the

help of Digital Turbidity meter and other parameters such as total alkalinity, total hardness,

chloride, nitrate, phosphate and silicates were analyzed at the Hitech Labs Limited, Okhla,

New Delhi. These parameters were analysed as per the standard procedures given by Adoni

(1980) and APHA (1992) and Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS):IS 3025 (Indian Standard:

methods of sampling and test (physical and chemical) for water used in industry).

3.2.5.8 Aquatic Ecology

Sampling of Phytoplankton, Zooplankton and Phytobenthos (Periphyton)

For the quantification of phytoplankton and zooplankton 50 liters of water for each

community was filtered at each site by using plankton net made up of fine silk cloth (mesh



size 25 m). The study was repeated three times at each site and samples were pooled.

The filtrate collected for phytoplankton was preserved in1% Lugol’s Iodine solution.

For phytobenthos sampling was performed across the width of the river at the depth of 15

- 30 cm. The samples were taken from the accessible banks only. The pebbles (64 - 128 mm

size) usually 4 - 5 in number, were picked from the riffle and pools, in apparently different

flows such as stones above and below gushing waters, swift flow and slow flow conditions

so as to obtain a representative sample. Benthic diatom samples were collected by

scratching the pebbles with a brush of hard bristles in order to dislodge benthos from

crevices and minute cavities on the boulder surface from an area of 3 x 3 cm2, using a sharp

edged razor. The scrapings from each cobble were collected in 25µ mesh and transferred

to storage vials. The samples were preserved in 1% Lugol’s iodine solution.

For preparing permanent mounts from the treated samples, the slide was first smeared

with Mayer’s albumen. The sample was then agitated to render it homogeneous. Quickly a

drop of known volume (0.04 ml) of processed material was placed on the slide and heated

gently till it dried. It was dehydrated using 95% and 100% alcohol, consecutively. The

dehydrated material was transferred to Xylol twice before finally mounting in Euparol.

Identification of Phytoplankton & Zooplankton

The permanent mounts were then subjected to analysis under a phase contrast binocular

microscope using an oil immersion lens of x 100 magnification. For identifying the various

diatom species, varieties and forms, the morphological characteristics used included

length, width (µm), number of striae, raphe, axial area, central area, terminal and central

nodules. Identifications were made according to standard literature (Schmidt 1914 - 1954,

Hustedt 1943, Hustedt 1985, Krammer & Lange - Bertalot 1986, 1991, 1999, 2000 a & b,

Lange - Bertalot, H. Krammer, K. 2002, Metzeltin & Lange - Bertalot 2002, Krammer 2000,

2003, Lange Bertalot et al., 2003, Werum & Lange - Bertalot 2004., Metzeltin et al., 2005).

Sarode & Kamat (1984), Prasad (1992) and Gandhi (1998) were also consulted for the

Oriental species. The slide preparation and identification of benthos was done at Ecology

Lab., Department of Zoology, HNB Garhwal University, Srinagar and the permanent mounts

have been adequately stored there.

The identification of zooplankton was made with the help of Ward and Whipple (1959) and

Battish (1997).

For samples were preserved in 1% Lugol’s iodine solution acid treatment was done

according to Reimer (1962) method adopted earlier by (Nautiyal & Nautiyal 1999, 2002) to

process the samples for light microscopy. The treated samples were washed repeatedly to

remove traces of acid. Samples were treated with hydrogen peroxide with high organic

content to clean the diatom frustules. The permanent mounts were prepared in Naphrax

for further analysis. They were examined using a BX-40 Trinocular Olympus microscope

(x10 and x15 wide field eyepiece) fitted with Universal condenser and PLANAPO x 100 oil

immersion objective under bright field using appropriate filters to identify the species.

Sampling & Identification of Macro-invertebrates

The Macro-invertebrate samples were collected from quadrats of 1 sq ft area by lifting of

stones and sieving of substratum from the wide able portion of the river. The material was



sieved through 125 µm sieve and preserved in 70% ethyl alcohol. Samples were collected in

three replicates and pooled for further analysis. The organisms obtained were then

counted after identifying them up to family level. Standard keys were used for the

identification of macro invertebrate samples (Pennek 1953; Edmondson 1959; Macan

1979; Edington and Hildrew 1995).

Crude density (Indiv./m2) = total numbers of individuals in each quadrat/ total quadrats × 11

Sampling for Fishes

The data on the occurrence of fish species was collected through literature review as well.

In addition experimental fishing was done with the help of local fishermen at various sites

in the study area and river stretches both upstream and downstream of the project site to

ascertain the distribution pattern of fish species.

Assessment of Water Quality

The water quality of Chenab river and its tributaries was assessed through Water Quality

Index (WQI) for physic-chemical parameters and for Biological water quality indicies like

BMWP, ASPT and LQI were used.

Water Quality Index (WQI)

In order to assess the water quality of Chenab river and its tributary streams a Water

Quality Index was used which has been developed at Washington State Department of

Ecology, Environmental assessment Programme. The Water Quality Index (WQI) used in

the report is a unitless number ranging from 1 to 100. A higher number is indicative of

better water quality. For temperature, pH, coliform bacteria and dissolved oxygen, the

index expresses results relative to levels required to maintain beneficial uses (based on

criteria in Washington’s Water Quality Standards, WAC 173-201A).

Water quality index is a 100 point scale that summarizes results from a total of nine

different measurements viz.

• pH,

• Dissolved Oxygen

• Turbidity

• Coliform

• Biochemical Oxygen Demand

• Total Phosphates

• Nitrates, and

• Total Suspended Solids

BMWP & ASPT Indicies

For the assessment and analysis of Biological Water Quality an index named Biological

Monitoring Working Party (BMWP) procedure was employed using species of macro-

invertebrates as biological indicators (http://www.nethan-valley.co.uk/insectgroups.doc).

The method is based on the principle that different aquatic invertebrates have different

tolerances to pollutants. The presence of mayflies or stoneflies for instance indicates the

cleanest water. The BMWP score equals the sum of the tolerance scores of all macro-

invertebrate families in the sample. Therefore a higher BMWP score is considered to reflect

a better water quality. The number of different macro-invertebrates is also an important

http://www.nethan-valley.co.uk/insectgroups.doc



factor, because a better water quality is assumed to result in a higher diversity.

Alternatively, also the Average Score Per Taxon (ASPT) score is calculated. The ASPT equals

the average of the tolerance scores of all macro-invertebrate families found, and ranges

from 0 to 10. The main difference between both indices is that ASPT does not depend on

the family richness.

Lincoln Quality Index

It is similar to BMWP but also takes account of the average per family and habitat quality

(either habitat rich or habitat poor). The BMWP score alone is insufficient due to variability

of thereof the scores in relation to habitat diversity. By using a combination of BMWP score

and the Average Score Per Taxon the influence of habitat diversity is reduced. It was found

by experience that for small stream riffles with low habitat diversity an adjustment to the

score levels was still found to be necessary to obtain comparable results. . For this reason a

judgment on whether or not the riffle at a small stream site is "habitat rich" or "habitat

poor" is required. Normally this judgment is only made once and is not to be changed

unless a significant change in the habitat availability occurs due to river maintenance or

flow alteration.

After the samples have been analysed and the BMWP Score and ASPT calculated, the LQI is

assessed using the tables for X and Y values. The BMWP score is used to obtain rating X and

the ASPT is used to obtain rating Y from tables given below.

Standard BMWP Ratings for Habitat Rich Riffles

BMWP score Rating X 151 + 7

121 - 150 6 91 - 120 5 61 - 90 4 31 - 60 3 15 - 30 2 0 - 1 4 1

Standard ASPT Ratings for Habitat Rich Riffles

ASPT score Rating Y 6 + 7 5.5 6 5.1 5 4.6 4 3.6 3 2.6 2 0 1

The overall quality rating is obtained from the formula as follows:

Overall Quality Rating = X + Y 2

Overall Quality Ratings, Equivalent Lincoln Quality Index Values and Interpretation of

results Quality Rating Index Interpretation

6 or better A++ Excellent Quality 5.5 A+ Excellent Quality 5.0 A Excellent Quality



4.5 B Good Quality 4.0 C Good Quality 3.5 D Moderate Quality 3.0 E Moderate Quality 2.5 F Poor Quality 2.0 G Poor Quality 1.5 H Very Poor Quality 1.0 I Very Poor Quality

Using this system sites which support a very good fauna are classified as A, A+ or A++

(Excellent) and so on.

LQI ratings: 1-1.5(I-H) = very poor, 2-2.5(G-F) = poor, 3-3.5(E-D) = moderate, 4-4.5(C-B) =

good, above 5(A, A++) excellent.

3.2.5.9 Socio-economic Surveys

To assess the baseline socio-economic status of the study area Census, 2011 was used

while for the status of affected villages’ primary as well as secondary data was collected.

For this was collected at two levels i.e. at village level and at household level.

The data for affected villages which are going to be directly affected by acquisition of land

for project construction was collected was through questionnaire based surveys as well as

from Directorate of Economics and Statistics, Govt. of Jammu & Kashmir, Ramban District

Statistical Office, Revenue Department.

For the collection of data on Project Affected Families (PAFs) door-to-door Socio-economic

survey was conducted. For this questionnaire was designed which included questions on

demographic, ethnographic, economic, literacy, development, agricultural, cultural and

aesthetic site, infrastructure facilities: education, health and hygiene, communication

network, etc.

Source/s of Data

The details of source of different Environmental parameters are given at Table 3.10.

3.3 IMPACT ASSESSMENT & MITIGATION MEASURES

Prediction is essentially a process to forecast the environmental conditions of the project

area that might be expected to occur because of implementation of the project. Impacts of

project activities have been predicted using overlay technique (super-imposition of activity

on environmental parameter). For intangible impacts qualitative assessment has been

done. The environmental impacts predicted are as follows:

Loss of forests and cultivable land

Impacts on land use pattern

Impact on socio-economic aspects

Displacement of population, due to acquisition of private and community

properties

Impacts on hydrologic regime

Impacts on water quality

Increase in incidence of water-related diseases including vector-borne diseases



Table 3.10: Source of data for various Environmental Parameters

Aspect Mode of Data collection Parameters covered/ monitored Frequency Sources

Meteorology Secondary Temperature, Humidity, Rainfall - Detailed Project Report (DPR) Hydrology/ Water Resources

Secondary Flow, Design, hydrograph, and design flood hydrograph

- Detailed Project Report (DPR)

Geology and seismo-tectonics

Primary and Secondary

Regional Geology, Tectonics and Earthquakes - Detailed Project Report (DPR)

Land use Primary and secondary

Land use pattern - Field Survey, ground truthing Remote Sensing and GIS Studies

Ambient Air Quality Primary PM2.5, PM10, SO2, NOx Seasonal On-site monitoring and analysis Water Quality Primary Physico-chemical and biological parameters Seasonal Sample collection and analysis Ambient Noise Levels Primary Leq (Day only), and Mean noise level in dB (A) Seasonal On-site monitoring and analysis Soil Primary and

Secondary Physico-chemical parameters Once during

study period Sample collection and analysis

Terrestrial Ecology Primary and secondary

Floral and faunal diversity, density and species composition

Seasonal On-site data collection, Forest Department, public consultation and Literature review

Aquatic Ecology and Fisheries

Primary and secondary

Diversity, density and species composition of planktons and fishes

Seasonal Experimental fishing, Fishery Department, Ramban, Public consultation and Literature review

Socio-economic aspect Primary and secondary

Demographic profile, Ethnographic profile, Economic structure, Literacy profile, Development profile, Agricultural practices, Cultural and aesthetic sites, Infrastructure facilities: education, health and hygiene, communication network, etc., Impact on socio-cultural and ethnographic aspects due to dam building activity

- Field Survey, Directorate of Economics and Statistics, Govt. of Jammu Kashmir, Ramban, District Statistical Office, Revenue Department.

Jammu Kashmir State Power Development Corporation (JKSPDC) Draft EIA Sawalkote HEP


Effect on riverine fisheries, including migratory fish species

Increase in air pollution and noise level during project construction phase

Impact due to sewage generation from construction works camps

Impact due to acquisition of forest land

Impacts on terrestrial and aquatic ecology due to increased human interferences

during project construction and operation phases

Impact due to blasting

3.4 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Based on the environmental baseline conditions and project inputs, the adverse impacts

were identified and a set of measures have been suggested as a part of Environmental

Management Plan (EMP) for their mitigation.

The management measures have been suggested for the following aspects:

Biodiversity and Wildlife Conservation and Management Plan

Catchment Area Treatment Plan

Fishery Conservation & Management Plan

Solid Waste Management Plan

Public Health Delivery System

Labour Management Plan

Energy Conservation Measures/ Forest Protection Plan

Muck Disposal Plan

Study of Design Earthquake parameters

Rehabilitation and Resettlement Plan

Local Area Development Plan

Greenbelt Development and Restoration of Quarries and Working Areas

Reservoir Rim Treatment Plan

Dam Break Modeling and Disaster Management Plan

Mitigation Measures for Air, Noise and Water Environment

Compensatory Afforestation Plan

Environmental Monitoring Plan

The expenditure required for implementation of R&R Plan, CAT Plan and other components

of EMP have been estimated and proposed as part of the study report.

3.5 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME It is necessary to continue monitoring of certain parameters to verify the adequacy of

various measures outlined in the Environmental Management Plan (EMP) and to assess the

implementation of mitigation measures. A comprehensive environmental monitoring

programme including monitoring frequency for critical parameters has been suggested for

implementation during project construction and operation phases. The staff, necessary

equipments and agencies to be involved for implementation of the Environmental

Monitoring Programme and costs have also been indicated.



4.1 INTRODUCTION

The proposed Sawalkote HEP is a run of river type development across river Chenab in

J&K, near Sawalkote village. The scheme envisages construction of a 163.5 m (from river bed

level) high concrete dam, with a gross storage of a reservoirs as 530 MCM. The catchment

area at the dam site is 19475 km2.

4.2 CHENAB BASIN The Chenab basin is located in the western Himalayas, approximately between latitudes

of 320 to 340 15’ N and longitudes of 740 to 780E. The catchment of the Chenab river is

spread over the states of Himachal Pradesh and Jammu & Kashmir. The upper half of

the basin is located between the Great Himalayas and Pir Panjal ranges and the lower half

is located between the Pir Panjal and the Dhaola Dhar/Shivalik ranges. The elevation of the

Great Himalayas reaches in the upper half varies on an average from 5000 m to 7000m

above mean sea level (msl) and that of Pir Panjal in the upper half varies from 4200 m to

over 6600 m above msl. In the lower half of the basin, the elevation of Pir Panjal in the

north and Shivalik in the south tapers down from about 4500m to less than 1000 m as

these approaches the western end of the basin.

4.2.1 Chenab river

The Chandra and the Bhaga rivers constitute the Chandra Bhaga or the Chenab. They rise

from the Himalayas in Lahaul area of Himachal Pradesh. The Chandra originates from a large

snow bed on the south-eastern side of Bara Lacha pass at an elevation of 4950m above mean

sea level (msl) and after flowing south-east for about 90kms sweeps round the base of mid-

Himalayas, joins the Bhaga at Tandi (RL 2820 m msl) after a course of 185 kms. The Bhaga

rises in the north-western slopes of Bara Lacha pass and flows in almost southerly direction

till confluence with the Chandra. The length of the Bhaga up to the confluence with the

Chandra is about 105 kms. The combined stream then known as Chandra Bhaga or the

Chenab, flows in north west direction through the Pangi valley of HP and enters Padan area

of Kishtwar, a Tehsil of J&K. At Benjwar near Kishtwar it receives its major tributary, the

Marusudar river and then flows in southern direction for about 25 km through a gorge

through Pir Panjal range and enters the valley between the Pir Panjal and the Dhaola Dhar

ranges. The Pir Panjal, here, dissects the basin in two parts and then becomes and northern

boundary of the Chenab-the southern boundary is formed by another mid-Himalayan range,

the Dhaola Dhar range. The river then flows almost in westerly direction up to the Salal dam

site and then takes a southerly turn and enters into the plains near Akhnoor. The total length

of the river up to Akhnoor site is about 650 kms and the catchment area is 21,808 sq.km. The

mean elevation of the Chenab basin is 3600 m asl.

The plan of the catchment area showing the main drainage features, location of hydro

Chapter

4 HYDROLOGY



projects, G&D stations is attached (Fig. No 1). The catchment of the Chenab is elongated and

narrow. Most of the upper part is covered with glaciers and snow. The catchment of Chenab

above Sawalkote is marked by accentuated orographic features with elevations ranging from

610 M to 6100 M. The catchment intercepted at the project site is 19475 sq.km.

Considerable area is under snow and glaciers. Owing the geographical location the catchment

received precipitation due to the South-west monsoon as well as the western

disturbances; the former lasting generally from June to September, and later mostly from

October to May. The precipitation caused by western disturbance occurs mainly in the form

of snow except over the areas situated at lower elevations. Extreme rainfall are confined

generally to monsoon season (June to September) and occasionally very heavy rainfall can

occur towards the end of September, or early October under combined influence of two

metrological system.

4.3 DATA AVAILABILITY

4.3.1 Hydrological data

Chenab basin is a well gauged basin. Number of Gauge and Discharge (G&D) sites have been

established by Central Water Commission and other agencies on river Chenab and its main

tributary for which long term flow data is available. The Sawalkote H.E. Project is located on

Chenab downstream of the Dhamkund G&D site and upstream of the Akhnoor. No Gauge and

Discharge measurement are being made at the project site. A list of the G&D sites and period

of data availability relevant to the project under consideration is given as under.

Table 4.1: Details of G&D Sites

S.No. Name of the

Site River Location C.A. (Sq.km) Period of data

availability 1 Prem Nagar Chenab 3308’N, 7540’E 15490 1975-76 to 2008-09 2 Dharamkund Chenab 3153’N, 7509’E 18750 1975-76 to 2008-09 3 Akhnoor Chenab 3253’N, 7445’E 21808 1970 onwards

The ten daily flow data of the Prem Nagar and Dhamkund sites is enclosed at Annexure-I, and

II respectively. Ten daily data of Akhnoor for the period from 1990 to 2010 and annual yields

for the period from 1970-71 to 1989-90 is given at Annexure-III.

4.3.2 Meteorological data

The precipitation data is collected at various locations in the Chenab basin but as a

significant part of the Project catchment is snow fed, these stations can not be

considered as the representative stations for the catchment.

4.4 WATER AVAILABILITY STUDIES

4.4.1 Consistency and Validation of flow series

Consistency/validation of 10-daily data of the various G&D sites for the given period



has been check/carried out in the following manner:

i) Single mass curves

Single mass curves of the observed Annual Yield at Prem Nagar and Dhamkund have been

plotted for the period from 1975-76 to 2008-09. Similarly, a single mass curve of the

observed Annual Yield at and Akhnoor sites for the period from 1970-71 to 2009-10 has

been also plotted. The single mass curve plots of all the three sites are given below.

Figure 4.1: Single Mass Curve-Dharamkund

Figure 4.2: Single Mass Curve-Premnagar



Figure 4.3: Single Mass Curve-Akhnoor

Single mass curves of Prem Nagar and Dhamkund sites do not show any significant

kink. However, the single mass curve of Akhnoor show slight kink at a point near the year

1992-93.

ii) Double mass curve

Double mass curve between the Cumulative Annual yield at Dhamkund and Premnagar sites

has been plotted as given below and it has been observed that data of both the sites is

consistent with each other.

Figure 4.4: Double Mass Curve-Dharamkund Vs Premnagar

Double mass curve between the Cumulative Annual yield at Dhamkund and Akhnoor

sites has been plotted as given below and a kink in the year 1992 onwards is observed

which means that data of both the sites is not consistent with each other.



Figure 4.5: Double Mass Curve-Dharamkund Vs Akhnoor

iii) Check for homogeneity

For checking the homogeneity of the flow series at three sites, T-test has been applied

on the annual flows. Results of the t-test are given as under.

Table 4.2: t-Test for Dhamkund

t-Test: Two-Sample Assuming Unequal Variances

28654 30619.54656

Mean 25774.89 27845.44153

Variance 6709601 18481672.14

Observations 16 16

Hypothesized Mean Difference

0

df 25

t Stat -1.65014

P(T<=t) one-tail 0.055712

t Critical one-tail 1.708141

P(T<=t) two-tail 0.111424

t Critical two-tail 2.059539



Table 4.3: t-Test for Premnagar

t-Test: Two-Sample Assuming Unequal Variances

237347 251640

Mean 247480.2 239428.5546

Variance 5.6E+08 1108680343

Observations 16 16


0

df 27

t Stat 0.788448





Table 4.4: t-Test for Akhnoor

t-Test: Two-Sample Assuming Equal Variances

Variable 1

Variable 2

Mean 27881 23749

Variance 10874537 11915660

Observations 22 18

Pooled Variance 11340303


0

df 38

t Stat 3.86046







It has been observed that observed series at Dhamkund and Prem Nagar are

homogenous but flow series at Akhnoor has been found non-homogenous.

iv) Comparison of annual flows

To compare the annual flows observed at Dhamkund, Sawalkote and Prem Nagar, the plot

of annual yield has been drawn as given below.

Figure 4.6: Comparison of Observed Annual Yield

It can be inferred from the above plot that the observed data of Dhamkund and

Premnagar is consistent with each other. The observed data of Akhnoor site is showing

flow values much lesser than the Dhamkund flows.

From the above analysis it is evident that flow series for Akhnoor site is on lower side for

the later period from 1992 onwards.

4.4.2 Derivation of water availability series for the Sawalkote Dam

In the absence of availability of long term site specific observed flow data at the dam

site, the water availability series for the Sawalkote H.E. Project for the period 1975-76

to 2008-09 has been worked out from the 10-daily flow observed at Dhamkund on

catchment area proportion basis. The finalized series for Sawalkote HE Project is as given

below:

Table 4.5: 10 daily flow series Sawalkote HE Project Unit: Cumec

Year Jun. Jul Aug Sep I II III I II III I II III I II III

1975-76 1474 2116 2172 1809 3073 2153 2331 2785 2046 1528 1170 697.8 1976-77 1880 1444 1163 2031 2480 2368 2934 1892 1317 1323 684.8 548.9 1977-78 1169 830.9 2405 2700 2673 2099 2332 1705 1441 1321 990.2 638.8 1978-79 2238 1944 3183 3242 2506 2550 2638 2376 1984 1015 869.1 625.4 1979-80 881.2 1511 2392 1970 2406 1747 2108 1799 1205 1164 688.9 357.2 1980-81 1446 1752 2242 2202 2483 2040 2182 1364 1427 1051 775.4 495.1



1981-82 1027 1017 2257 1822 2575 2745 2224 2001 1350 942.1 558.6 608.2 1982-83 1231 1708 1394 1653 1888 2677 2889 2286 1234 981.3 842 419.3 1983-84 1317 1224 2048 2014 1433 2536 2943 2313 2373 2047 1277 740.5 1984-85 2126 2008 2023 1836 1523 1987 2161 2234 2021 1409 801.7 410.9 1985-86 1371 1601 1684 1938 2351 2162 2268 1962 1781 1320 824.1 567 1986-87 916.6 1832 2638 2435 2421 2680 2591 2264 1670 1449 683.4 626.1 1987-88 1753 1452 1681 2288 2086 2592 1964 1938 2152 1671 1067 800 1988-89 1246 1505 2783 2672 2876 2777 2300 2100 1517 1300 1036 2325 1989-90 1989 1383 1414 1398 2022 2566 1501 1544 1390 831.1 824.1 565.5 1990-91 1544 1463 2902 2657 1975 1912 2202 1683 1632 1524 1070 794.8 1991-92 2204 2535 2220 2697 2593 2503 2184 1576 1586 1481 1212 634 1992-93 1210 1667 1962 1653 2399 2588 2261 1808 1767 2056 1296 899.2 1993-94 1675 1993 1865 2464 3246 1760 1754 1382 1468 1224 824.8 594.8 1994-95 1849 1699 3418 3709 3233 3178 2988 2031 2142 1582 676 313.9 1995-96 2667 3156 1935 3035 3255 3880 2760 2724 2221 2504 1178 795 1996-97 1751 2572 3254 2026 2163 2477 2491 2406 2246 1158 1033 846.1 1997-98 842 1247 1957 1935 2639 2543 1775 1703 2197 1541 1343 1056 1998-99 2007 1600 2919 3689 3479 2593 2620 2525 1920 1658 1160 1159 1999-00 1084 1846 2220 2571 2571 2406 2584 1927 1791 1460 1428 1215 2000-01 1124 1549 1897 1924 2115 2699 2070 1899 1843 1488 986.2 556.8 2001-02 1368 1749 1534 2221 2321 2175 1881 2074 1725 1131 646.9 458.7 2002-03 2054 2036 2078 2455 2322 1814 2206 2504 1901 1076 743.5 479.6 2003-04 2650 2510 2615 2485 2405 2590 2277 1805 1541 1455 985.7 846.6 2004-05 904.8 1743 1379 2085 1582 1537 1601 1798 1367 1052 1160 523 2005-06 1184 1584 3056 2998 2966 2570 2316 1681 1420 1542 955.2 555.4 2006-07 1176 869.9 1569 2354 1845 2399 2827 2060 1722 1727 986.8 588.9 2007-08 1028 1759 2124 2053 1519 1894 1818 1837 1621 1246 707.4 580.5 2008-09 1220 2471 1823 1996 1707 1521 1897 1301 1045 713.8 481.3 393.3

Table 4.6: 10-daily flow series Sawalkote HE Project Unit: Cumec

Year Oct Nov Dec Jan I II III I II III I II III I II III

1975-76 613 482.5 383.6 293.1 247.2 216.7 203.58 195.6 186.6 178.9 177.6 195.1 1976-77 452.2 294.2 259.7 274.6 238.5 225 206.18 183.5 177.6 158.4 164.4 185.5 1977-78 427.2 317.8 297.3 290.1 238.5 210.8 200.46 163.5 179 175 171.5 168.4 1978-79 432.6 364.3 308.9 263.3 232.7 221.9 199.01 182.4 161.6 130.6 139.9 136.7 1979-80 340.8 272.8 217.9 200.7 171.8 187.7 148.63 137.2 136.2 140.5 136.1 132.1 1980-81 392.7 280.6 209.4 181.4 158.1 155.3 133.88 118.1 138.8 126 114.9 143 1981-82 289.2 220 182 182.4 154.2 140.9 134.72 124.8 121.8 120.8 116.7 113.9 1982-83 190.1 188.9 190.7 167.8 166.2 144.1 148.94 139.9 130.1 136.8 130.9 141.6 1983-84 558.9 382.7 267.3 218.6 185.9 171.7 160.68 152.9 142.6 128.8 130.8 117.7 1984-85 285.9 270.1 265 212.2 194.4 182.7 168.06 172.6 165.9 184.1 178.3 192 1985-86 506 317.9 230.3 204.6 181.5 168.8 158.71 161.3 179.9 172.2 160.6 155.2 1986-87 385.2 326.1 253.6 222.5 234.9 236.6 223.52 242.1 196.7 189.9 182.3 185.4 1987-88 421.7 450.1 339.4 274.1 246 211.1 187.27 175.3 161.4 158.2 153.4 152.5 1988-89 1017 744.5 593.3 493.3 425.2 379.9 333.31 305.6 250.9 193.8 173.9 169 1989-90 359.2 273.8 202.9 173.7 164.5 161.9 147.48 149.3 143.5 134.4 132 168.5 1990-91 458.2 362.4 300.5 257.3 241.9 215.4 199.67 222.7 281.3 264.5 229 268.7 1991-92 508.1 427.4 369.1 313.1 264.8 222.6 205.78 194.1 186.1 163.6 162.7 244.2 1992-93 766.6 595 513.8 468.9 444.7 417.6 190.96 179.5 171.1 189.6 176.3 166 1993-94 462.6 394.8 321 297.5 264.5 240.1 208.81 188.5 183.8 188 196.4 216.4 1994-95 196.5 123 89.09 64.45 67.77 66.02 90.003 81.09 73.01 72.86 76.73 123.5



1995-96 616.5 512.3 444.1 345.2 317.7 278.8 258.57 257 243.8 208.5 218.4 223.4 1996-97 826 573.2 532.6 307.1 213.6 195.2 230.72 211.8 212.1 207.3 203.5 199.7 1997-98 665.8 582.5 557 515 464.9 444 422.91 399.5 380.2 348.9 329.7 289.4 1998-99 643.7 616.3 430.5 367.5 320.6 288.5 308.52 282.3 269.8 260.9 250.9 313.2 1999-00 571.7 412.7 357.9 411.8 355.4 311.1 272.58 231.7 227.6 208.9 302.2 251.4 2000-01 419.7 358.3 346.9 311.6 233.5 209.1 196.95 203.3 197 181.5 176.2 177.2 2001-02 428.2 340.6 299.3 303.6 269.6 250.9 222.91 217.4 214.4 208 218.1 207.9 2002-03 399.6 374.9 283 262.1 241.7 217.1 203.71 199.6 195.7 172.5 155.2 162.2 2003-04 418.3 361.4 302.3 274.6 262 248.2 230.56 251.1 215.2 211.5 214.9 248.9 2004-05 434.9 329 241.7 201.9 191.5 176.1 178.44 159.1 170.2 206.9 169.2 169.1 2005-06 454 337.9 282.7 247.8 213.6 196 180.81 164.1 151.5 157.6 222.8 190.4 2006-07 502.4 405.4 297.1 254.2 250.6 226.7 294.31 225.6 214 200.5 190.4 185.2 2007-08 355.3 286.5 255 238.5 226.2 211.1 198.93 187.7 184.1 204.4 233.4 199 2008-09 446.6 391.3 327.5 287 266.7 270.6 239.36 252.6 264.9 259.8 234.1 231

Table 4.7: 10 daily flow series Sawalkote HE Project Unit: Cumec

Year Feb Mar Apr May I II III I II III I II III I II III

1975-76 191.4 282.6 296 356.9 350.6 450.8 536.9 631.9 919.1 811.1 1072 1214 1976-77 178.2 167.2 157.7 182 201.2 262.4 396.6 339.7 492.4 522.4 574.9 934.7 1977-78 172.8 190.5 199.9 399.7 628.1 584.4 622.2 1049 935.5 1521 1734 1896 1978-79 133.5 159.5 154.6 341.5 406.7 598.6 771.9 821.7 945.5 872 840.2 776.1 1979-80 161.9 219.8 217.7 240.7 290.7 348 428.7 533.9 578.6 789.3 753 887.7 1980-81 173.9 210 236.9 233.1 238.3 476.4 532.2 802.4 851 1284 1167 1368 1981-82 121.5 130.6 152 202 212.7 358 479 562.7 665.2 878 685.7 863.2 1982-83 137.8 150.3 173.3 263.2 418.7 445.4 554.2 644.5 797.2 998.7 1197 1128 1983-84 124.5 131.4 136.2 205.8 293.3 341.1 478.1 433 547.5 748.8 842 1363 1984-85 180.6 182.2 198.8 230.9 211.4 265.3 298.9 330.2 409.9 605.2 669.3 1146 1985-86 152.4 173.7 194.5 200.2 433.5 473 524.3 853.6 1044 828.8 1125 836.2 1986-87 178.5 188.9 253.7 298.6 332 504.8 615.5 544.4 1006 972.2 862.7 1146 1987-88 150.4 148.9 201.8 236.6 520.4 514.8 532.6 995.7 943.5 1057 1228 1309 1988-89 173 165.6 171.8 202.3 218.2 381 392.5 404.2 470.9 752.3 1052 1448 1989-90 182.3 187 194.4 205.3 388.6 642.2 454.7 622.8 756.7 1146 2014 1663 1990-91 292.5 375.3 403.4 472.5 513.1 635.4 761.5 904 834.3 985.5 1129 1140 1991-92 235.4 235.5 221.9 279.9 360 639.4 584.7 644.7 814.9 780.5 984.7 1077 1992-93 174.2 180.9 227 258.8 593.1 895.1 895.7 1131 1391 1517 1221 1741 1993-94 206.2 200 224.9 252.7 333.2 338.3 499.2 395.6 475.5 769.8 769.1 1377 1994-95 112.5 319.1 325.1 335.5 364.4 582.1 518.2 738.5 876.9 1181 1992 1376 1995-96 222.1 237.6 272.9 281.6 584.7 478.6 497.2 724.6 911 962.3 820.1 1222 1996-97 230.4 222.8 236.4 259 296.8 355.6 332 396.1 504.2 579.5 459.5 669.6 1997-98 265.8 449.5 579 733.2 976.8 1045 1276 1178 1624 1377 1476 2099 1998-99 275.5 318.1 315.8 429 380.8 395.9 599.7 796.9 1219 1399 1095 1479 1999-00 262.9 262.6 232 278.9 301.5 383.2 504.3 598.1 641.2 933.9 1646 1476 2000-01 174 173.5 173.6 171.3 178.9 220.9 276.7 357 434.6 614.7 1072 1050 2001-02 201.6 219.7 269.2 236.8 330.4 422.8 462.1 571.1 641.5 776.8 1707 1560 2002-03 166.8 299.5 454 952 868.9 1081 1055 1363 1325 1348 1518 1716 2003-04 250.3 282 296.6 301 407.6 347.2 457.4 484.1 648.1 616.1 1141 1119 2004-05 199.6 297.3 278.6 430.2 723.5 537.1 517.9 570.4 819 1037 845 797.8 2005-06 189.4 221.8 282.8 254 277.5 343.9 422.9 404.8 666.6 1053 1588 1851 2006-07 183.9 188.6 206.7 232.8 519.3 852.3 807.3 1006 970.3 1195 1315 924.5 2007-08 202 182.6 257.2 309 339.8 304.9 315.6 479.4 528.2 727.2 942.6 1072 2008-09 222.8 233.7 227.9 208.4 256.2 299.2 406.6 406.1 548.8 617.3 748.5 1001



4.4.2.1 Max., Min., Average, 50% and 90% dependable flow at Sawalkote

The 10-daily flow summary of water availability series (1975-76 to 2008-09) computed

at Sawalkote Dam site is given below in the table and Bar chart. The annual flow with

50% and 90% probability of exceedence are found to be in year 1986-87 and 2004-05

respectively. The details of the 10-daily flow in 50% and 90% dependable year are also given

below.

Table 4.8: 10-Daily flow summary at Sawalkote

Summary of 10-Daily Flow Series 1975-76 to 2008-09 Sawalkote HEP (Cumec)

Month Period Average Maximum Minimum 50% Dep.

1986-87 90% Dep. 2004-05

Jun. I 1519 2667 842 917 905 II 1735 3156 831 1832 1743 III 2183 3418 1163 2638 1379 Jul I 2340 3709 1398 2435 2085 II 2365 3479 1433 2421 1582 III 2381 3880 1521 2680 1537

Aug I 2289 2988 1501 2591 1601 II 1955 2785 1301 2264 1798 III 1698 2373 1045 1670 1367 Sep I 1377 2504 714 1449 1052 II 933 1428 481 683 1160 III 698 2325 314 626 523 Oct I 474 1017 190 385 435 II 378 745 123 326 329 III 314 593 89 254 242

Nov I 275 515 64 222 202 II 246 465 68 235 192 III 227 444 66 237 176

Dec I 209 423 90 224 178 II 197 399 81 242 159 III 192 380 73 197 170 Jan I 184 349 73 190 207 II 183 330 77 182 169 III 189 313 114 185 169 Feb I 191 292 113 179 200 II 221 449 131 189 297 III 246 579 136 254 279

Mar I 307 952 171 299 430 II 406 977 179 332 724 III 496 1081 221 505 537 Apr I 554 1276 277 616 518 II 669 1363 330 544 570 III 797 1624 410 1006 819

May I 953 1521 522 972 1037 II 1128 2014 460 863 845 III 1258 2099 670 1146 798 Total (MCM) 28167 23189



Figure 4.7: 10-daily max, min and average computed flow at Sawalkote HEP



Figure 4.8: Flow pattern in 50% and 90% dependable year of the computed Series at Sawalkote HEP



Table 4.9: Detail of 50% and 90% dependable flow year

Finalised Series

Rank

Descending Order

Probability of

Exccedence Year

Annual flow

MCM

Year

Annual flow

MCM 1975-76 29762 1 1995-96 36344 0.03 1976-77 24032 2 1998-99 35479 0.06 1977-78 29120 3 1997-98 34604 0.09 1978-79 30574 4 1994-95 32276 0.11 1979-80 22747 5 2002-03 32235 0.14 1980-81 25677 6 1992-93 31804 0.17 1981-82 23225 7 1988-89 31130 0.20 1982-83 24665 8 1978-79 30574 0.23 1983-84 26970 9 1999-00 30396 0.26 1984-85 24455 1

0 1975-76 29762 0.29

1985-86 25755 11

2003-04 29662 0.31 1986-87 28167 1

2 1991-92 29515 0.34

1987-88 28420 13

2005-06 29211 0.37 1988-89 31130 1

4 1977-78 29120 0.40

1989-90 24826 15

1990-91 29067 0.43 1990-91 29067 1

6 1996-97 28944 0.46

1991-92 29515 17

1987-88 28420 0.49 1992-93 31804 1

8 1986-87 28167 0.51

1993-94 25726 19

2006-07 27986 0.54 1994-95 32276 2

0 1983-84 26970 0.57

1995-96 36344 21

2001-02 26328 0.60 1996-97 28944 2

2 1985-86 25755 0.63

1997-98 34604 23

1993-94 25726 0.66 1998-99 35479 2

4 1980-81 25677 0.69

1999-00 30396 25

1989-90 24826 0.71 2000-01 24779 2

6 2000-01 24779 0.74

2001-02 26328 27

1982-83 24665 0.77 2002-03 32235 2

8 1984-85 24455 0.80

2003-04 29662 29

1976-77 24032 0.83 2004-05 23189 3

0 2007-08 23440 0.86

2005-06 29211 31

1981-82 23225 0.89 2006-07 27986 3

2 2004-05 23189 0.91

2007-08 23440 33

1979-80 22747 0.94 2008-09 22155 3

4 2008-09 22155 0.97

4.4.2.2 Flow Duration Curves

Flow Duration Curves for 50%, 90% and average years are as given under

4.4.2.3 Minimum Mean Discharge

Minimum mean discharge value has been computed as stipulated in Indus Water Treaty

1960. The value of 10 daily discharges for the period from 1975-76 to 2008-09 have been

average for each ten daily period as given in Table 4.8. The Minimum Mean Discharge works

out to 183 cumec for the Second Ten Daily of January.



Figure 4.9

Figure 4.10

Figure 4.11



ANNEXURE



Annexure-Ia: 10-daily flow) Observed Series Dhamkund G&D Site

Unit: Cumec Year Jun. Jul Aug Sep

I II III I II III I II III I II III 1975-76 1419 2037 2092 1741 2959 2072 2244 2681 1970 1472 1127 672 1976-77 1810 1390 1120 1956 2388 2280 2825 1821 1268 1274 65

9 529

1977-78 1125 800

2315 2599 2573 2021 2246 1641 1388 1272 953

615 1978-79 2154 1872 3065 3121 2413 2456 2540 2287 1910 97

7 837

602 1979-80 848 1455 2303 1897 2317 1682 2030 1732 1160 1121 66

3 344

1980-81 1392 1687 2159 2120 2391 1964 2101 1313 1374 1012 747

477 1981-82 989 97

9 2173 1754 2479 2643 2141 1926 1300 90

7 538

586 1982-83 1185 1644 1343 1591 1817 2578 2781 2201 1188 94

5 811

404 1983-84 1268 1179 1972 1939 1380 2441 2833 2227 2284 1971 1230 713 1984-85 2047 1933 1948 1767 1466 1913 2081 2150 1946 1357 77

2 396

1985-86 1320 1541 1621 1866 2263 2082 2184 1889 1715 1271 793

546 1986-87 883 1764 2540 2345 2331 2580 2494 2180 1608 1395 65

8 603

1987-88 1687 1398 1619 2203 2009 2495 1891 1866 2072 1609 1027 770 1988-89 1199 1449 2680 2573 2769 2674 2215 2022 1461 1252 99

7 2239

1989-90 1915 1331 1362 1346 1947 2470 1446 1486 1338 800

793

544 1990-91 1487 1409 2794 2558 1901 1841 2120 1621 1571 1467 1030 765 1991-92 2122 2441 2137 2597 2496 2409 2102 1517 1527 1426 1167 610 1992-93 1165 1605 1889 1592 2310 2491 2176 1741 1701 1980 1248 866 1993-94 1612 1919 1795 2372 3125 1694 1689 1331 1414 1179 79

4 573

1994-95 1780 1636 3291 3571 3113 3059 2877 1956 2062 1523 651

302 1995-96 2568 3039 1863 2922 3134 3735 2657 2623 2138 2410 1134 765 1996-97 1686 2476 3133 1951 2082 2385 2399 2317 2162 1115 99

5 815

1997-98 811 1201 1884 1863 2541 2448 1709 1639 2115 1484 1293 1017 1998-99 1933 1541 2810 3552 3350 2497 2522 2431 1849 1596 1117 1116 1999-00 1044 1778 2137 2475 2475 2316 2488 1856 1724 1406 1374 1170 2000-01 1082 1492 1826 1852 2036 2598 1993 1829 1775 1433 94

9 536

2001-02 1317 1684 1477 2138 2235 2094 1811 1996 1661 1089 623

442 2002-03 1977 1961 2000 2363 2236 1747 2124 2411 1830 1036 71

6 462

2003-04 2551 2417 2518 2393 2316 2494 2192 1738 1484 1401 949

815 2004-05 871 1678 1328 2007 1523 1480 1542 1731 1316 1013 1117 504 2005-06 1140 1525 2942 2887 2856 2475 2229 1619 1367 1485 92

0 535

2006-07 1133 838

1511 2266 1776 2310 2722 1983 1658 1663 950

567 2007-08 990 1694 2045 1976 1463 1823 1750 1769 1561 1199 68

1 559

2008-09 1175 2379 1756 1921 1644 1465 1826 1253 1007 687

463

379



Annexure-Ib: 10-daily flow Oserved Series Dhamkund G&D Site

Unit: Cumec


1975-76 590 465 369

282

238

209 196

188

180 172 171 188 1976-77 435 283 25

0 264

230

217 199

177

171 153 158 179 1977-78 411 306 28

6 279

230

203 193

157

172 169 165 162 1978-79 417 351 29

7 254

224

214 192

176

156 126 135 132 1979-80 328 263 21

0 193

165

181 143

132

131 135 131 127 1980-81 378 270 20

2 175

152

150 129

114

134 121 111 138 1981-82 278 212 17

5 176

149

136 130

120

117 116 112 110 1982-83 183 182 18

4 162

160

139 143

135

125 132 126 136 1983-84 538 369 25

7 211

179

165 155

147

137 124 126 113 1984-85 275 260 25

5 204

187

176 162

166

160 177 172 185 1985-86 487 306 22

2 197

175

163 153

155

173 166 155 149 1986-87 371 314 24

4 214

226

228 215

233

189 183 176 178 1987-88 406 433 32

7 264

237

203 180

169

155 152 148 147 1988-89 980 717 57

1 475

409

366 321

294

242 187 167 163 1989-90 346 264 19

5 167

158

156 142

144

138 129 127 162 1990-91 441 349 28

9 248

233

207 192

214

271 255 221 259 1991-92 489 412 35

5 301

255

214 198

187

179 158 157 235 1992-93 738 573 49

5 451

428

402 184

173

165 183 170 160 1993-94 445 380 30

9 286

255

231 201

182

177 181 189 208 1994-95 189 118 8

6 62

65

64

87

78

70

70

74

119 1995-96 594 493 42

8 332

306

268 249

247

235 201 210 215 1996-97 795 552 51

3 296

206

188 222

204

204 200 196 192 1997-98 641 561 53

6 496

448

427 407

385

366 336 317 279 1998-99 620 593 41

5 354

309

278 297

272

260 251 242 302 1999-00 550 397 34

5 396

342

300 262

223

219 201 291 242 2000-01 404 345 33

4 300

225

201 190

196

190 175 170 171 2001-02 412 328 28

8 292

260

242 215

209

206 200 210 200 2002-03 385 361 27

3 252

233

209 196

192

188 166 149 156 2003-04 403 348 29

1 264

252

239 222

242

207 204 207 240 2004-05 419 317 23

3 194

184

170 172

153

164 199 163 163 2005-06 437 325 27

2 239

206

189 174

158

146 152 215 183 2006-07 484 390 28

6 245

241

218 283

217

206 193 183 178 2007-08 342 276 24

6 230

218

203 192

181

177 197 225 192 2008-09 430 377 31

5 276

257

261 230

243

255 250 225 222



Annexure-Ic: 10-daily flow Observed Series Dhamkund G&D Site

Unit: Cumec


1975-76 184 272 285

344

338 434

517

608

885 781 1033 1169 1976-77 172 161 15

2 175

194 253

382

327

474 503 554 900 1977-78 166 183 19

3 385

605 563

599

1010 901 1465 1669 1825 1978-79 129 154 14

9 329

392 576

743

791

910 840 809 747 1979-80 156 212 21

0 232

280 335

413

514

557 760 725 855 1980-81 167 202 22

8 224

229 459

512

773

819 1237 1124 1317 1981-82 117 126 14

6 195

205 345

461

542

640 845 660 831 1982-83 133 145 16

7 253

403 429

534

621

768 962 1152 1086 1983-84 120 127 13

1 198

282 328

460

417

527 721 811 1312 1984-85 174 175 19

1 222

204 255

288

318

395 583 644 1103 1985-86 147 167 18

7 193

417 455

505

822

1006 798 1084 805 1986-87 172 182 24

4 288

320 486

593

524

968 936 831 1103 1987-88 145 143 19

4 228

501 496

513

959

908 1017 1182 1261 1988-89 167 159 16

5 195

210 367

378

389

453 724 1013 1394 1989-90 175 180 18

7 198

374 618

438

600

729 1103 1939 1602 1990-91 282 361 38

8 455

494 612

733

870

803 949 1087 1097 1991-92 227 227 21

4 270

347 616

563

621

785 751 948 1037 1992-93 168 174 21

9 249

571 862

862

1089 1339 1461 1176 1676 1993-94 199 193 21

7 243

321 326

481

381

458 741 740 1326 1994-95 108 307 31

3 323

351 560

499

711

844 1137 1918 1325 1995-96 214 229 26

3 271

563 461

479

698

877 927 790 1176 1996-97 222 215 22

8 249

286 342

320

381

485 558 442 645 1997-98 256 433 55

7 706

940 1006 1228 1134 1563 1325 1421 2021 1998-99 265 306 30

4 413

367 381

577

767

1173 1347 1054 1424 1999-00 253 253 22

3 268

290 369

486

576

617 899 1585 1421 2000-01 168 167 16

7 165

172 213

266

344

418 592 1032 1011 2001-02 194 212 25

9 228

318 407

445

550

618 748 1644 1502 2002-03 161 288 43

7 917

837 1041 1016 1312 1276 1298 1461 1652 2003-04 241 272 28

6 290

392 334

440

466

624 593 1098 1077 2004-05 192 286 26

8 414

697 517

499

549

789 999 814 768 2005-06 182 214 27

2 245

267 331

407

390

642 1014 1529 1783 2006-07 177 182 19

9 224

500 821

777

969

934 1150 1266 890 2007-08 194 176 24

8 297

327 294

304

462

509 700 908 1032 2008-09 214 225 21

9 201

247 288

392

391

528 594 721 964



Annexure-IIa: 10-daily flow Observed Series Premnagar G&D Site


I II III I II III I II III I II III 1975-76 1064 1643 1681 1407 2341 1599 1736 2013 1459 1090 768 458 1976-77 1429 1095 932 1540 1846 1818 1726 1435 1069 1034 594 458 1977-78 926 629 1816 1997 1932 1525 1798 1256 1143 1052 774 511 1978-79 1612 1437 2455 2579 2055 1976 2012 1746 1473 933 863 667 1979-80 865 1462 2291 1996 2335 1792 2035 1742 1244 1210 680 304 1980-81 1318 1606 2122 2063 2403 1803 2027 1207 1300 865 647 438 1981-82 902 935 2060 1648 2373 2412 1973 1718 1178 829 495 509 1982-83 1111 1501 1342 1460 1619 2058 2128 1739 1177 987 850 440 1983-84 1079 1077 1738 1693 1280 2217 2484 1943 1964 1691 1144 675 1984-85 1711 1490 1556 1469 1314 1574 1714 1737 1530 1129 710 319 1985-86 1093 1253 1317 1525 1854 1693 1739 1582 1352 1021 692 463 1986-87 722 1494 2243 1975 1908 2031 2004 1746 1314 1141 519 470 1987-88 1426 1186 1439 1867 1758 2220 1567 1576 1684 1341 906 662 1988-89 985 1197 2344 2220 2161 2252 1797 1677 1126 989 780 1812 1989-90 1852 1375 1464 1393 2025 2640 1381 1609 1384 800 826 509 1990-91 1492 1461 3110 2445 1883 1832 2166 1593 1486 1370 1017 756 1991-92 2006 2265 1965 2385 2235 2121 1831 1288 1308 1221 1006 438 1992-93 1064 1523 1778 1459 2086 2181 1750 1516 1487 1570 793 504 1993-94 1222 1512 1604 2307 2597 1524 1545 1238 1294 1058 677 471 1994-95 1365 1328 2366 2903 2552 2260 2249 1721 1841 1525 827 448 1995-96 1682 2393 1461 2306 2407 2981 1934 1892 1528 1692 853 618 1996-97 1271 1979 2679 1764 1905 2024 2312 2195 1587 969 779 698 1997-98 787 1099 1352 1548 2115 2030 1585 1589 1613 1011 817 561 1998-99 1340 1152 1847 2942 2603 2038 1965 1781 1487 1321 780 830 1999-00 693 1265 1285 1611 1647 1534 1632 1308 1258 1031 1004 790 2000-01 778 1053 1192 1329 1395 1657 1378 1337 1224 1044 748 396 2001-02 868 1288 1006 1608 1926 1601 1313 1495 1164 740 528 452 2002-03 1589 1742 1634 2030 1934 1482 1779 1899 1442 776 559 366 2003-04 2079 1864 1998 1874 1746 1864 1660 1305 1070 1015 737 534 2004-05 700 1350 1003 1611 1145 1101 1127 1252 927 804 843 430 2005-06 876 1135 2328 2168 2204 1966 1850 1587 1122 1227 846 561 2006-07 1034 800 1307 1932 1471 2059 2492 1565 1310 1092 797 428 2007-08 687 1131 1678 1505 987 1251 1214 1255 1053 894 591 430 2008-09 1210 2107 1530 1709 1519 1463 1645 1219 1104 557 456 313



Annexure-IIb: 10-daily flow Observed Series Premnagar G&D Site

Unit: Cumec


1975-76 383 302 215 161 138 121 110 103 98 94 87 87 1976-77 379 247 204 183 155 138 126 113 108 105 103 100 1977-78 327 257 228 196 173 147 138 124 116 114 111 103 1978-79 456 357 278 234 207 187 175 170 159 149 147 151 1979-80 297 241 192 178 162 156 142 127 124 124 122 114 1980-81 368 245 208 189 175 163 153 138 136 127 125 122 1981-82 255 203 181 179 162 153 146 137 133 134 129 114 1982-83 237 210 193 180 174 159 152 148 135 123 119 114 1983-84 505 335 231 210 185 173 158 148 136 108 105 98 1984-85 234 209 195 169 156 145 137 132 125 113 115 113 1985-86 391 231 172 153 137 127 118 115 111 113 104 97 1986-87 298 240 186 163 154 148 138 134 127 123 117 118 1987-88 354 315 247 196 178 160 142 135 119 107 102 95 1988-89 503 357 292 241 222 211 200 256 252 184 168 156 1989-90 345 217 144 153 154 133 125 118 115 110 110 119 1990-91 449 300 217 181 168 151 137 123 122 126 116 120 1991-92 308 252 203 180 154 132 122 120 113 113 110 110 1992-93 408 322 270 235 218 189 156 145 136 137 129 123 1993-94 370 266 188 186 160 141 129 130 133 124 122 122 1994-95 293 233 197 165 148 132 126 121 111 121 114 109 1995-96 466 375 243 200 176 144 130 125 121 126 118 125 1996-97 455 260 237 201 177 166 163 148 135 125 117 114 1997-98 338 258 225 201 179 168 163 150 128 123 122 115 1998-99 478 415 298 235 403 177 160 142 129 121 117 121 1999-00 393 229 204 219 180 149 132 126 113 106 109 105 2000-01 332 250 239 215 155 127 125 114 104 101 99 90 2001-02 416 341 324 306 273 261 238 233 217 194 210 170 2002-03 347 310 267 237 216 167 158 136 114 114 104 105 2003-04 336 298 214 192 158 141 128 122 117 112 110 108 2004-05 329 219 182 156 142 131 124 117 111 122 114 105 2005-06 450 285 215 174 149 136 126 117 113 111 112 111 2006-07 413 320 224 185 167 153 145 138 131 124 122 113 2007-08 216 185 123 139 136 132 185 221 226 209 231 222 2008-09 290 181 145 164 167 164 175 173 169 180 194 195



Annexure-IIc: 10-daily flow Observed Series Premnagar G&D Site

Unit: Cumec


1975-76 87 90 93 110 132 171 213 323 579 552 790 994 1976-77 107 110 106 117 139 183 230 207 319 353 400 742 1977-78 104 105 109 134 173 170 217 476 480 849 1079 1264 1978-79 140 149 133 134 182 254 346 432 623 636 625 572 1979-80 117 137 136 132 130 180 238 342 404 623 612 771 1980-81 123 138 157 153 157 212 292 492 611 1014 1046 1319 1981-82 131 130 128 146 155 184 272 378 479 722 543 766 1982-83 115 114 122 144 196 223 316 323 461 628 866 905 1983-84 97 98 95 129 160 231 282 276 371 532 609 1137 1984-85 110 113 122 134 126 158 171 204 275 398 503 967 1985-86 94 98 106 116 157 171 208 395 561 575 885 589 1986-87 115 111 122 145 160 207 288 308 618 580 501 798 1987-88 109 99 96 127 207 262 265 704 662 810 865 1004 1988-89 150 131 131 145 160 205 232 259 303 478 758 1243 1989-90 121 132 140 139 242 360 347 499 712 1080 1907 1639 1990-91 131 132 142 182 246 325 443 419 528 753 1009 976 1991-92 117 117 111 121 156 264 292 358 550 513 754 898 1992-93 122 128 124 132 185 180 234 369 548 759 624 1062 1993-94 128 117 118 133 165 177 257 192 264 592 613 1156 1994-95 109 141 117 114 126 233 202 311 450 602 1228 840 1995-96 122 126 122 144 206 279 271 487 738 734 658 916 1996-97 109 105 111 135 146 166 176 247 446 555 402 653 1997-98 111 124 132 143 189 245 434 495 663 696 824 1375 1998-99 115 126 122 161 155 168 301 461 789 698 930 1050 1999-00 104 101 100 112 120 175 244 365 397 628 1127 1029 2000-01 86 100 75 104 105 141 163 196 227 404 659 663 2001-02 140 152 212 206 292 346 389 491 544 591 1369 1124 2002-03 105 124 112 201 181 247 275 497 500 763 993 1076 2003-04 105 118 128 155 214 212 305 328 473 476 817 814 2004-05 104 104 138 168 246 253 253 343 580 795 716 679 2005-06 112 115 147 153 165 205 245 261 517 875 1195 1617 2006-07 112 119 119 132 155 286 347 645 648 781 874 629 2007-08 212 182 177 216 239 169 190 223 250 502 808 937 2008-09 178 189 202 214 206 170 188 247 270 332 491 1046



Annexure-IIIa: 10-daily flow Observed Series at Akhnoor Site


I II III I II III I II III I II III 1990-91 1445 1397 3038 2680 1983 1929 2646 1878 1889 1785 1184 796 1991-92 2270 2650 2156 2670 2558 2590 2148 1491 1595 1409 1197 597 1992-93 1269 1631 1775 1514 2233 2529 2541 1867 1653 2583 1168 541 1993-94 1128 1370 1565 2547 3070 1430 1340 1022 1010 915 670 486 1994-95 1026 1002 2295 2974 2729 2506 2483 1662 1812 2127 791 415 1995-96 1161 1653 1078 1720 2178 3630 1771 1696 1458 1641 846 628 1996-97 1410 2217 3126 2003 2192 2402 2720 2743 3410 1421 1088 791 1997-98 863 1066 1503 1495 2178 2048 1521 1639 2891 1327 1017 720 1998-99 1244 1085 1889 2763 2492 1853 1798 1810 1392 1184 793 852 1999-00 654 1213 1404 1683 1849 1781 2176 1445 1303 987 992 824 2000-01 759 956 1389 1398 1601 2180 1742 1533 1426 1223 767 497 2001-02 937 1240 992 1587 1738 1822 1415 1661 1379 911 571 370 2002-03 1350 1392 1376 1693 1550 1332 1550 2016 1521 907 723 418 2003-04 1956 1738 1780 1896 1800 2065 1771 1410 1242 1154 786 752 2004-05 731 1201 1032 1494 1148 1150 1258 1505 1075 751 981 433 2005-06 992 1773 2243 2496 2339 2056 2167 1424 1194 1348 869 533 2006-07 1039 778 1132 1881 1607 2138 3193 1698 1506 3024 997 681 2007-08 779 1361 1597 1560 1241 1512 1465 1663 1364 1104 672 637 2008-09 1165 2134 1713 1875 1558 1468 1734 1429 971 620 432 360 2009-10 1152 764 1374 1368 2143 2001 2005 2030 915 847 452 530

Annexure-IIIb: 10-daily flow Observed Series at Akhnoor Site

Unit: Cumec Year Oct Nov Dec Jan




Annexure-IIIc: 10-daily flow Observed Series at Akhnoor Site

Unit: Cumec Year Feb Mar Apr May




Annual Yield at Akhnoor (MCM)

YEAR Annual Yield (MCM)

1970-71 21829 1971-72 22073 1972-73 28421 1973-74 30877 1974-75 23081 1975-76 31866 1976-77 25164 1977-78 27346 1978-79 29516 1979-80 24468 1980-81 27282 1981-82 25710 1982-83 26509 1983-84 28769 1984-85 26612 1985-86 27817 1986-87 31158 1987-88 28635 1988-89 34130 1989-90 29570 1990-91 32326 1991-92 30225 1992-93 26728 1993-94 21274 1994-95 27443 1995-96 27068 1996-97 30168 1997-98 27200 1998-99 24859 1999-00 21800 2000-01 18944 2001-02 19526 2002-03 22403 2003-04 23510 2004-05 20003 2005-06 25704 2006-07 28126 2007-08 20526 2008-09 20572 2009-10 21634



5.1 GEOMORPHOLOGICAL AND GEOLOGICAL SETTING AROUND PROJECT AREA The Project area is rugged and mountainous with high relief. The almost east-west trending

Sirban limestone ridge is parallel to the strike direction of the rock formation and stands

out prominently above the surrounding country comprising of the Murree Group of rocks.

The important peaks in the ridge are Lapri (3020 m.) and Mundidhar (2016 m.). The

prominent limestone ridge acts as the main water divide in the area. Most of the nalas

flows either to north or south of the ridge and are seasonal and become turbulent during

monsoon. The Mandial and Dharsawa are two important nalas in this area. Mandial flows

westward and joins the Chenab river in the southwest of the Pari village, where as

Dharsawa runs towards east and parallel to the ridge along the Murree-Sirban limestone

contact and ultimately joins the Chenab river to the east of Sasal village. The Chenab flows

southward cutting through the Sirban limestone ridge and thus carving a steep gorge in it.

For this reason, prominent ridges, dissected by deep valleys caused by rapid erosion of

turbulent waters form the conspicuous elements of the topography. Pot holes and sharp

bends are common in the nalas. Landslides, especially in the Murree series are not rare. All

of these feature, go to show the complete immaturity of the topography.

Numerous springs and seepage points, generally with meager discharge, are common along

the Tertiary and Sirban limestone contact. Bedding and joint planes are main passage

channels for the water to sweep out. Some of them are completely dry or having poor

discharge during summer.

The area has been mapped earlier on a regional basis by Dr. D N Wadia and Mr. M M

Nanda of the Geological Survey of India. The sequence of the geological formations in this

area, as given by the authors, is given in the decreasing order in the table below.

Formation Rock types Age

Gravels, scree deposits etc Recent to sub recent Murree series Sandstone, clay stones and

siltstones. Red in colour Lower Miocene

Nummulitics Olive coloured shale and nummulitic limestone with

coal seam at the base

Eocene

Bauxite series Bauxite and Bauxitic clays -------------------- unconformity --------------------

Breccia Mostly chert fragments; mainly in calcareous and

siliceous cement

Not definite

-------------------- Thrust -------------------- Sirban limestone Siliceous dolomite. Limestone

with occasional shale bands Neoproterozoic (Pre- vandian)

The rock formations in the project area are Murrees, Nummulitic limestone and Sirban

limestone. The river flows in this area in a general from north easterly to south westerly

direction. The contact between the Murrees with the Sirban limestone and the Sirban

limestone with the Nummulitic limestone are faulted in nature. The fault between the

Murrees and Sirban limestone is known as Sawalkot fault, whereas, the fault between the

Chapter

5 GEOLOGY



Sirban limestone and Nummulitic limestone is known as Chakka fault. The Sirban limestone

unit is present as an “inlier” having the Murrees in the upstream side and Nummulitic

limestone in the downstream side.

5.2 GEOLOGY OF DAM SITE The proposed 192.5m high (from deepest foundation level) Sawalkote dam site is located

around 800m D/S of confluence of Talsuin nala (on the right bank) and Mandial khad (on the

left bank) with the Chenab river. The dam area covering 800m U/S of the dam axis and 400m

D/S was mapped on 1:2000 scale to get a firsthand knowledge on the distribution of rock

mass, its inter relationship etc.

In the mapped area, river Chenab is flowing through a tight gorge section from northerly to

southerly direction. Both the abutments have risen sharply from the river banks. The slope

angle will be as steep as ≥ 700 in places but average steepness is ± 550. As the abutments

are very steep, bed rock is exposed almost throughout on both the abutments except in very

small patches (natural slope brake) where some rock debris have been accumulated. Along

the river section, no bed rock is exposed. Chenab is a perennial river as such its river section

is always full of water.

5.2.1 Rock type

Predominantly, dolomites of Sirban Limestone formation are exposed at the dam site.

Within the dolomites, minor bands of limestone and shale are also exposed. The dolomites

of Sirban formation within the mapped area in general are bluish grey to grey, reasonably

hard, slightly weathered to fresh and well jointed to massive in nature. Moreover, within the

dolomite, black thin bands of cherts (2 to 4mm thick) were also noticed. On the basis of

extent of jointing within the dolomite and also with their physical conditions, they have been

sub-divided into four broad categories. These are as follows.

1. Category-I Bedded dolomite: Hard and compact dolomite with only one set of joint i.e.

bedding joint. Most competent rock mass of all dolomites.

2. Category-II Bedded and jointed dolomite: Hard dolomite with two sets of joints, one

bedding joint and the other cross joint. Second best quality.

3. Category-III Highly jointed dolomite: Hard but jointed and blocky rock mass. At least

there are three sets of prominent joints are there.

4. Category-IV Sheared dolomites: In this category dolomite are thinly / closely jointed

with some sheared and clay filled joints within it. It is the poorest quality of rock mass.

Traverse around the dam area revealed that it is rather difficult to sub-divide dolomites into

four mappable units based only on dispersion of joints. It has been found that first three

categories i.e. bedded dolomite, bedded jointed dolomite and highly jointed dolomite are

gradational in nature and as such attempt to sub divide them in different units may raise

confusion. Category - IV i.e. sheared dolomite is an altogether different unit having different

characteristics and is easily identifiable and mappable separately in the field. On this

background, instead of identifying the dolomite unit within the study area into four different

classes, it will be more logical to sub divide the dolomites into two parts i.e.

1. Jointed dolomite (combining Category I to III) and

2. Sheared dolomite (Category IV)



Figure 5.1: Geological Map of Jammu & Kashmir

Source : DPR of Sawalkote HEP



Figure 5.2: Geological Plan of Dam Site




Structural features

In and around the dam area, the average strike of dolomite i.e. the bed rock is N700W-S700E

and it dips steeply, varying from 600 to 800 in N200E direction i.e. towards the U/S direction.

This is also to mention here that in places wide swing in the strike and dip direction was also

noticed in the rock mass. For this reason broad warping in the rock mass was noticed.

Bedding is very prominent due to colour banding. Bedding joint is most prominent in this

part. These are closely spaced, continuous and often open in nature. Besides this bedding

joint, two other prominent joint sets along with some random joint sets have dissected the

rock mass.

Their detailed characteristics are provided in table below:

Table 5.1: Characteristics of joint sets

SET STRIKE DIP

TRACEABILITY SPACING ROUGHNESS A D

J1/BJ N700W-S700E 700 N200E U/S 4 to 5m 6 to

10cm Smooth to slightly

rough

J2 N300E-S300W 200 N600W 1m 20cm Irregular/ slightly undulatoty, tight

J3 N200E-S200W 700 S700E 1m 10 to 12cm Irregular /Tight

J4* N-S 400 West ≤ 1m 10 to 15cm

Uneven / slightly open

J5* N150W-S150E 800 N750E 4 to 5m 3 to 5cm Irregular/ slightly undulatory, tight

J6* N150W-S150E 240 S750W 1 to 1.5m 10 to 15cm Irregular, tight

N. B. A – Amount of dip, D – Dip Direction, J4*, J5* & J6* are random joints.

A number of thin to thick bedding shears / sheared dolomite bands are also present within

the dolomite mass. During geological mapping it has been observed that these sheared

dolomite bands are continuously traceable from left abutment to the right abutment

through the river section along their strike continuity

5.2.2 Drilling

Dam area of the proposed project has been explored in two stages. In the first stage

between 1964 & 1969 nine bore holes were drilled as per the recommendation of GSI. In the

second stage, in 2011- ‘12, in connection with the preparation of this updated volume of

DPR, six new bore holes have been drilled, to cover up the unexplored areas within the dam

area.

Table 5.2: Location of bore holes

Sl. No.

B.H. No.

Depth (m)

Collar Elevation (m)

Angle with horizontal Location

1 2A 73.61 554.3 450 At 53m D/S from dam axis, on

left bank

2 3A 76.2 547.525 350 At around 50m D/S from dam axis, on left bank

3 4A 26.52 548.645 300 At around 55m D/S from dam axis, on left bank (near to hole

no DH-3A)



4 5A 37.03 548.66 340 Left bank of river 60m D/S of dam axis

5 6A 76.2 548.62 330 Left bank of river 55m D/S of

dam axis (near to location of DH-5A)

6 7 91.75 549 Vertical 50m D/S of Dam axis, left bank of river

7 8A 70 565.27 700 Right river bank adjacent to the portal of Drift DR-1, 20m D/S of

dam axis

8 9A 32.42 565.27 650 Right river bank, 15m D/S of dam axis

9 10A 65 565.27 580 Right bank of river 20m D/S of dam axis

10 11A 120 612.1 600 Left bank of the river, in front of DL-2 drift

11 12A 110 563.96 600 Left bank of the river, 163.7m D/S from the dam axis. At the

toe of the dam

12 13A 120 585.36 600 Left bank of the river, at 244 m D/S of dam axis. At the plunge

pool area

13 14A 180 560.1 600 Left bank of the river, at 56m D/S from dam axis

14 15 130m 560.92 Vertical Left bank of the river, at 15m D/S from the dam axis

15 16A 150m 567.505 600 Left bank of the river, at 163.7m

U/S from the dam axis. At the U/S coffer dam location

5.2.3 Drifts

In order to know the extent of presence of glide cracks i.e. open cracks within the abutments

so that stripping limits in the abutments can be fixed and also to determine various physical

parameters of the rock at the abutments, three drifts at three different elevations in each

abutment were excavated between 1966 & 1969. Location of these drifts and other details

are given below.

Table 5.3: Location of drifts

Drift no. Location Length / horizontal depth

Bearing of excavation & Rock type

DR1 (Lowermost) Right abutment at E.L. 566.719m

36.6m (straight section)

Towards N650W direction through dolomite

DR2(Middle level) Right abutment at E.L. 605.914m

29m (straight section) 30m U/S cross cut 30m D/S cross cut


DR3(Uppermost) Right abutment at E.L. 654.69m



DL1 (Lowermost) Left abutment at E.L. 564.262m


Towards S750E direction through dolomite

DL2 (Middle level) Left abutment at E.L. 611.123m


28.5m D/S cross cut 29.4m U/S cross cut

Towards S750E direction through dolomite. Cross

cuts at 1950 and 150.

DL3 (Uppermost) Left abutment at E.L. 680.570m


Towards S560E direction through dolomite



5.3 GEOLOGY AROUND DIVERSION TUNNELS Construction of three modified horse shoe shaped diversion tunnels of 13.5m x 19 m size

along the right bank of Chenab has been envisaged to divert a maximum discharge of 9292

cumecs of water during monsoon period to carry out construction activity of the dam in

river section throughout the year.

5.3.1 Geology along Right bank of Chenab

To get a closer view on the distribution of rock mass and geological set up along the right

river bank, before finalizing the portal locations of the diversion tunnels, a traverse was

taken along the right bank from confluence point of Talsuen nala with Chenab towards the

proposed dam axis (as far as practicable). This is to note here that as the abutment slope is

steep and water is flowing almost along the rocky edge, traverse could not been taken up

to the outlet portals of the proposed diversion tunnels. With the above constraint,

geotechnical interpretations have been made for all three proposed diversion tunnels.

From the study carried out for the proposed right bank diversion tunnels partly by

traverses in accessible portions along the river bank and partly by observations from the

left bank, the following observations have been made and those are tabulated below

Table 5.4: Distribution of Lithology from Confluence (Talsuen-Chenab) to about 250m D/S

From To Nature of slope forming material

Other observations

Confluence point

150m D/S towards dam axis

RBM deposit made up of large size sub rounded boulders of mostly dolomite, sandstone, limestone in a sandy matrix

Width of RBM covered zone is around 82m. Terrace cultivation at around EL 560m on RBM deposit

End of terrace

100m D/S and 50m up slope

Slightly weathered bluish to grayish jointed dolomite

Bedding strike N800W-S800E, dip 800 towards N100E i.e. towards U/S

Detailed characteristics of the important joints observed along above mentioned stretch are tabulated below.

Table 5.5: Characteristics of joints (Confluence to 250m D/S)

Joint Strike Dip Amt

Dip Dir

Roughness Traceability Spacing Weathering Index

J1 N800W -S800E 800 N100E Rough Long ≥ 2.5m

3 to 5cm W2

J2 N – S 300 W Slightly irregular

2m 6 to 10cm

W2

J3 N300E -S300W 400 S600E Rough 1m 5 to 8 cm W2

This dolomite in its downstream is followed by bands of thinly bedded puckered limestone,

carbonaceous splintery shale, limestone and thinly bedded dolomite. This assemblage

covers around 80m D/S along the river bank from the earlier point. The average thickness

of these rock units varies from 2 – 5m. Among these rock units, carbonaceous shale is the

most friable one, which are occurring as very fine chips. In general bedding plane of these

rock units dips towards U/S direction (N100/150E) but in places, reversal of dip direction i.e.

towards D/S (S100/150W) was also observed in these rock units. Due to this effect gentle

warping in the rock mass was noticed. A very small RBM deposit present at the river bank



adjacent to this folded rock unit, RBM comprises of medium to large size boulders of

different rock mass within a sandy matrix. Rocks are well jointed and bedding joint is the

most prominent one. Besides bedding joints two other prominent joint sets have traversed

the rock mass. Detailed characteristics of the joints in this part are tabulated below.

Table 5.6: Characteristics of joints (from 250m to 350m D/S)

Joint Strike Dip Amt

Dip Dir Roughness Traceability Spacing Weathering

J1 N750W-S750E 760 to 800

N150E to S150W

Rough Long ≥ 2.5m 4 to 6 cm

W2

J2 N150W-S150E 150 S750W Slightly smooth

1-1.5m 5-7cm W2

J3 N300W-S300E 820 N600E Smooth 1.2m 2-3cm W2

Beyond the above mentioned interbanded sequence, in the downstream direction slightly

weathered (W1), hard but well jointed dolomite is the dominant rock type along the river

bank for a length of 100m approximately. This rock is exposed along the hill slope from

river water edge to the upslope continuously. Gentle warping in the rock mass was also

noticed in this place. For this reason reversal of dip direction from U/S side to D/S side was

also visible. The rocks in this part are traversed by broadly three sets of joints of which

bedding joint is prominent. Thin layers of chert are occasionally present along the bedding

joint plane of the rock mass. It has also been observed stretching of these chert bands

along the bedding plane of the dolomite.

Two sheared dolomite bands of around 5-8m in thickness are present in this part. These

sheared dolomite bands are traceable right from the river bank to the upslope almost

maintaining same thickness.

Table 5.7: Characteristics of the Joints (from 350m to 450m D/S)

Joint Strike Dip Amt Dip Dir Roughness Traceability Spacing Weathering

J1 N700W-S700E 780 N200E Rough Long 7-12cm W2 J2 N150W-S150E 150 S750W Slightly

rough 1m 3cm W2

J3 N400E-S400W 600 S500E Uneven ≥ 1m 5 to 8cm W1

Considering the rock mass characteristics of the exposed dolomite and its physical strength

this dolomite can safely be classified as a fair quality i.e. Class-III rock mass. This same type

of rock mass is exposed along the river bank for a stretch of around 100m in length.

Beyond this competent rocky stretch (beyond RD 450m) in its downstream direction, a 20m

wide zone of hill slope and the river bank is covered with scree/slide debris. Dolomite of

similar characteristics is exposed along both the river banks and in the slope continuously

beyond this scree/slide debris covered zone. This debris covered zone in this steep hill

slope most probably have formed due to the effect of a rock slide in past. Sliding may have

triggered due to the effect of combination of wedge and planar failure. From the nature of

steepness of the slope it seems that the thickness of this debris covered zone will be

shallow in nature (around 5m). This is also to note that up to this point approachability to

rock face from the upstream end is feasible in non monsoon period but beyond this area,

river edge is totally unapproachable throughout the season.



5.4 GEOLOGY AROUND POWER INTAKES, HRT’S AND PRESSURE SHAFTS To divert water from the reservoir to the power house complex, a combination of Power

Intakes – HRTs – Pressure shafts will be constructed from the left bank of Chenab in the

vicinity of the proposed dam. The current arrangement for Stage-1 (1406 MW) consists of

two power Intakes, two Head Race Tunnels (HRT) and six pressure shafts. For Stage-2

works an additional power intake, an additional HRT and two additional pressure shafts are

foreseen.

Considering both geological and design aspect it has been decided to construct the intake

structures at around 73m, 147m (in Stage-1) and 212m ( in Stage-2) U/S with respect of the

dam axis respectively. The invert elevations of the Intake structures in Stage-1 have been

fixed at E.L. 675m. In Stage-1 each HRT will be around 210 m long and 12.5m dia tunnel.

There will be both inclined and horizontal pressure shafts. These will be 6m dia steel lined

tunnel except PS-6 with 6.7 m dia.

To get an in depth knowledge on the geological and geotechnical condition at the intake

locations and also along the proposed alignment of the Intake-HRT-Pressure shaft, traverse

geological mapping was carried out along the left abutment slope between 250m U/S and

400m D/S with respect to the dam axis on 1:2000 scale. The main purpose of this geological

mapping was to observe the spatial distribution and variation in the lithological units and

its physical characteristics along the proposed alignment so that according to the site

condition necessary protective measures could be planned for the safety and stability of

the proposed structures. This is to note that as the hill slope is very steep in nature

(average slope angle ≥ 600) and bare rocks are exposed all along the slope, for this reason

geological study is confined along the existing tracer path situated between EL 610m and

620m. All geological maps and sections have been developed based on the data collected

along this foot track/tracer path.

Along and surrounding the traversed path, dolomite of Sirban limestone formation is the

dominant rock type. Besides dolomite, four prominent sheared dolomite bands of

thickness varying from 2 to 5m has been found within the study area. Along the entire

length of the traversed path, bare rock is exposed all along the hill slope and the hill slope

is very steep and almost barren (average hill slope ≥ 600) in nature. Four small water

channels/nala courses are present along the traversed path. It has been found that in

general sheared dolomite bands are more or less passing through these water courses.

Rocks exposed are bluish to greyish, almost fresh to slightly weathered (W0 to W1), hard

but well jointed and tight in nature, though in places slight opening was noticed in joints.

Number of sets and spacing of these joints varies widely within a short distance from place

to place. On an average it has been found that dolomite have two sets of joints i.e. bedding

joint and one more set of joint. Within this rock mass, along the bedding plane, thin chert

bands (5mm to 1cm) are occasionally present which have made the rock mass much

tougher in nature. The sheared dolomite bands are broadly made up of thinly laminated

dolomite bands with occasional thin argillaceous bands and with or without clay gouges

along the bedding plane of the dolomite. These sheared dolomite bands are bedding



shears as their attitudes are conformable with the attitude of dolomite which is the bed

rock in this part.

Bedding strike of the dolomites swings from N700/800W to S700/800E and dip varies from

750 to 800 towards N200/100E i.e. towards upstream direction. Bedding joints are most

prominent and continuous in nature. Besides bedding joint, there are two other prominent

joint sets in addition to two to three random joint sets. Detailed characteristics of joints are

given below.

Table 5.8: Characteristics of Joint sets

Joint Set

Strike DIP Tracebility Spacing Joint Characteristics A D

J1/BJ N700W-S700E 750 N200E U/S

5 to 10m 5 to 15cm

Rough – undulatory with slight opening and

water staining in places J2 N250E-S250W 320 N650W

Askew within right

bank

≤ 1m 3 to 5cm

Irregular and tight in nature. Slight water

staining.

J3 N200E-S200W 600 S700E Within left

bank

1 to 1.5m 5 to 10cm

Planar and tight and water stained.

J4* N850W-S850E 150 S050W D/S

1 to 1.5m 10 to 15cm

Irregular, water stained and tight

J5* N750W-S750E 800 S150W Askew

within right bank

4 to 5m 3 to 5cm

Undulatory – slightly stained and tight

J6*

N400E-S400W 450 N500W Within

right bank

≤ 1m 2 to 5cm

Irregular, opening 1 to 2mm, water stained

N. B. * Random joints, A – Amount of dip, D – Dip Direction,

5.5 GEOLOGY AROUND POWER HOUSE AREA The proposed underground power house will be located along the left bank of Chenab

between 320m and 500m D/S with respect to the dam axis. The main machine hall cavern

will be of 218m (L) x 23m (W) x 46.5m (max. high) size to accommodate six units of 225MW

each and one environmental unit of 56MW in Stage-1. The machine hall cavern shall

extend by another 64m in length to accommodate two additional units of 225 MW each of

Stage-2. The transformer hall cavern (211m x 15m x 23.5m) will be placed downstream of

the main machine hall cavern. In addition there will be a surge gallery of the size 18m (W) x

42m (H) x 170m (L) downstream of transformer hall cavern. The transformer cavern and

surge gallery for stage-II are also provided.

The crown elevation of the power house cavern will be 555m while its invert elevation will

be at around 508.5 m. The present orientation of the long axis of this cavern is N600E–

S600W i.e. the long axis of the proposed cavern will make an angle of around 500 with the

general strike of the bed rock. Final adjustment if any required in orientation of the long

axis of the power house cavern, it will be done after analysis of data derived from hydro

fracturing test to be taken up by January / February 2013 within the exploratory drift.



Figure 5.3: Geological Plan around Power House Area



To get an idea on the distribution of litho units in this part and subsequently to determine

interpreted rock condition along the power house cavity; surface geological mapping

covering between Survey Point T-22 & P-38 has been carried out on 1:2000 scale with a

contour interval of 10m and a geological section has been developed through the long axis

of the main machine hall cavity of the power house Moreover, excavation of an exploratory

drift of 175m length has been made to reach at the actual power house location to

interpret the expected rock conditions at the power house cavern and to carry out

necessary in situ and rock mechanics tests for proper orientation of the powerhouse cavity

in order to develop a most feasible techno economic design of the proposed underground

powerhouse.

5.5.1 Topographical nature

Within the mapped area from the river water edge (Chenab) i.e. from EL ±550m up to

around E.L. 570m the hill slope rises steeply. In this part from along the water edge of the

river bluish to greyish, slightly to moderately weathered (W1 to W2), jointed but hard

dolomites along with some thick to thin sheared dolomite bands are exposed. Beyond E.L.

570m up to E.L. 580m, a small break in slope has been noticed. But this break in slope is

not a continuous feature along the left bank. In this part the hill slope rises moderately

where slope angle vary between 350 & 400 and is covered with slope wash material along

with intermittent exposures of dolomite. Beyond E.L. 580m up to E.L. 750m the hill slope

rises steeply (slope angle ≥ 600) and same rock assemblage is entirely exposed in this slope

covering the entire mapped area. Beyond EL 750m up slope is sub vertical escarpment. The

power house cavern of the project will be mostly located within this sub vertical

escarpment face. This is to mention here that beyond EL 570m uphill slope is not

approachable thus at the time of geological mapping collection of relevant geological data

was confined mostly along the trace path existing in between EL 560m and 570m along the

hill slope. During mapping, three to four small to medium cross drainages / water channels

were encountered within the study area but no major i.e. deeply incised water channels

were noticed in this part.

5.5.2 Geology surrounding the power house area

Geological mapping revealed that dolomite belonging to Sirban limestone Formation is the

only rock type exposed within the study area. This dolomite is bluish to grey, slightly

weathered (W1) to almost fresh (W0), hard and compact but well jointed in nature. This is

to note that frequency of joints within the dolomite spatially vary widely. Within the study

area dolomite are traversed by broadly three prominent joint sets, besides random i.e.

discontinuous sets. Exposed dolomite though jointed, is reasonably hard compact in

nature. This is also to mention here that as spatially spacing of joints varies very frequently

and thickness is also very much variable, these could not be picked up as individual units (in

the present scale of mapping) within the study area. It has been found that in general

bedding joint is most common and persistent in nature. This is also to mention here that

along its bedding plane, in places, thin to very thin argillaceous bands (≥ 1mm) are also

present. These argillaceous units are also reasonably hard.

Within the mapped area besides dolomite, three prominent bands of sheared dolomites

are also present. Of these, two sheared dolomite bands are exposed U/S of power house



area and one is exposed D/S of it. Average thickness of these bands varies from 3 to 5m.

These sheared dolomite bands are bedding shears as the attitudes of these are

conformable with the attitude of the of the dolomite, which is the bed rock in this part. All

these sheared dolomite bands are broadly made up of thinly laminated highly friable

dolomite bands with thin argillaceous layers along with some clay gouge and rock

fragments along the bedding of the dolomites. Besides these prominent sheared dolomite

bands few 3 to 4cm thick bedding shears were also found within the bed rock. These are

mostly made up of thin argillaceous bands with rock fragments within the thinly laminated

dolomite bands.

Bedding of the dolomite trends N700W-S700E and dips in between 700 to 750 i.e. very

steeply towards NE direction i.e. towards U/S. Bedding joints are most prominent here.

Besides bedding joints two other prominent joints was noticed within the mapped area in

addition to other random joints. Important characteristics of the joints are given in the

table below

Table 5.9: Characteristics of Joint Sets in the Mapped Area

SET STRIKE DIP

TRACEABILITY SPACING ROUGHNESS A D

J1/BJ N700W-S700E

750 N200E U/S

8 to 10m 5 to 15cm Rough – undulatory with slight opening and water staining

in places J2 N250E-

S250W 350 N650W 4 to 5m 3 to 5cm Undulatory –

slightly stained and tight

J3 N200E-S200W

800 S700E 1 to 1.5m 4 to 5cm Smooth- planar and tight. No staining

J4 Random

N400E-S400W

220 to 280

S500E ≤ 1m 40 to 50cm

Rough-planar

J5 Random

N150W-S150E

800 N750E ≤ 1m 20 to 25cm

Irregular, tight and water stained

N. B. A – Amount of dip, D – Dip Direction,

5.5.3 Anticipated rock condition along Machine Hall Cavern

Based on the surface geological map surrounding the power house area a geological

section (section line marked as A-A’ on Geol Plate-6.1) have been developed through the

long axis of the proposed power house machine hall cavern complex to get a firsthand

knowledge on the types of rock masses expected/anticipated to be encountered actually

within the power house cavern.

Detailed study of this geological section reveals that minimum vertical rock cover over the

proposed cavern will be around 200m at its extreme downstream valley side end.

Maximum vertical cover of around 400 m will be available above the U/S end of the

proposed cavern. Lateral rock cover at the D/S end of the proposed cavern is also

sufficient.

Competent jointed dolomite is expected to cover the major length of the power house

cavern. Highly to moderately jointed dolomites along with thin shear zones are also



expected to be encountered within the power house area intermittently within the

dominant competent dolomite. Exact spatial distribution of these units along the length of

power house cavern could not been done as their presence is very much abrupt in nature.

From the study of the geological section and also considering the surface distribution of

litho units, it can roughly be estimated that around 80% length of power house cavern will

pass through in general good to fair quality dolomite i.e. it is expected that broad rock class

within the proposed cavern will vary between Class-II (low) and high Class-III rock mass.

Rest 20% length will pass through lower part of Class-III to poor quality dolomites i.e. Class-

IV rock. In class-III and IV dolomites are expected to be closely jointed, friable, having

intermittent thin shear zones (bedding shears).

From the geological section it can be seen that J1 and J3 dips steeply towards hill side. J2

dips at a shallow angle towards downstream direction i.e. towards valley side. The angle

between the strike of the bed rock and bearing of the power house cavern makes angle of

500. Thus when excavation of the cavity will be made from down slope towards the up

slope direction tunnelling condition will be very favourable. In the reverse case i.e.

excavation from up slope end towards down slope it will be fair to unfavourable condition

of tunnelling (Bieniawski, 1989). Due to the effect of intersection of all three joints, chances

of wedge failure from the crown zone to left D cannot be ruled out. Moreover, as J2 dips at

a shallow angle towards D/S at the time of excavation of the cavern towards hill side i.e.

towards N600E direction there is a chance of planar failure along this joint plane from the

crown zone.

Study of the geological section also reveals that no major shear zone or sheared dolomite

bands are expected to be encountered either in the invert or overt elevation of main

machine hall cavern. Nearest sheared dolomite band will be present around 20m D/S from

the D/S end face of the power house cavern. Surface geological mapping revealed that

sheared dolomite bands are dipping very steeply towards upstream direction (Average dip

≥ 700). For this reason the sheared dolomite bands which are present in U/S part of power

house area in no way can be encountered within the actual cavern location. But chances of

encountering of thin bedding shears and even thicker sheared dolomite bands exposed in

its D/S part of the structure, within the power house cavern cannot be ruled out as these

are dipping in U/S direction.

This is also to pertinent to mention here that the geological section developed along the

proposed Intake-HRT-pressure shafts alignment indicates that there is a probability of

encountering of a sheared dolomite band of about 5 to 6m thickness in between the power

house cavern and transformer hall cavern. As the sheared dolomite bands are dipping very

steeply it will encompass total power house area i.e. from crown to invert.

5.5.4 Exploratory Drift

To get a firsthand knowledge on the actual rock condition at the power house cavern

location and to determine geotechnical properties of the insitu rock mass for optimum

techno economical design a 2m dia D-shaped exploratory drift of 180m length has been

excavated. In general this exploratory drift is being excavated through the actual power

house location so that rock condition at the proposed site is known. In that case this



exploratory drift has to be excavated below EL 555m which is the crown elevation of the

cavern. But as per the site condition, EL 555m comes well within the flood level of the river

(Maximum flood level of Chenab reported to reach up to 560m in monsoon). So

considering the site condition, it has been decided to excavate the drift at EL 570m i.e. 10m

above the HFL of Chenab and thus this drift will pass 15m above the crown level of the

power house cavern.

Geology along Exploratory Drift

Excavation of the exploratory drift up to a length of 175m has been completed. After 175m

a higher head room (around 5m) was excavated to provide necessary space required for

drilling in connection with hydro fracturing and other necessary tests which are in progress.

Detailed study of the geology within the drift and 3-D geological logging for the excavated

length of 175m has been completed.

Rock condition from Portal face to RD 30m

Actual underground excavation of the drift has been initiated from RD 06m. From RD 06m

to RD 30m, the drift has been excavated S780E direction i.e. towards 1020. In this stretch

the drift has been driven sub parallel to the bedding of the host rock i.e. dolomite as the

rock is dipping steeply it can be categorised as a very unfavourable condition of tunnelling

(Bieniawski 1989). From the portal face up to RD 16m the rock is slightly to moderately

weathered in nature (W1 to W2) and is not so hard. Rocks are traversed by three sets of

joints. Of these three sets, bedding joint is most prominent and is closely spaced (spacing 3

to 5cm). As the tunnel has been excavated sub-parallel to the bedding of the rock, bedding

joints are traceable for a long distance and these are clustered near the crown zone. Of the

other two sets, one set is dipping towards the portal face at a low angle (320) and the other

set is dipping towards the heading at a reasonably steep angle 600. Up to RD 16m the joint

planes are water stained, coated and slightly open in nature. In this part drift face is damp

in nature with occasional dripping was noticed i.e. water inflow is very low (< 10 lit per

minute). Beyond RD 16m rock becomes fresh. In this part also bedding joints are closely

spaced but are in general tight. The joint planes are irregular and occasional water staining

along joint planes was noticed near to the zones of seepage. Within this stretch continuous

dripping from the crown noticed between RD 20m and 25m (water inflow low, ≥ 10

litre/min, Bieniawski,1979) and in the rest of drift length walls are damp/wet in nature. No

shear zone / sheared dolomite band have been encountered within the drift up to the kink

point.

Rock condition from RD 30m to 175m

At RD 30m the drift takes a turn and from this point it has advanced towards 1550 i.e.

towards S250E direction up to its total length. Through this turn driving direction makes an

angle of 530 with the bedding of the host rock and the tunnel drive will be against dip. This

is regarded as fair condition of tunnelling (Bieniawski 1989). 3-D geological logging up to RD

175m has been completed. Detailed study revealed that the drift in general is passing

through competent dolomite broadly having one to two sets of joints. Rock characteristics

almost remain same as described in preceding paragraphs. Other important characteristics

which have been noticed in this part are given below.



Shear zone

Along the logged stretch one major sheared dolomite band has been encountered between

RD 130m and 136m. Its strike trends N750W-S750E and dips 750 towards N150E. Besides

this major sheared dolomite band three thin bedding shears (thickness varying from 1.5m

to 2m) have been encountered within this stretch. These are bedding shears as the

attitudes of these are conformable with the strike of bedding of the dolomite. Detailed

characteristics of these bedding shears and sheared dolomite are given below:

Table 5.10: Detailed characteristics of Sheared Dolomite Bands and Shear zones

Location Thickness

Strike & Dip & Dip Direction

Water inflow Other characteristics

RD 36.5m – RD 38m

1.5m N700W – S700E, 700 to 750 towards N200E

Low water inflow (≥ 5 lit/min)

Thinly laminated dolomite with occasional clay gauge and thin argillaceous bands along bedding.

RD 86m – RD 88m

2m Low to moderate water inflow (≤ 25 lit/min)

RD 130m to 136m

6m Moderate water inflow (> 25 lit/min)

RD 156.5m to 157.5m

1m Low water inflow (≥ 5 lit/min)

Overbreak

No worth mentioning overbreak has been noticed within the logged stretch of the drift.

This may have caused due to providing of low charge for excavation and also of smaller

dimension of the drift. Otherwise chances of wedge failure from the right ‘D’ and crown

region are expected as the rocks are well jointed.

Seepage / Water inflow

In general seepge/water inflow condition within the drift can be grouped under low water

infow condition. Location of important seepage/water inflow zones with approximate

quantity of water inflow at various locations are provided in table below.

Table 5.11: Seepage / Water Inflow condition within the Drift

Location Tentative amount of inflow

Water inflow condtion Special feature if any

RD 36m to RD 38m

< 10 lit/min Occasional dripping from crown

-

RD 50m to RD 55m

Between 10 – 25 lit/min

Continuous dripping from crown

Clear water, without any pressure

RD 86m to RD 89m

Between 25 – 125 lit/min

Continuous water inflow from the junction of left

D and crown

Clear water, with little pressure. This inflow

continued for six months and after that only occasional dripping. Present inflow <

10lit/min. RD 119m to

RD 124m < 10 lit/min Occasional dripping

from crown -

RD 103.5m > 125 lit/min High water inflow Water inflow with pressure. This condition prevailed for six



months and after that water inflow gets reduced. Present

inflow <10lit/min. RD 130m to

RD 134m Between 10 – 25

lit/min Continuous dripping

from crown Clear water, without any

pressure Rd 144.5m to




pressure RD 150m to RD 152.5m

> 125lit/min High water inflow from right spring and right D

Water inflow with pressure. It is clear water. For last two months discharge almost

same. RD152.5m to




pressure

Support

No support of any form has been provided within the excavated length of the drift except

in the portal area, where steel rib supports have been provided. The tunnel has been kept

unsupported and no change of shape within the drift or rock fall has been reported or

noticed till date. It indicates that rock is competent and self supporting in nature

5.6 GEOLOGY AROUND TAIL RACE TUNNEL ALIGNMENT A Tail Race system routes water from the power house back to the river course. The

proposal, of May 2006 DPR (1200 MW), was to construct two tail race tunnels, having

10.5m dia of 2500m average length. In this arrangement, the TRT have to cross Chakka

fault before its outfall into the Chenab. Consultation of earlier geological reports and maps

prepared by GSI between 1964 & 1969, reveal that this proposed alignment shall have to

negotiate a number of major sheared dolomite bands in addition to thinner sheared

dolomite bands and shear zones within the host dolomite. Besides these the TRT has to

pass through an assemblage of dolomite, quartzite and limestone before reaching up to

the Chakka fault. This rock assemblage, occurring close to Chakka fault, is in a highly

sheared and brecciated state. Thus this rock assemblage is expected to be of poor to very

poor quality.

Sheared dolomite bands are on an average ± 10m thick and some of them even more

thicker. These sheared dolomite bands are broadly made up of thinly laminated dolomite

bands associated with occasional clay gouge and thin argillaceous bands along the joint

planes. Thus it is expected that the rock mass of sheared dolomite bands will be of poor to

very poor quality.

Beyond Chakka fault TRT has to pass initially through Nummulitic limestone and thereafter

sandstone, shale and siltstone assemblage of Murree formation which are in general soft

and friable in nature (both are poor to very poor quality rock mass) before it’s out fall to

Chenab. Rock quality within the above mentioned stretches is expected to range between

Class- IV & V (even to Class-VI in places, if these are surcharged with water). Cumulative

length of these units expected to cover for around 40 to 45% of the total length of the TRT.

Considering the above mentioned facts i.e. prevailing adverse geological conditions along

the proposed May 2006 TRT alignment an attempt was initially made to construct short

TRTs i.e. TRT outfall as close as possible to the dam toe. In that case TRTs do not have to



negotiate an adverse geological condition for a larger length. After going through the

survey details along the river course between dam and Chakka fault it has been found that

elevation difference of water level between dam and Chakka does not suite construction of

short TRTs as planned because in that case there will be considerable head loss.

After careful consideration of various factors i.e. geology, environment, design and techno

economical viability of the project, it has now been finalized to keep TRT outfalls of both

Stage-1 and of Stage-2 either U/S or D/S of Chakka fault so that it does not adversely affect

power generation capacity of the project due to considerable head loss.

As per the environmental requirement a release of 39.93 cumecs of steady discharge

adjacent to the toe of the dam has to be made. To satisfy this condition, it has been

decided to keep the outfall of one of the three TRTs of Stage-1near to the dam toe,

sacrificing the head loss. The out falls of other two TRTs of Stage-1 and the lone TRT of

Stage-2 will be kept in such a way so that there is no major head loss that will affect power

generation capacity of the project.

5.6.1 Geology along the TRT alignment

A traverse was taken along the tracer path made through the mid slope (between EL 660m

and 670m) of left bank of Chenab, to collect all necessary geological information, in order

to prepare a geological map to show distribution of lithological units and rock soil

distribution along the proposed TRT alignments on 1:5000 scale. The traverse was taken

between D/S end of power house cavern i.e. P37 (extreme upstream end) and TR40

(extreme downstream end) and also beyond as far as practicable due to very steep nature

of the slope and availability of access (as tracer path is almost nonexistent beyond that

point).

Access to both upper and lower slope with respect to tracer path is not feasible as the hill

slope is very steep ≥ 550. Interpreted geological map along the TRT alignment and an

interpreted geological section along one of the two TRT alignments of Stage-1 has been

generated from the geological traverses to highlight geotechnical condition at the tunnel

grade for the proposed tail race tunnels.

Dolomite of Sirban limestone formation which is the bed rock in this part is well exposed

and dominant rock type covering the entire length of the traversed path i.e. between P-39

and TR-40. Besides dolomite, 10 number moderately thick to considerably thick sheared

dolomite bands are exposed between TR-1 and TR-35 within host dolomite. This is to

mention here that concentration of thick sheared dolomite bands is reasonably more along

the traversed path i.e. along the proposed TRT alignment in comparison to areas upstream

of P-39 survey point i.e. between power house and dam. Besides rocky exposure, between

TR12 & 13, TR 16 & TR17 and TR 38 & TR 39 on tracer path, hill slopes are covered with

slope wash/overburden material. In these three locations hill slopes are rather gentle and

are covered with bushes, shrubs and grass. This is also to mention here that beyond TR-24

up to about for a length of 250m towards D/S (adjacent to TR 28) no sheared dolomite

band of significant thickness was encountered along the tracer path. Four sheared

dolomite bands were again encountered between TR 28 and adjacent to TR 35. Of all these



10 sheared dolomite bands the sheared band which is exposed between TR 18 & TR 19 is

thickest, whch is around 50 m thick. Beyond TR 35 no sheared dolomite band was

encountered along the tracer path. Dolomites exposed beyond TR 35 up to TR 38 are thinly

jointed and to some extent sheared in nature. Dolomites exposed in this stretch are not at

all competent but are soft and friable in nature and thus can be grouped under poor

quality rock mass. Beyond TR 38 towards D/S direction (adjacent to right bank of Kali nala)

an assemblage of brecciaed limestone and quartzite are exposed. The exposed rock mass

are soft and friable in nature. Due to close proximity of Chakka fault, the rock assemblage

exposed here are also sheared. This sheared and brecciaed limestone and quartzite band is

around 25m thick. From the nature of shearing within the limestone and quartzite it seems

that this rock assemblage marks the upstream end of Chakka fault. Further to its

downstream a Nummulitic limestone band is exposed which about 100 m thick. The trace

of the Chakka fault is present along the contact between the brecciaed limestone and

quartzite assemblage and the Nummulitic limestone band (Refer Part-3, Previous Geology

Reports). Further to its downstream rocks belonging to Murree formation are exposed.

The exposed dolomite up to TR-35 from its upstream is broadly a dark grey to light grey (in

places with a bluish tint), slightly to moderately weathered (W1 to W2), well jointed but

hard and competent rock mass. This dolomite can be grouped into fair quality rock mass.

Dolomites are mainly traversed by three prominent sets of joints of which bedding joint is

most prominent and persistent in nature. This is also to note that it has been found that in

places the rocks are traversed by more than three sets of joints but these are impersistent

/ random in nature. The details of the characteristics of the prominent joints are given

below:

Table 5.12: Characteristics of the Prominent Joints

Joint Strike Dip

Spacing Continuity Surface Opening Amount Direction

J1/BJ N700/800W-S700 /800E

720-800 N200/100

E 7-10 cm Long

≥ 2m Irregular Tight to open

(1-2 mm) J2 N200E-

S200W 300-400 N700W 10-15

cm 1-2 m Irregular Tight

J3 N250E-S250W

550 S650E 8-12 cm 45-50 cm Irregular Tight to open (2 to 3mm)

Thin chert bands were noticed frequently along the bedding plane of the dolomites in

places. The thickness of theses chert bands in general varies from 2-3mm but in places

much thicker chert bands were also found (thickness around 1.5-2 cm). Stretching of these

chert bands, micro folding in them and formation of boudinage structure in places were

also noticed.

Within the dolomite along the mapped stretch presence of some thin limestone bands

were also noticed.

Sheared dolomite bands

Along the traversed path 10 sheared dolomite bands were encountered between TR-1 and

TR-35. Thickness of these sheared dolomite bands vary from 5m to 50m. These sheared

dolomite bands are mainly composed of thinly jointed slightly weathered dolomite. The

joints within sheared dolomite are highly water stained, coated, slightly open (1 to 3mm),

and smooth-planar in nature. These have made the dolomites into very small pieces. Along

the joint planes presence of thin argillaceous bands and occasional presence of clay gouge



was also noticed in places. This is also to mention here that all these sheared dolomite

bands are continuously traceable along the hill slope i.e. from river bank to the uphill slope

maintaining almost same thickness. These sheared dolomite bands are also traceable along

its strike continuity in the right hill slope. Location, thickness and tentative influence zone

of shearing in its both upstream and downstream direction of the sheared dolomite bands

are given below.

Table 5.13: Location and Thickness of sheared Dolomite Bands

Sl. No. Location Width (m) Influence zone 1 TR-4 25m 40m 2 TR – 7 10m 20m 3 TR - 11 5m 15m 4 TR – 18 & 19 50m 50m 5 TR – 21 10m 20m 6 TR – 23 & 25 25m 30m 7 Adjacent to TR – 28 10m 20m 8 TR – 29 & 30 20m 30m 9 In between TR 31 & 32 10 20m

10 In between TR 34 & 35 30 30m

Finalization of TRT alignments

Considering the geological set up along the TRT alignment, rock mass condition/ rock class

and also considering design aspect, so that no unnecessary head loss takes place, it has

been decided to keep the outfall of three TRTs (two of Stage-1 and one of Stage-2)

between TR 35 and TR 38 survey points. In this case the average length of the TRT will be

around 1980m. But still all three TRTs have to cross 10 sheared dolomite bands and also

they have to pass through highly jointed, friable and to some extent sheared for a stretch

of around 100m in length due to proximity of Chakka fault.

As the geological environment is similar surrounding the TRT alignments (both for Stage-1

and Stage-2) one geological section has been developed to highlight on the probable rock

mass expected to be encountered at the tunnel grade of that particular TRT and also to

provide a generalised view on the rock mass condition for other two TRT alignments.

5.7 GEOLOGY OF RESERVOIR AREA The impoundment of water behind the proposed 193m high dam across Chenab at its Full

Reservoir level (FRL at 695m) the reservoir submergence of land will continue upto the

upstream of Jaiswal bridge on Jammu-Srinagar Highway (NH- 44/1A), adjacent to

Chandrakote 330 12’: 750 18’; 43O/8 (7.5km U/S of Ramban, 330 15’: 750 15’; 43O/4). Total

submergence area will be around 11sq.km. Study revealed that the reservoir spread will

be mostly restricted within a very high hilly/mountainous terrain having a restricted valley

width. For this reason the reservoir spread will cover a long stretch of around 14km in

length with short width. Maximum reservoir width of 900m will be around village Pari.

Within the submergence area up to upstream of Dhamkund the right bank hill slopes are

mostly covered with thin to moderate vegetation with intermediate barren rocky slope.

From the dam up to Dhamkund along the right bank of Chenab it has been found that this

length is almost unhabitated (very few settlements found in this part near to Dhamkund).



In comparison along the left bank of Chenab from the dam up to Dhamkund intermittent

sparse human settlement along with cultivated land was observed along the hill slope

which will come within the proposed reservoir area.

Beyond Dhamkund along both the banks of Chenab concentration of human settlements

gradually increases. At the tail end of the reservoir headquarter of District Ramban is

situated and as such concentration of human settlements along both the banks of Chenab

is quite high. For this reason more areas of human establishments, cultivated lands,

important roads network (even NH1A/44) will be get submerged in this part.

Traverse geological mapping of the reservoir area was originally carried out by Geological

Survey of India during FS. 1965 – ’66 on 1:15,000 scale contour plan. During present

preparation of Geology Volume of DPR traverses encompassing the reservoir area were

taken up basically to review/assess on the slope stability condition along the reservoir

periphery and also to get acquainted with the distribution of rock mass in this part. Within

the studied area different rock types of different geological formations are exposed

overlain by Recent to Sub Recent depositions.

Regional geological mapping surrounding the project area was done by C.S. Middlemiss in

the late 19th century. The rocks exposed within the reservoir area range from Lower

Paleozoic Dogra slates to Lower Miocene Muree Formation. All rock units are intensely

folded, sheared and deformed in nature, due to the effect of tectonic movement at

different geological era. As a result of these tectonic movements the contacts between

each formation are not normal contacts but invariably marked by either a thrust or a fault.

Within the reservoir area two distinct thrusts and one fault is present. Distribution of

different geological formations along with their characteristic lithology and age within the

reservoir spread are given below

Name of Formation Lithology Stratigraphic positionn Sub-recent to Recent Sand & gravels, scree, talus etc. Quaternary

Lower Murree Sandstone, siltstone & claystone Lower Miocene Eocene Carbonaceous shale, limestone &

quartzite Eocene

Sirban limestone Predominantly Dolomite with few bands of limestone and shale

Permo-Carboniferous

Dogra slate Predominently shales and phyllites Lower Plaeozoic

JKSPDCL Draft Report EMP Sawalkote HEP


Figure 5.4: Geological map of reservoir area (Lower portion) - Source : DPR of Sawalkote HEP

JKSPDCL Draft Report EIA Sawalkote HEP


Figure 5.5: Geological map of reservoir area (Upper portion)


5.8 SEISMICITY AND SEISMOTECTONICS Seismotectonic study typically evaluates the geologic and seismologic history of a region or

site which is under consideration for construction of any major structure, like dam for a

hydroelectric project. History of seismicity and seismotectonic analysis are vital inputs for

seismic design of dam.

With this basic understanding seismicity and seismotectonics in and around the proposed

193m high Sawalkote dam on the River Chenab, in the State of Jammu and Kashmir, has

been studied. This project influence area is marked over a much generalised

Seismotectonic Map superimposed on Seismic Zonation Map of India (Figure 1; after

BMTPC, 2006). The Sawalkote project is located within these two highs but closer to the

Kashmir valley zone-v. Thus for all practical purpose the project may be considered to be

located within zone-v which is a very high seismic damage risk zone with expected

earthquake intensity of IX and above in MSK scale. The Sawalkote project site and the area

around for which seismotectonic studies were carried out is depicted within the regional

tectonic framework (Figure 5.6; After Avouac et al, 2006).

Figure 5.6: Regional Tectonic Framework vis-à-vis the Sawalkote HEP



The proposed 192.5m high (from deepest foundation level) Sawalkote Dam on Chenab River

shall be located within the Himalayan frontal Tertiary Siwalik- Murree fold belt. The height

of the dam shall be between those of operational Bhakra (226m) over Satluj and Thein

(148m) over Ravi, both located further southeast but within the same tectonic domain, i.e.,

south of the MBT defined by the contact between the Tertiary rocks in the south and Pre-

Tertiary domain in the north. Relative to Bhakra and Thein dam, the Sawalkote dam is

located much upstream within gorge section, thus with less reservoir volume (550 million

meter cube) in comparison to Thein (3300 million meter cube) and Bhakra (9868 million

meter cube).

The entire foothills belt shows abundant signature of neotectonic activity; the Thein dam

located on the Surinsar-Mastgarh fault propagation fold while the Bhakra dam located over

the hanging wall of a south dipping back thrust. The proposed Sawalkote dam shall be

located on the hanging wall of the Riasi Thrust, the northwest continuation of the

Jwalamukhi Thrust. Evidence of recent movement along the Riasi Thrust has been

documented from Dugla, Aghar and Mari Nala sections (GSI Sp. Pub 26, 1989, p. 124). The

seismotectonic status of the Riasi- Jwalamukhi thrust is same as that of the Tanda Thrust

that has been reactivated to produce the Balakot- Bagh surface rupture from the 2005

Kashmir earthquake.



6.1 INTRODUCTION The Environmental Baseline chapter provides details of data collected during different

seasons i.e. winter/lean season, Summer/pre-monsoon and monsoon in the project study

area as specified in the approved Terms of Reference by MoEF&CC, Government of India.

The details of collection of both primary and secondary data for pertinent environmental

components have been given in Chapter-3 Methodology of the EIA report.

6.2 DRAINAGE The Chenab river basin constitutes one of river system of Indus River System. The Chenab

originates from an extensive snow fields on the south-eastern side of the Baralacha La at

6194 m. The waters flowing south from the pass are known as the Chandra River and those

that flow north-northwest are called the Bhaga River. Chandra flows south-east to southern

direction for a considerable distance and thereafter it takes western turn and flows in this

direction to be joined by Bhaga River on its right bank. The Bhaga river flows around to the

south joining the Chandra near village Tandi. The Chandra and Bhaga meet to form the

Chandrabhaga River at Tandi. It leaves Himachal Pradesh near the confluence of Sansari Nala

and enters Jammu & Kashmir state at El. 1980 m. It becomes the Chenab when it is joined by

the Marau or Marusudar River on its right bank at Bhandarkot, 12 km from Kishtwar town in

Jammu & Kashmir. From here Chenab flows from the Jammu region of Jammu & Kashmir

into the plains of the Punjab, the Doaba region. Chenab River enters the plains at El. 305 m at

Akhnoor. It traverses a distance of 330 km up to Akhnoor where it enters Pakistan

downstream of Tawi confluence. It is joined by the Jhelum River at Trimmu and then by the

Ravi River Ahmedpur Sial in Pakistan. It then merges with the Sutlej River near Uch Sharif, in

Pakistan to form the Panjnad or the 'Five Rivers', the fifth being the Beas River which joins

the Sutlej near Ferozepur, India. The Chenab then joins the Indus at Mithankot, Pakistan. The

total length of the Chenab is approximately 960 km. The study area drainage map of Chenab

river up to Sawalkote Hydroelectric Project site is given in Figure 6.1.

6.3 PHYSIOGRAPHY Physiography is one of the important characteristic to realize the landscape of a particular

area. Physiography and slope are the major contributing aspects to control the drainage

pattern. However, vegetation structure and soil composition such as soil strength, depth,

compactness, permeability etc., influence to alter the runoff and drainage pattern. These

parameters also support to predict the quantitative estimation of the silt yield. The study

area of the proposed project is comprised of steep slope, exposed rocks, patchy

vegetation, having excessive drainage class. Physiographically the area falls in the outer hill

mountainous sub regions of Jammu region. The area reveals a rugged topography with

steep slopes and narrow valley. The study area ranges from EL 490 to 3700 m above msl

and comprise of drainages of different orders. The denudation landforms are visible in the

form of scree slope, scarps, ridges valleys and landslides etc.

Advanced Spaceborne Thermal Emission and Reflection Radiometer (ASTER) Global Digital

Elevation Model (GDEM) data was used for the preparation of Digital Terrain Model (DTM)

Chapter ENVIRONMENTAL BASELINE STATUS: PHYSICO-CHEMICAL PARAMETERS 6

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kishtwar

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jammu_and_Kashmir

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Punjab_region

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jhelum_River

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Trimmu

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ravi_River

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ahmedpur_Sial

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sutlej_River

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Uch_Sharif

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pakistan

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Beas_River

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Satluj

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ferozepur

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Indus_River

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mithankot

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pakistan



and slope maps. The data was downloaded in GeoTIFF format and ArcGIS software was

used for the preparation of maps. Digital Terrain Model (DTM) of the study area is shown

below in Figure 6.2. The slope map of the study area is given at Figure 6.3 and the area

falling under various slope categories (as per SLUSI) has been tabulated below in Table 6.1.

As seen from the map and table nearly 83% of the study area is under moderately steep to

steep slopes. The area under steep category i.e. with slopes higher than 30-45% is more

than 42 % of the total area (Table 6.1).

Table 6.1: Areas falling under different slope categories in the study area

Slope in Degree

Category Area

(sq km) Area (%)

0 - 2 Gently Sloping 1.28 0.15

2 - 8 Moderately Sloping 19.61 2.30

8 - 15 Strongly Sloping 64.37 7.54

15 - 30 Moderately Steep 350.45 41.04

30 - 45 Steep 358.84 42.03

45 - 60 Very Steep 58.12 6.81

60 - 70 Extremely Steep 1.11 0.13

>70 Escarpments 0.04 0.00

Total 853.82 100.00

6.4 SOIL

6.4.1 Soil Fertility Status

It is very essential to assess the soil quality of the region for proper planning of a project

whether hydroelectric, road, construction and agricultural or afforestation. The soil quality

can be defined as “capacity of a specific kind of soil to function”. It is generally assessed by

measuring a minimum data set of soil properties to evaluate the soil’s ability to perform

basic functions (i.e. maintaining productivity, regulating and partitioning of water solute flow,

filtering and buffering against pollutants and storing and cycling nutrients). Evaluation of

physical and chemical characteristic is essential for measuring the soil quality of a particular

region or area and it has also been done for the project area of Sawalkote H.E. Project.

In order to ascertain the fertility status of the soils in the area the soil samples were collected

from different locations in the area (Figure 6.4). The sampling locations, methodology and the

analysis details have already been given in Chapter 3-Methodology. Among the physical

parameters soil texture, bulk density, water holding capacity and conductivity were analyzed

while chemical characteristics included pH, organic matter, sodium, phosphate, nitrate,

magnesium and potassium were analyzed (Table 6.2). Physico-chemical analysis of soil samples

was carried out at the Hi-Tech Labs Limited (NABL accredited Lab.), Okhla, New Delhi. The

results of soil analysis of each parameter are given in Table 6.2.

The bulk density of soil depends greatly on the mineral make up of soil and the degree of

compaction. The bulk density of soil varied from 1.06 to 1.35 (gm/cc). The dry bulk density of

a soil is inversely related to the porosity of the same soil: the more pore space in a soil the

lower the value for bulk density. Water holding capacity was recorded highest (30.05) from

the soil sample collected from sampling site S1 and lowest was from (20.94) sampling site S3.



Figure 6.1: Drainage map of Chenab river in study area of Sawalkote HE project



Figure 6.2: Digital Terrain Model (DTM) of the study area generated from ASTER GDEM data



Figure 6.3: Slope map of the study area generated from DEM



The soil of the area is typically sandy loam type. Soil of study area is alkaline in nature at

most of the sites with pH values ranging from 7.54 to 8.54 (Table 6.2). Organic matter

content also is good. The lower pH values and good organic are mainly due to presence of

decomposed agricultural waste and leaf litter. The texture of soil in general is medium and

is predominantly sandy-loamy. Electrical conductivity ranged between 412.2 µS/cm and

480.3 µS/cm. The concentration main nutrients like Nitrogen and phosphorus in the soil is

indicative of medium soil fertility rating whereas the concentration of potassium is on the

lower side. Salinity also is low at all locations.

6.4.2 Soil Taxonomic Classification

The soil taxonomic (family) classification map of Sawalkote H.E. Project area was prepared

as per the Soil Atlas of Jammu & Kashmir by National Bureau of Soil Survey & Land Use

Planning (NBSS & LUP). Soil resource map of the project study area and their description is

given in Figure 6.4.

The majority of project study area i.e. more than 80% falls under Lithic Udorthent of

Entisols and Entic Haplumbrepts of Inceptisols. Lithic Udorthent are characterized by

shallow depth, and are loamy-skeletal soils found on very steeply sloping hill summit with

very severe erosion hazard while Entic Haplumbrepts are deep, loamy-skeletal soils found

on moderately steep slopes with severe erosion hazard (Table 6.3 & Figure 6.5).

Table 6.2: Physico-chemical Composition of Soil in the Study Area

Parameter Sampling Sites

Site I Site II Site III Site IV Site V Site VI Bulk Density (gm/cc) 1.26 1.27 1.35 1.06 1.16 1.07 Water holding capacity (% by mass)

30.05 24.59 20.94 28.23 27.02 23.54

Porosity (g/cm³) 2.13 2.15 2.29 1.8 1.97 1.81 Electrical Conductivity (µS/cm) 442.26 447.9 415.7 480.3 412.22 437.27

Soil Texture Sandy Loam

Sandy Loam

Sandy Loam

Sandy Loam

Sandy Loam

Sandy Loam

Sand (% by mass) 70 73.75 78.75 72 74 71.75 Silt (% by mass) 16.25 14.75 12.5 15.5 13.25 13.75 Clay (% by mass) 13.75 11.5 8.75 12.5 12.75 14.5 pH 8.54 7.94 8.19 8.1 7.54 8.14 Total Alkanity (cm/hour) 0.86 0.05 0.8 0.95 0.76 0.85 Salinity (ppt) <2.0 <2.0 <2.0 <2.0 <2.0 <2.0 Organic matter, (% by vol.) 1.44 1.8 1.03 1.90 1.24 1.08 Available Phosphorus (mg/kg) 10.34 91.35 68.94 120.65 78.34 112.35 Phosphorus, (mg /Kg) 13 116 93 128 91 120 Available Potassium (as K), (mg/kg)

196.2 204.6 93.5 212.1 182 215

Total Nitrogen (mg/Kg) 829 898 477 769 728 457 Calcium (mg/kg) 6528 4896 4080 9325 6528 4896 Magnesium (mg/kg) 934.08 467.04 934.08 979.2 934.08 467.04 Chloride (% by mass) 0.42 0.35 0.28 0.36 0.42 0.35 Sodium (as Na), (mg/kg) 233.8 258 198.7 276 233.8 258 Sodium Adsorption Ratio (SAR) 5.41 7.05 5.61 5.44 5.41 7.05



Figure 6.4: Map showing sampling sites for physical sampling stations in the study area



Figure 6.5: Soil Series and their description in the Study Area (For soil unit no. see Table 6.3)



Table 6.3: Description and Area under different Soil Classes

Soil Unit Soil Type Area

(sq km) Area (%)

17 Dominantly rock outcrops; associated with: Shallow, loamy, calcareous soils on steep to very steep slopes with loamy surface, strong stoniness and severe erosion.

Lithic Cryorthents 8.21 0.96

85

Deep, well drained, thermic, fine-loamy, soils on moderately steep slopes with loamy surface, moderate erosion and slight stoniness; associated with: Medium deep, well drained, fine-loamy calcareous soils with loamy surface, moderate erosion and slight stoniness

Dystric Eutrochrepts

23.06 2.70

88

Shallow, excessively drained, loamy soils on very steep slopes with loamy surface, severe erosion and moderate stoniness; associated with: Medium deep, excessively drained, coarse-loamy soils with loamy surface, moderate erosion and moderate stoniness.

Lithic Udorthents

188.25 22.05

98

Medium Deep, somewhat excessively drained, coarse-loamy, calcareous soils on steep slopes with loamy surface, moderate erosion and moderate stoniness; associated with: Medium deep, excessively drained, fine-loamy soils with loamy surface, moderate erosion and moderate stoniness.

Typic Eutrochrepts

5.52 0.65

101

Deep, somewhat excessively drained, coarse-loamy soils on steep slopes with loamy surface, moderate erosion and slight stoniness; associated with: Medium deep, excessively drained, coarse-loamy soils on steep slopes with loamy surface, severe erosion and moderate stoniness.

Dystric Eutrochrepts

162.99 19.09

105

Medium deep, excessively drained, coarse- loamy soils on steep slopes with loamy surface, severe erosion and moderate stoniness; associated with: loamy surface and moderate erosion.

Typic Udorthents 344.01 40.29

108

Deep, somewhat excessively drained, fine-loamy, calcareous soils on moderate slopes with loamy surface, moderate erosion and slight stoniness; associated with: Deep, somewhat excessively drained, coarse-loamy soils with loamy surface, moderate erosion and moderate stoniness.

Typic Eutrochrepts

121.78 14.26

TOTAL 853.82

Source: Soil Units as per NBSS&LUP



6.5 AIR ENVIRONMENT The air pollutants present in atmosphere, in concentrations that disturbs its dynamic

equilibrium and, thereby, affect man and his environment. There are three potential air

pollutants; sulphur dioxides (SO2), nitrogen oxides (NOx) and soot/dust technically known

as particulate matter divided into PM10 and PM2.5. In order to evaluate and quantify the

ambient air quality monitoring is carried out during winter, pre-monsoon and monsoon

seasons at different locations in the study area (Figure 6.4).

The sources of air pollution in the study area are vehicular traffic, dust arising from

unpaved village roads and domestic fuel burning. The air environment around project site

is free from any significant pollution source. Air quality monitoring was carried out as per

the new air quality parameters conforming to the National Ambient Air Quality Standards

for Industrial Residential, Rural & Other Areas and Ecologically Sensitive Areas.

The National Ambient Air Quality Standard notified by CPCB is given in Table 6.4.

Table 6.4: National Ambient Air Quality Standard by (CPCB)

Pollutant Time

Weighted Average

Concentration in Ambient Air Industrial

Residential, Rural &

Other Areas

Ecologically Sensitive Area (Notified by Central Govt.)

Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) µg/m3 Annual 50 20 24 hour 80 80

Nitrogen Oxides (NO x) µg/m3

Annual 40 30 24hour 80 80

Particulate Matter (size less than 10µm or PM10) µg/m3

Annual 60 60 24 hour 100 100

Particulate Matter (size less than 2.5µm or PM2.5) µg/m3

Annual 40 40 24hour 60 60

6.5.1 Ambient Air Quality

Map showing sampling locations for air and noise monitoring locations in the study area is

given at Figure 6.4. The SO2 values ranged from 2.5 to 18.3 g/m3 at various stations

covered as a part of the ambient air quality monitoring study. The SO2 levels observed

during the study was much lower than the permissible limit of 50 g/m3 for industrial,

residential and rural areas (Table 6.5).

The NOx values ranged from 5.2 to 24.7 g/m3 at various stations covered as a part of the

study. The NOx level observed at various sampling stations was much lower than the

permissible limit of 40 g/m3 for industrial, residential and rural areas.

The maximum PM10 level observed during ambient air quality monitoring conducted was

40.5 g/m3 at Ramban (Highway) near village Seri. The PM10 level at various stations

covered during ambient air monitoring was below the permissible limit (60 µg/m3)

specified for industrial, residential, rural and other areas (Table 6.5).

The maximum PM2.5 level observed during ambient air quality monitoring conducted was

31.9 g/m3 at Ramban (Highway) near village Seri. The PM2.5 level at various stations



covered during ambient air quality monitoring was below the permissible limit (40 µg/m3)

specified for industrial, residential, rural and other areas (Table 6.5).

Table 6.5: Air Quality Monitoring of the Study Area (unit: µg/m3)

S. No. Monitoring location Season* SO2 NOx PM10 PM2.5

1 NH-1A near Dharmond W 18.3 24.7 40.5 31.9

PM 14.2 19.1 28.2 24.3 M 12.8 16.1 27.1 23.5

2 NH-1A near Jaswal bridge village

W 4.0 7.8 20.2 15.9 PM 4.2 7.5 19.3 14.7 M 4.4 7.2 17.4 15.2

3 State highway at Metra W 4.2 8.3 20.1 16.1

PM 3.9 7.6 19.3 14.7 M 4.0 8.1 17.4 15.1

4 NH-1A Ramban W 3.8 7.8 20.2 15.9

PM 4.1 8.2 19.7 14.9 M 3.6 7.1 16.8 13.7

5 Dharam kund Bridge near CWC office

W 2.5 5.2 11.8 10.2 PM 2.9 6.0 12.1 10.9 M 3.0 6.4 12.5 11.2

6 Upper Tangar proposed colony area

W 2.2 6.1 10.8 9.2 PM 2.6 6.8 12.3 12.9 M 2.9 6.4 13.5 11.4

* W = Winter; S/PM = Pre-Monsoon; M = Monsoon

6.6 NOISE & TRAFFIC 6.6.1 Noise Level

Unwanted sound that is loud and unpleasant or unexpected termed as noise pollution. It

has adverse impact on the daily activities of the human being and animals. The adverse

impact of the noise on human and animals also depends upon time, season and the quality

of sound. Noise levels were monitored during the studies at various locations in the Direct

Impact Area of the project (Figure 6.4). The Ambient noise standards and results of noise

level monitoring in terms of equivalent sound levels are given in Tables 6.6 and 6.7,

respectively. The sound levels on an average ranged from 55.9 to 61.8 dB(A) (day time

observations). Main source of noise pollution in the study area are regular vehicular

movement through NH1 and continuous noise was also observed from the flow of river.

Table 6.6: Ambient Noise Standards

Area Code Category of Area Limits in dB(A)Leq Day time Night time

A. Industrial Area 75 70 B. Commercial Area 65 55 C. Residential Area 55 45 D. Silence Zone 50 40

Note : 1 Day time 6 AM to 10 PM 2 Night time is 10 PM to 6 AM 3 Silence zone is an area comprising not less than 100 meters around

hospitals, educational institutions, courts, religious places or any other area which is declared as such by the competent authority



Table 6.7: Equivalent Noise levels in study area during day time [Leq dB(A)]

S. No. Monitoring location Winter Pre-Monsoon Monsoon 1 NH-1A near Jaswal bridge village 59.6 60.2 61.8 2 State highway at Metra 58.9 56.4 57.2 3 NH-1A Ramban 58.5 58.6 59.5 4 Dharmkund Bridge near CWC office 57.0 56.4 55.9 5 Upper Tangar proposed colony area 58.6 58.2 57.3 6 Near proposed Dam side 48.3 51.2 55.3

6.6.2 Traffic Density

Traffic density data was recorded by physically counting the number of different types of

vehicles passing through a particular point in a fixed time interval. Some major villages

along the road, Ramban town were considered as nodes for monitoring movement of

traffic. Traffic density was recorded maximum at Ramban town (NH 1A). The traffic density

recorded at different sites is presented in Table 6.8.

Table 6.8: Traffic density in the study area

Sl. No. Monitoring location Winter Summer Monsoon

HV LV TW HV LV TW HV LV TW

1 NH-1A near Jaswal bridge village

180 100 45 46 78 27 50 70 40

2 State highway at Metra 10 8 3 8 11 6 7 15 9 3 NH-1A Ramban 2 4 2 6 13 5 9 12 6

4 Dharam kund Bridge near CWC office

2 2 3 19 9 4 8 7 4

5 Upper Tangar proposed colony area

1 2 1 5 2 1 3 1 3

6 Near proposed Dam site 1 1 0 2 1 1 1 1 0

HV= Heavy Vehicle; LV= Light Vehicle; TW= Two Wheelers



7.1 INTRODUCTION The Environmental Baseline chapter provides details of data collected during different

seasons i.e. winter/lean season, pre-monsoon and monsoon in the project study area as

specified in the approved Terms of Reference by MoEF, Government of India. The details of

collection of both primary and secondary data for pertinent environmental components

have been given in Chapter-3 of the EIA report.

7.2 LAND USE/ LAND COVER For the present study, Land use/ Land cover maps prepared by National Remote Sensing

Centre (NRSC), Indian Space Research Organisation (ISRO) of Dept. of Space with

Directorate of Ecology, Environment and Remote Sensing, J&K as partner under Natural

Resource Census (NRC) project of National Natural Resource Repository (NRR) programme

was used. The land use/ land cover map of the study area is shown as Figure 7.1. Majority

of the area i.e around 40% of the area is covered with dense vegetation with scrub land as

second predominant land use in the area (Table 7.1).

Table 7.1: Area under different Land use/ Land cover in the study area

S.No. Land Use/ Land Cover Area (%) 1 Dense Forest 40.56 2 Open Forest 1.15 3 Scrub Land 34.56 4 Cultvation 19.71 5 Settlement 0.17 6 Barren Land 2.53 7 Water Body 1.32

Total 100.00

7.3 FOREST TYPES Forests in the catchment area of the Sawalkote Hydro Electric Project can be classified into

the following forest types in accordance with the Revised Survey of Forest Types of India by

Champion and Seth (1968) (Table 7.2).

The forests occuring in the study area were classified into different forest type with the

help of Forest Working Plan of Ramban, Batote and Udhampur Forest Division. As per

classification given by Champion and Seth (1968), forest types of study area have been

grouped in Montane Sub-tropical and Sub Tropical Dry Evergreen Forest type and the same

are discussed below:

i) 9/C1b Upper or Himalayan Chir Pine Forest

In these forests Pinus roxburghii (Chir) forest occurs between 600m and 2200m elevations.

Within this altitudinal range, its distribution mainly depends upon the aspect and other site

factors. It is the characteristic species of this forest type. Most of the Chir forests are pure

Chapter ENVIRONMENTAL BASELINE STATUS: BIOLOGICAL RESOURCES 7



Figure 7.1: Land Use/ Land Cover Map of the Project Study Area



with only scattered trees of Acacia modesta, Olea cuspidata, Pyrus pashia, Punica

granatum in lower reaches and species of Quercus, Rhododendron and Lyonia in higher

reaches near the streams and shady places. On the Northern aspect Chir is spreading

through Ban Oak forests with Kail (Blue Pine).

Table 7. 2: Forest types found in the Study area of Sawalkote HEP

Major Group Type Group Forest Type Montane Sub- Tropical

9-Sub Tropical Pine Forest

9/C1b: Upper or Himalayan Chir Pine Forest

Sub Tropical Dry Evergreen Forest

10-Sub Tropical Dry Evergreen Forest

10/C1a: Olea cuspidata Scrub forest 10/C1b: Acacia modesta scrub forest

Montane Temperate Forests

12-Himalayan Moist Temperate Forest

12/C1a: Ban Oak Forests (Quercus incana) 12/C1b: Moru Oak Forest (Q. dilatata) 12/C1b: (a,b) DS1/Oak scrub 12/C1c: Moist Deodar Forests 12/C1d: Western Mix Coniferous Forest 12/C1e: Moist Temperate deciduous forests 12/C1f: Low-level blue pine forest (Pinus walliciana) 12/C2a: Kharsu Oak forest (Quercus semecarpifolia) 12/C2b: Himalayan upper oak-fir forest 12/DS3: Himalayan Temperate pastures 12/1S1: Alder Forest 12/2S1: Low level Blue Pine Forest

Sub Alpine Forest 14-Sub Alpine Forest

14/C1a: West Himalayan Sub Alpine fir forest 14/C1b: West Himalayan Sub Alpine Birch/fir forests

Alpine Forests 15-Moist Alpine Scrub

15C1b: Birch/Rhododendron Scrub forests 15/C3: Alpine Pastures

The density of under growth and its composition varies according to the location of forest

and the magnitude of biotic interference. Generally the under growth consists of bushes

like Nerium indicum, Berberis spp., Rubus spp., and Flemingia bracteata. On the cooler

northern slopes, the undergrowth is fairly thick and is comprised mainly of Rubus ellipticus,

Prinsepia utilis, Myrsina africana and Berberis spp. This type of forest is found at slopes

along the river Chenab.

In the study area this type of forest is found on the higher elevations along project

approach road from Dharamkund to Tangar, near colony area at Tangar-Pari villages.

ii) 10/C1 Sub Tropical Dry Evergreen Forest

The catchment area of the Sawalkote HEP is dominated by this type of forest in the vicinity

of project components like submergence/reservoir area, diversion site, adits,

Dam/powerhouse, approach roads and proposed reservoir area along the river Chenab

from Dharamkund, Metra to Ramban at tail end of reservoir. This forest type is comprised

of scrubs of small leaved evergreen trees and shrubs. This forest type overlaps with Chir

pine forests and grows on alluvium, conglomerates, sedimentary rocks, shale and lime

stone in places having shallow and dry soils. In the area these forest type are further

classified into two sub-types viz.

10/C1a- Olea cuspidata scrub forest

10/C1b- Acacia modesta scrub forest

Both these sub types occur mixed and overlapped with each other in a small area in

between Dharamkund-Metra-Ramban. In the area both Olea cuspidata and Acacia

modesta are found in association with Punica granatum, Pistacia integerrima and Chir pine.



7.4 FLORISTICS

7.4.1 Objectives

The main objectives of the floristic studies are as follows:

To prepare inventory of plants belonging to different groups like Angiosperms,

Gymnosperms, Pteridophytes, Bryophytes, Lichens and macro-fungi occurring in the

study area

To assess the vegetation community structure in the study area

To identify the dominant plant species occurring in the study area by calculating

Importance Value Index

To assess the Diversity of different tree, shrubs and herbaceous species by

calculating the Shannon Wiener Diversity

The study area comprised of dam site, submergence area and area within 10 km radius of

dam site and submergence as per the TOR approved by MoEF&CC, GOI. As already

described in the Methodology Chapter quadrat sampling was undertaken at 5 different

locations for carrying out phytosociological surveys of the vegetation and in addition an

inventory of various floristic elements was also prepared by walking different transects

around these sampling sites.

In order to understand the composition of the vegetation, most of the plant species could

be identified in the field itself whereas in case of the species that could not be identified a

herbarium specimen of some flowers were collected without uprooting the plant itself and

in addition their photographs were also taken for identification later with the help of

available published literature and floras of the region.

7.4.2 Taxonomic Diversity

The botanical explorations and floristic studies in Jammu and Kashmir dates back to the early

nineteenth century. William Moorcroft, a British veterinary surgeon made the first botanical

forays in the state during 1820-22. Gerard brothers (1821), Victor Jacquemont (1831),

Godfrey Vigne (1836), Von Huegel (1835), H. Falconer (1839), J.E. Winterbottom (1846), T.

Thomson (1878), C.B. Clarke (1876), J.F. Duthie (1892-93), H.W. Boting (1892), J.L. Stewart

(1868), Atkinson (1878-79), Henderson and Hume (1873), Meebold (1909) and R.R. Stewart

(1925-1947) had been other notable collectors in the pre-independence period. Singh et al.

(2002) have published a Volume I on Flora of Jammu & Kashmir. Besides, a number of

regional floras covering different physiographic, administrative or ecological units of the

state (Singh and Kachroo, 1976; Kachroo et al., 1977; Sharma and Kachroo, 1981; Dhar and

Kachroo, 1983; Kaul, 1986; Sharma and Kachroo, 1992); and the revisions and monographs

by Van Soest (1961, 1963), Grierson (1964), and Kazmi (1970-71).

During the field surveys and also based upon secondary data and available information an

inventory of 304 plant species in the study area has been prepared and list of the same is

given at Annexure- III.

A brief description of number of plant species recorded in various taxonomic groups is

given in the following paragraphs.



Figure 7.2: Location of Biological Sampling Sites in the study area

JKSPDCL Draft EIA Repot Sawalkote HEP


a) Angiosperms

During three season field surveys conducted in the study area 304 species of angiosperms

belonging to 95 families were recorded. These include trees, shrubs, herbs and climbers.

The dominant families in the study area are Asteraceae, Fabaceae, Rosaceae, Poaceae,

Lamiaceae and Solanaceae.

b) Gymnosperms

Four species of gymnosperms recorded from the study area are:

S.No. Family Botanical name

1 Cupressaceae Cupressus torulosa 2 Pinaceae Cedrus deodara 3 Pinaceae Pinus roxburghii 4 Pinaceae Pinus wallichiana

c) Pteridophytes

Sixteen species of Pteridophyte was recorded from the area, Adiantum capillus-veneris,

and Equisetum ramossimum are found abundant in the study area.

S.No. Family Name of Species

1 Adiantaceae Adiantum capillus –veneris 2 Adiantaceae Adiantum lunulatum 3 Adiantaceae Onychium siliculosum 4 Aspleniaceae Asplenium nidus 5 Athyriaceae Diplazium longifolium 6 Athyriaceae Diplazium polypodioides 7 Dryopteridaceae Polystichum lachenense 8 Dryopteridaceae Dryopteris cochleata 9 Equisetaceae Equisetum ramosissimum

10 Marsileaceae Marsilea minuta 11 Polypodiaceae Lepisorus clathratus 12 Pteridaceae Pteris vittata 13 Pteridiaceae Actiniopteris radiata 14 Pteridiaceae Pteridium aquilinum 15 Pteridiaceae Pteris biaurita 16 Woodsiaceae Athyrium foliolosum

d) Bryophytes

The study area is comparatively dry and only nine species of bryophytes were found from

the study area. Commonly found bryophyte species are Polytrichum juniperinum,

Marchantia polymorpha, Polytrichum juniperinum and Funaria calcarea.


1 Aytoniaceae Asterella angusta 2 Funariaceae Funaria calcarea 3 Marchantiaceae Marchantia palnata 4 Marchantiaceae Marchantia polymorpha 5 Aytoniaceae Plagiochalma cordatum 6 Polytrichaceae Pogonatum aloides 7 Polytrichaceae Polytrichum juniperinum 8 Ricciaceae Ricciocarpus natans 9 Targioniaceae Targionia hypophylla



e) Lichens

Nine genera of Lichen were recorded from the area and are listed in table below.

S. No. Family Genera

1 Buelliaceae Buellia sp. 2 Cladoniaceae Cladonia sp. 3 Lecanoraceae Lecanora sp. 4 Lobariaceae Lobaria sp. 5 Parmeliaceae Parmelia sp. 6 Peltigeraceae Peltigera sp. 7 Ramaliaceae Ramalina sp. 8 Stereocaulaceae Stereocaulon sp. 9 Usneaceae Usnea sp.

7.4.3 Community Structure

Community structure of the vegetation was assessed by quadrat sampling method

described in Chapter 3 on Methodolgy to evaluate various quantitive parameters at

different sampling sites during three seasons and location of the sites is given at Figure 7.2.

The description of vegetation structure at different sampling locations is given in the

following paragraphs.

V1: Upstream of reservoir tailend: Left bank of Chenab River

The sampling site is located on the left bank of the Chenab river comprised of area

upstream of proposed reservoir of Sawalkote HEP. This area is characterized by open

canopy tree layer comprised with 6 species distributed in the area dominated by

Eucalyptus citriodora, Olea cuspidata and Pyrus pyrifolia (Table 7.3). Dalbergia sissoo,

Phoenix humilis and Acacia nilotica are asoociated tree species.

Shrub layer is represented mainly by Debregeasia salicifolia with highest density in the area

followed by Daphne cannabina and Randia tetrasperma (Table 7.4). Randia tetrasperma,

Daphne cannabina and Eupatorium adenophorum are the frequently distributed shrubs in

the area. Other shrub species found are Woodfordia floribunda, Solanum nigrum, Lantana

camara, Rubus foliolosus, Urtica dioica and Indigofera pulchella.

Herbaceous flora in upstream catchment of project area is comprised of 23 species. At this

site 9 species of herbs were found during winter, 12 in summer and 14 species in monsoon

season sampling (Tables 7.5). Ageratum conyzoides, Rumex hastatus, Adiantum capillus–

veneris, Poa annua, Achyranthes bidentata, Cassia obtusifolia, Cannabis sativa, Epilobium

hirsutum and Euphorbia hirta are the common herbs of this area.

Table 7.3: Community structure –Site: V1 (Trees & Shrubs)

S.No. Name of Species Frequency (%) Density (plants/ha) Basal Cover (m2/ha) 1 Acacia nilotica 20 15 1.73 2 Dalbergia sissoo 35 25 1.41 3 Eucalyptus citriodora 25 85 1.97 4 Olea cuspidata 30 75 0.58 5 Phoenix humilis 20 15 0.79 6 Pyrus pyrifolia 30 40 0.91 Total

255



Table 7.4: Community structure –Site: V1 (Shrubs)

S.No. Name of Species Frequency (%) Density (plants/ha) Basal Cover (m2/ha) 1 Daphne cannabina 60 230 0.12 2 Debregeasia salicifolia 50 240 0.01 3 Eupatorium adenophorum 60 160 0.03 4 Indigofera pulchella 40 120 0.03 5 Lantana camara 50 140 0.10 6 Randia tetrasperma 70 180 0.05 7 Rubus foliolosus 50 130 1.03 8 Solanum nigrum 50 140 0.08 9 Urtica dioica 40 120 0.22

10 Woodfordia floribunda 50 140 0.07 Total

1600

Table 7.5: Community structure –Site: V1 (Herbs)

S.No. Name of Species Frequency (%) Density (plants/ha) Basal Cover (m2/ha) Winter

1 Geranium wallichianum 10 2130 0.03 2 Ajuga parviflora 20 5100 0.10 3 Fragaria indica 40 5240 0.02 4 Aster peduncularis 30 6120 0.01 5 Ipomoea pupurea 20 7120 0.07 6 Cassia obtusifolia 30 8140 0.07 7 Poa annua 50 8260 0.08 8 Adiantum capillus –veneris 50 8400 0.00 9 Euphorbia hirta 40 11220 0.08 Total 61730

Summer 1 Carduus onopordioides 40 7000 0.16 2 Dactylis glomerata 30 8000 0.05 3 Adiantum capillus –veneris 30 8000 0.19 4 Artemisia cinerea 30 10000 0.19 5 Rumex hastatus 30 10000 0.02 6 Cannabis sativa 20 11000 0.06 7 Solanum nigrum 30 12000 0.03 8 Potentilla gerardiana 30 13000 0.04 9 Epilobium hirsutum 40 19000 0.02

10 Achyranthes bidentata 30 25000 0.02 11 Oxalis corniculata 20 26000 0.01 12 Ageratum conyzoides 40 28000 0.02 Total 177000

Monsoon 1 Solanum nigrum 20 6000 0.065 2 Dactylis glomerata 30 8000 0.055 3 Sonchus arvensis 30 8000 0.035 4 Adiantum capillus –veneris 20 10000 0.019 5 Oxalis corniculata 40 10000 0.024 6 Achyranthes bidentata 50 11000 0.026 7 Cannabis sativa 20 12000 0.200 8 Potentilla gerardiana 30 13000 0.300 9 Bidens pilosa 50 16000 0.082

10 Ageratum conyzoides 40 18000 0.005 11 Delphinium vestitum 30 18000 0.800 12 Epilobium hirsutum 40 19000 0.019 13 Cannabis sativa 20 21000 0.046 14 Rumex hastatus 40 21000 0.019 Total 191000



V2: Tailend of reservoir near Jaiswal bridge: Right bank of reservoir

To analyze the status of vegetation in the tailend of proposed reservoir area of proposed of

Sawalkote Hydroelectric Project sampling was carried out near Jaiswal bridge at right bank

of Chenab river (V2).

Eight tree species were recorded from the area. Of these eight species Bauhinia variegata

and Adina cordifolia are the most dominant (Table 7.6). Celtis australis, Grewia optiva,

Eucalyptus citriodora, Dalbergia sissoo and Ficus palmata are the other prominent tree

species.

In shrub layer 11 species were recorded from this location during sampling (Table 7.7).

Shrub layer is represented mainly by Debregeasia longifolia, Adhatoda zeylanica and

Datura stramonium, Eupatorium adenophorum is commonly found at moist places. Agave

americana was also found in the barren arera near the river bank. Rubus ellipticus,

Colebrookia oppositifolia, Urtica dioica and Dodonaea viscosa are the other common

shrubs found near the barrage site.

The herbaceous layer is comprised of 26 species in this area. Fragaria nubicola and Mikania

micrantha were the most dominant during pre-monsoon sampling, Polygonum nepalense

during monsoon and Begonia nepalensis and Digitaria ciliaris during winter were most

commonly found species (Table 7.8). Other most common species were Ageratum

conyzoides, Athyrium angustum, Begonia megaptera, Bidens pilosa, Colocasia esculenta,

Conyza japonica, Equisetum diffusum and Mikania micrantha.

Table 7.6: Community structure –Site: V2 (Trees)

S.No. Name of Species Frequency (%) Density (plants/ha) Basal Cover (m2/ha) 1 Adina cardifolia 25 40 0.58 2 Bauhinia variegata 35 70 1.73 3 Bombax ceiba 15 20 1.38 4 Celtis australis 20 35 1.41 5 Dalbergia sissoo 20 25 0.43 6 Eucalyptus citriodora 25 30 1.14 7 Ficus palmata 20 20 0.60 8 Grewia optiva 25 30 0.93

270


S.No. Name of Species Frequency (%) Density (plants/ha) Basal Cover (m2/ha) 1 Adhatoda zeylanica 50 190 0.03 2 Agave americana 60 190 0.12 3 Berberis lycium 50 210 0.02 4 Colebrookia oppositifolia 60 210 1.02 5 Datura stramonium 50 270 0.02 6 Debregeasia longifolia 60 320 1.01 7 Dodonaea viscosa 60 190 0.03 8 Eupatorium adenophorum 60 250 0.87 9 Indigofera astragalina 60 210 0.01

10 Rubus ellipticus 50 240 0.61 11 Urtica dioica 70 230 0.02

2510





1 Trigonella corniculata 40 2770 0.064 2 Epilobium hirsutum 50 4880 0.011 3 Aster peduncularis 30 6090 0.001 4 Impatiens glandulifera 40 6090 0.080 5 Cannabis sativa 50 7000 0.059 6 Bidens pilosa 40 7720 0.032 7 Ageratum conyzoides 30 9880 0.003 8 Fragaria indica 30 11730 0.016 9 Ajuga bracteosa 40 13890 0.039 70050

Summer 1 Amaranthus hybridus 80 23000 0.072 2 Artemisia cinerea 40 14000 0.073 3 Epilobium hirsutum 60 22000 0.211 4 Rumex hastatus 30 12000 0.069 5 Carduus onopordioides 40 8000 0.087 6 Chenopodium album 30 10000 0.035 7 Datura stramomium 10 21000 0.002 8 Leonurus cardiaca 50 15000 0.048 9 Poa annua 30 11000 0.017

10 Pogostemon benghalensis 30 7000 0.087 11 Valeriana hardwickii 20 9000 0.045 152000

Monsoon 1 Ageratum conyzoides 50 21000 0.041 2 Ajuga parviflora 70 17000 0.043 3 Artemisia cinerea 50 14000 0.070 4 Aster peduncularis 40 11000 0.012 5 Cannabis sativa 50 12000 0.249 6 Cassia obtusifolia 60 10000 0.098 7 Delphinium vestitum 40 12000 0.055 8 Fragaria indica 60 15000 0.029 9 Hyoscyamus niger 30 8000 0.018

10 Leonurus cardiaca 30 7000 0.026 11 Mentha longifolia 40 18000 0.106 12 Oxalis corniculata 30 10000 0.036 13 Rumex hastatus 30 23000 0.013 14 Solanum nigrum 20 16000 0.060

194000

V3: Ramban town: Right bank of Chenab river

The sampling location is located near Ramban town on the right bank of Chenab River (V3).

The area is characterized by slopes covered with open forest and agricultural.

During the field surveys 8 species of trees were recorded at this site. Bauhinia variegata is

the most dominant tree of this area (Table 7.9). Other important constituents of tree layer

are: Toona ciliata, Celtis australis, Lannea grandis, Morus alba and Grewia optiva.

Shrub layer is comprised of 13 species. Indigofera astragalina, Nerium indicum and

Artemisia capillaris are the dominant herbs in the area. Urtica dioica, Rhus parviflora,

Adhatoda zeylanica, Debregeasia longifolia, Dodonaea viscosa, Datura stramonium and

Woodfordia floribunda are other herbs distributed in the site (Table 7.10).



Herbaceous flora at this location is comprised of 23 species. During winter sampling 11

species were recorded, 10 species during summer season and 15 during monsoon season

(Table 7.11). Herbaceous layer was dominated by species like Andropogon contortus,

Dactylis glomerata, Ageratum conyzoides, Artemisia cinerea, Pogostemon benghalensis,

Poa annua, Bidens pilosa, Rumex hastatus, Euphorbia hirta, Echinops niveus and Datura

stramomium.

Table 7.9: Community structure –Site: V3 (Trees) S.No. Name of Species Frequency (%) Density (plants/ha) Basal Cover (m2/ha)

1 Juglans regia 15 20 2.04 2 Grewia optiva 20 25 1.43 3 Mangifera indica 20 25 0.97 4 Lannea grandis 20 30 0.79 5 Morus alba 30 35 0.96 6 Celtis australis 25 40 0.29 7 Toona ciliata 40 40 1.20 8 Bauhinia variegata 30 65 2.73

Total 280

Table 7.10: Community structure –Site: V3 (Shrubs) S.No. Name of Species Frequency (%) Density (plants/ha) Basal Cover (m2/ha)

1 Datura stramonium 20 70 0.07 2 Artemisia capillaris 50 150 0.06 3 Berberis lycium 50 150 0.03 4 Dodonaea viscosa 50 150 0.34 5 Nerium indicum 60 150 1.08 6 Woodfordia floribunda 60 150 0.01 7 Skimmia saligna 50 170 0.02 8 Debregeasia longifolia 50 190 0.32 9 Adhatoda zeylanica 50 200 0.03

10 Agave americana 70 200 0.21 11 Rhus parviflora 50 210 0.49 12 Urtica dioica 60 220 0.11 13 Indigofera astragalina 80 280 0.02 Total 2290

Table 7.11: Community structure –Site: V3 (Herbs) S.No. Name of Species Frequency (%) Density (plants/ha) Basal Cover (m2/ha)

Winter 1 Ajuga parviflora 40 1260 0.010 2 Fragaria indica 60 1350 0.024 3 Potentilla gerardiana 40 1580 0.065 4 Bidens pilosa 40 2550 0.075 5 Delphinium vestitum 40 2560 0.019 6 Mentha longifolia 50 2970 0.019 7 Ageratum conyzoides 40 3840 0.012 8 Echinops niveus 30 4850 0.019 9 Andropogon contortus 50 6530 0.055

10 Colocasia esculenta 50 7530 0.098 11 Euphorbia hirta 40 8690 0.055

Total 43710 Summer

1 Artemisia cinerea 30 18000 0.08 2 Ageratum conyzoides 50 30000 0.17 3 Valeriana hardwickii 30 12000 0.07 4 Oxalis corniculata 40 14000 0.12 5 Pogostemon benghalensis 40 17000 0.05 6 Thalictrum foliolosum 40 10000 0.02



7 Datura stramomium 30 8000 0.12 8 Poa annua 30 15000 0.03 9 Pogostemon benghalensis 20 7000 0.01

10 Rumex hastatus 30 8000 0.04

Total 139000 Monsoon

1 Achyranthes bidentata 40 10000 0.080 2 Dactylis glomerata 30 21000 0.072 3 Ajuga parviflora 20 7000 0.020 4 Andropogon contortus 50 28000 0.020 5 Artemisia cinerea 20 8000 1.081 6 Bidens pilosa 40 17000 0.005 7 Cannabis sativa 30 12000 0.069 8 Carduus onopordioides 20 8000 0.023 9 Colocasia esculenta 20 18000 0.038

10 Datura stramomium 30 5000 0.122 11 Mentha longifolia 20 15000 0.082 12 Fragaria indica 40 17000 0.018 13 Pogostemon benghalensis 20 7000 0.014 14 Rumex hastatus 40 8000 0.043 15 Thalictrum foliolosum 20 11000 0.020

Total 192000

V4: Metra town: Left bank of Chenab river

Sampling site V4 is located left bank of the proposed barrage site on Chenab River near Metra

town (V4). The site is comprised of 9 tree species (Table 7.12). The left bank slopes at this site

are sun facing and mainly comprised of Mangifera indica, Bauhinia variegata and Grewia

optiva. Celtis australis, Toona ciliata and Lannea grandis are the associated tree species.

Bombax ceiba and Lannea grandis are common near river bank and at lower elevations.

Shrub layer is represented by 11 species (Table 7.13). On open places Dodonaea viscosa and

Nerium indicum are common. Eupatorium adenophorum and Rubus foliolosus was found

dominant in moist places. Lantana camara and Agave americana are the species distributed

in degraded and barren land. Debregeasia salicifolia, Indigofera astragalina, Urtica dioica,

Woodfordia floribunda etc. are the other common shrubs recorded from the area.

Herb layer was represented by 25 species. During winter 10 species, 12 in summer and 13

species of herb was recorded during monsoon (Table 7.14). The herbaceous layer mainly

consists of Ageratum conyzoides, Cassia obtusifolia, Aster peduncularis, Eupatorium

odoratum, Cannabis sativa, Carduus onopordioides, Poa annua, Artemisia cinerea, Rumex

hastatus along with fern species like Adiantum lunulatum and Adiantum capillus –veneris.

Table 7.12: Community structure –Site: V4 (Trees) S.No. Name of Species Frequency (%) Density (plants/ha) Basal Cover (m2/ha)

1 Morus alba 15 20 0.43 2 Bombax ceiba 20 25 1.38 3 Lannea grandis 20 25 0.97 4 Toona ciliata 20 25 0.97 5 Juglans regia 20 30 2.29 6 Celtis australis 30 40 1.41 7 Grewia optiva 25 50 0.73 8 Bauhinia variegata 30 60 0.73 9 Mangifera indica 30 65 2.43

Total 340




S.No. Name of Species Frequency (%) Density (plants/ha) Basal Cover (m2/ha) 1 Rubus foliolosus 50 150 0.04 2 Woodfordia floribunda 60 150 0.16 3 Indigofera astragalina 50 190 0.06 4 Debregeasia salicifolia 50 200 1.04 5 Solanum nigrum 50 200 0.03 6 Urtica dioica 50 200 0.04 7 Eupatorium adenophorum 60 230 0.13 8 Lantana camara 70 260 0.88 9 Agave americana 60 310 0.07

10 Nerium indicum 80 310 0.63 11 Dodonaea viscosa 60 520 0.58

Total 2720



1 Cannabis sativa 50 1510 0.075 2 Leonurus cardiaca 50 2600 0.065 3 Poa annua 40 2880 0.006 4 Ajuga parviflora 40 2950 0.031 5 Euphorbia hirta 40 4170 0.024 6 Delphinium vestitum 40 6000 0.055 7 Fragaria indica 60 6640 0.019 8 Aster peduncularis 40 7730 0.012 9 Cassia obtusifolia 20 8680 0.098

10 Ageratum conyzoides 50 9270 0.014

Total 52430 Summer

1 Artemisia cinerea 30 10000 0.07 2 Ageratum conyzoides 40 28000 0.11 3 Cannabis sativa 30 16000 0.07 4 Carduus onopordioides 40 15000 0.06 5 Chenopodium album 40 10000 0.03 6 Hyoscyamus niger 30 11000 0.04 7 Leonurus cardiaca 30 10000 0.07 8 Micromeria biflora 20 5000 0.10 9 Oxalis corniculata 30 15000 0.07

10 Poa annua 40 14000 0.02 11 Rumex hastatus 30 10000 0.02 12 Solanum nigrum 20 8000 0.03

152000 Monsoon

1 Ageratum conyzoides 60 23000 0.39 2 Ajuga parviflora 30 17000 0.02 3 Artemisia cinerea 40 22000 0.22 4 Bidens pilosa 20 9000 0.05 5 Carduus onopordioides 40 14000 0.07 6 Adiantum capillus –veneris 30 17000 0.22 7 Adiantum lunulatum 70 22000 0.08 8 Datura stramomium 30 12000 0.23 9 Echinops niveus 30 11000 0.05

10 Mentha longifolia 50 10000 0.03 11 Pogostemon benghalensis 20 9000 0.03 12 Rumex hastatus 40 18000 0.41 13 Thalictrum foliolosum 30 11000 0.02

195000



V5: Kanga Village: Left bank of Chenab river

The sampling site V5 is located on the left bank of the Chenab river near Kanga village. This

area is characterized by open canopy tree layer dominated by Punica granatum and Pinus

roxburghii (Table 7.15). Melia azedarach, Toona ciliata, Celtis australis and Acacia modesta

are asoociated tree species.

The shrub layer is dominated by the Urtica dioica and Adhatoda zeylanica. Eupatorium

adenophorum and Lantana camara are dominant near the river banks and on degraded

areas. Caryopteris odorata, Debregeisia salicifolia and Artemisia capillaris are the other

dominant shrubs (Table 7.16)

Herbaceous flora near Kanga village is comprised of 27 species (Table 7.17). At this site 11

species of herbs were found during winter, 13 in summer and 14 species in monsoon

season sampling (Table 7.17). Bidens pilosa, Achyranthes bidentata, Rumex hastatus,

Ageratum conyzoides, Adiantum lunulatum, Epilobium hirsutum, Valeriana hardwickii, Poa

annua, Artemisia cinerea, Cannabis sativa, Chenopodium album and Andropogon contortus

are the common herbs of this area.


S.No. Name of Species Frequency (%) Density (plants/ha) Basal Cover (m2/ha) 1 Acacia modesta 10 20 0.43 2 Alnus nepalensis 20 50 0.04 3 Celtis australis 40 50 0.60 4 Juglans regia 20 20 2.06 5 Melia azedarach 30 50 1.37 6 Phoenix humilis 40 40 0.88 7 Pinus roxburghii 60 80 3.93 8 Pistacia integerrima 20 30 0.73 9 Punica granatum 80 100 1.29

10 Toona ciliata 40 50 1.04 Total 490


S.No. Name of Species Frequency (%) Density (plants/ha) Basal Cover (m2/ha) 1 Adhatoda zeylanica 50 240 0.412 2 Artemisia capillaris 60 140 0.71 3 Berberis asiatica 50 240 0.73 4 Caryopteris odorata 70 200 0.09 5 Debregeisia salicifolia 50 180 1.06 6 Eupatorium adenophorum 60 150 0.26 7 Inula cuspidata 50 150 0.18 8 Lantana camara 60 170 0.09 9 Rhamnus virgatus 50 210 0.13

10 Rosa brunonii 40 100 0.034 11 Urtica dioica 70 280 0.26 Total 2060



1 Bidens pilosa 30 19200 0.008 2 Ajuga parviflora 40 6280 0.003 3 Adiantum lunulatum 40 2780 0.020



4 Echinops niveus 50 5080 0.020 5 Andropogon contortus 40 1200 0.005 6 Fragaria indica 50 7920 0.082 7 Ageratum conyzoides 30 3800 0.046 8 Mentha longifolia 60 6420 0.002 9 Colocasia esculenta 30 5600 0.018

10 Rumex hastatus 60 9180 0.011 11 Achyranthes bidentata 40 3380 0.002 Total 70840

Summer 1 Achyranthes bidentata 30 28000 0.058 2 Ageratum conyzoides 40 5000 0.051 3 Bidens pilosa 30 16000 0.053 4 Cannabis sativa 40 15000 0.046 5 Poa annua 20 12000 0.120 6 Colocasia esculenta 20 7000 0.019 7 Dactylis glomerata 30 8000 0.055 8 Delphinium vestitum 30 14000 0.180 9 Epilobium hirsutum 20 5000 0.187

10 Oxalis corniculata 20 5000 0.024 11 Potentilla gerardiana 30 6000 0.004 12 Rumex hastatus 40 18000 0.019 13 Adiantum lunulatum 20 6000 0.065 Total 145000

Monsoon 1 Ageratum conyzoides 30 20000 0.401 2 Ajuga bracteosa 40 15000 0.129 3 Delphinium vestitum 20 7000 0.081 4 Artemisia cinerea 20 18000 1.087 5 Aster peduncularis 30 14000 0.019 6 Bidens pilosa 40 11000 0.021 7 Cannabis sativa 40 16000 0.031 8 Carduus onopordioides 30 18000 0.032 9 Chenopodium album 60 19000 0.013

10 Epilobium hirsutum 40 12000 0.016 11 Fragaria indica 30 23000 0.004 12 Poa annua 30 16000 0.026 13 Adiantum lunulatum 40 9000 0.035 14 Valeriana hardwickii 20 8000 0.022 Total 206000

V6: Along Bichlari River: Right bank of Chenab River

The sampling site V6 is located along the Bichlari river a right bank tributary of Chenab river

in the study area. The vegetation of this area is characterized by open pine forest.

Tree canopy is represented by 6 species dominated by Pinus roxburghii (Table 7.18). The

frequency of occurence of Pinus roxburghii, Punica granatum and Dalbergia sissoo was

highest amongst all species. Other species recorded from the area are Acacia nilotica,

Pistacia integerrima and Olea cuspidata.

Shrub layer is mainly composed of Rhus parviflora, Rhamnus virgatus, Myrsine africana,

Indigofera astragalina, Eupatorium adenophorum and Adhatoda zeylanica. Eupatorium

adenophorum was found dominant in the edge of Pine forest. The density of Rhus

parviflora was the highest amongst 10 species recorded from this location (Table 7.19).



The herb layer was represented by 22 species in winter 30 species in summer and 23 in

monsoon (Table 7.20). The herbaceous species dominant in the area are Cannabis sativa

and Ageratum conyzoides along with fern species Equisetum ramosissimum followed by

Trigonella corniculata, Chenopodium album, Fragaria indica, Achyranthes bidentata,

Delphinium vestitum, Rumex hastatus and Artemisia cinerea.


S.No. Name of Species Frequency (%) Density (plants/ha) Basal Cover (m2/ha) 1 Olea cuspidata 10 20 1.41 2 Pistacia integerrima 20 30 1.73 3 Acacia nilotica 30 40 0.38 4 Dalbergia sissoo 50 50 0.97 5 Punica granatum 50 80 0.79 6 Pinus roxburghii 60 100 3.58

Total 320


S.No. Name of Species Frequency (%) Density (plants/ha) Basal Cover (m2/ha) 1 Buddleja asiatica 60 210 0.23 2 Artemisia capillaris 50 230 0.83 3 Adhatoda zeylanica 50 230 0.06 4 Caryopteris odorata 50 240 0.04 5 Debregeisia salicifolia 60 240 1.02 6 Eupatorium adenophorum 60 240 0.41 7 Indigofera astragalina 60 240 0.13 8 Myrsine africana 40 250 0.34 9 Rhamnus virgatus 50 320 1.01

10 Rhus parviflora 70 320 0.12 Total 2520



1 Bidens pilosa 40 2760 0.046 2 Aster peduncularis 30 3970 0.000 3 Impatiens glandulifera 40 4410 0.002 4 Fragaria indica 30 4560 0.020 5 Equisetum ramosissimum 40 4790 0.003 6 Trigonella corniculata 40 4870 0.008 7 Epilobium hirsutum 50 5840 0.016 8 Ageratum conyzoides 30 7580 0.001 9 Cannabis sativa 50 8420 0.011

Total

47200

Summer 1 Equisetum ramosissimum 40 28000 0.020 2 Artemisia cinerea 20 11000 0.601 3 Aster peduncularis 40 7000 0.019 4 Bidens pilosa 30 8000 0.021 5 Carduus onopordioides 30 10000 0.032 6 Chenopodium album 10 13000 0.011 7 Delphinium vestitum 30 10000 0.081 8 Fragaria indica 30 11000 0.024 9 Poa annua 30 7000 0.003

10 Trigonella corniculata 40 9000 0.025 11 Valeriana hardwickii 20 8000 0.008

Total

122000



Monsoon 1 Achyranthes bidentata 40 21000 0.301 2 Andropogon contortus 30 19000 0.055 3 Bidens pilosa 40 8000 0.075 4 Delphinium vestitum 50 24000 0.019 5 Poa annua 30 18000 0.019 6 Euphorbia hirta 40 14000 0.032 7 Fragaria indica 50 18000 0.024 8 Equisetum ramosissimum 20 26000 0.096 9 Leonurus cardiaca 30 8000 0.003

10 Dactylis glomerata 20 11000 0.115 11 Pogostemon benghalensis 20 7000 0.179 12 Rumex hastatus 40 23000 0.146

Total 197000

V7: Dharamkund: Right bank of Chenab river

To analyze the status of vegetation in the left bank of Chenab river sampling was carried

out near confluence of Chinji Nala and Chenab River. This area is covered with agricultural

land and open Pine forest.

The tree canopy at this location is dominated by Punica granatum, Pinus roxburghii,

Eucalyptus citriodora, Dalbergia sissoo and Toona ciliata with 9 species recorded from this

site (Table 7.21).

The shrub layer is comprised of 14 species mainly reprented by Cannabis sativa and

Debregeisia salicifolia, at open places Adhatoda zeylanica and Artemisia capillaris are

commonly found. Urtica dioica, Desmodium elegans, Zanthoxylum armatum and

Colebrookia oppositifolia are the other common shrubs found near the barrage site (Table

7.22).

The number of herbaceous species found during winter and monsoon surveys were 10 and

12 repectively while 13 herb species were recorded during monsoon season (Table 7.23).

Dominating herb species in this area are Rumex hastatus, Achyranthes bidentata,

Andropogon contortus, Cassia obtusifolia, Solanum nigrum, Pogostemon benghalensis,

Epilobium hirsutum and Urena lobata. Ageratum conyzoides, Ajuga parviflora, Fragaria

indica and Bidens pilosa are other herbs recorded near the Chinji nala. Athyrium foliolosum,

Onychium siliculosum and Pteridium aquilinum are the ferns found in the moist places

along Chinji nala.


S.No. Name of Species Frequency (%) Density (plants/ha) Basal Cover (m2/ha) 1 Bauhinia variegata 30 40 0.58 2 Celtis australis 20 30 0.60 3 Dalbergia sissoo 50 50 1.73 4 Eucalyptus citriodora 30 60 1.38 5 Ficus palmata 20 20 1.41 6 Pinus roxburghii 50 60 2.96 7 Punica granatum 70 80 0.96 8 Pyrus pyrifolia 30 30 0.43 9 Toona ciliata 30 40 0.83 Total

410




S.No. Name of Species Frequency (%) Density (plants/ha) Basal Cover (m2/ha) 1 Adhatoda zeylanica 60 230 0.53 2 Artemisia capillaris 60 310 0.07 3 Buddleja asiatica 50 200 0.04 4 Cannabis sativa 60 520 1.04 5 Colebrookia oppositifolia 50 240 0.03 6 Debregeisia salicifolia 70 260 1.41 7 Desmodium elegans 50 210 0.06 8 Eupatorium adenophorum 50 190 0.12 9 Indigofera astragalina 20 70 0.17

10 Inula cuspidata 50 210 0.04 11 Rosa brunonii 50 150 0.28 12 Rubus ellipticus 60 150 0.44 13 Urtica dioica 80 350 0.96 14 Zanthoxylum armatum 50 200 0.63

Total 3290



1 Echinops niveus 30 1520 0.024 2 Mentha longifolia 60 1760 0.028 3 Athyrium foliolosum 50 1770 0.055 4 Thalictrum foliolosum 40 2460 0.011 5 Bidens pilosa 40 2500 0.019 6 Ajuga parviflora 40 2580 0.055 7 Ageratum conyzoides 40 2630 0.096 8 Pteridium aquilinum 30 3710 0.006 9 Andropogon contortus 50 7410 0.075

10 Achyranthes bidentata 30 8480 0.012 11 Rumex hastatus 60 8760 0.020 Total 43580

Summer 1 Oxalis corniculata 50 4000 0.036 2 Pteridium aquilinum 40 5000 0.106 3 Aster peduncularis 20 6000 0.012 4 Leonurus cardiaca 30 7000 0.026 5 Fragaria indica 60 8000 0.029 6 Ajuga parviflora 30 10000 0.310 7 Rumex hastatus 60 10000 0.081 8 Delphinium vestitum 50 14000 0.055 9 Ageratum conyzoides 40 15000 0.076

10 Cassia obtusifolia 70 19000 0.098 11 Artemisia cinerea 30 21000 0.046 12 Solanum nigrum 40 5000 0.002 Total 124000

Monsoon 1 Ageratum conyzoides 20 23000 0.778 2 Andropogon contortus 40 7000 0.080 3 Artemisia cinerea 30 12000 0.079 4 Athyrium foliolosum 30 21000 0.003 5 Bidens pilosa 50 18000 0.010 6 Dactylis glomerata 30 18000 0.013 7 Epilobium hirsutum 30 10000 0.055 8 Oxalis corniculata 20 9000 0.020 9 Pogostemon benghalensis 30 15000 0.081

10 Pteridium aquilinum 10 19000 0.187 11 Rumex hastatus 40 18000 0.005 12 Solanum nigrum 30 10000 0.069 13 Thalictrum foliolosum 20 14000 0.022 Total 194000



V8 : Tangar Village: Proposed colony area

This sampling site is located near proposed colony area near Tangar village. The area is

covered with open Pine forest and agriculture.

The tree canopy is represented by Punica granatum, Pinus roxburghii, Dalbergia sissoo, Olea

cuspidata, Cyathea spinulosa, Salix tetrasperma and Eucalyptus citriodora (Table 7.24).

Shrub layer is represented by 11 species in the area (Table 7.25) with Dodonaea viscosa,

Adhatoda zeylanica and Berberis asiatica, as the dominant shrubs. Eupatorium

adenophorum, Rhamnus virgatus, Debregeisia salicifolia, Caryopteris odorata, Rosa

brunonii and Artemisia capillaris, are other herbs distributed in the site.

Herbaceous flora near Tangar village was comprised of 26 species. Cannabis sativa,

Ageratum conyzoides, Ajuga parviflora, Bidens pilosa, Pogostemon benghalensis, Dactylis

glomerata, Aster peduncularis, Impatiens glandulifera, Euphorbia hirta and Fragaria indica

are the dominant herbs found in the area. Other common herbs of this area are Dactylis

glomerata, Artemisia cinerea, Epilobium hirsutum, Onychium siliculosum, Pteridium

aquilinum, Poa annua, Geranium wallichianum and Achyranthes bidentata (Table 7.26).


S.No. Name of Species Frequency (%) Density (plants/ha) Basal Cover (m2/ha) 1 Acacia nilotica 20 30 0.73 2 Eucalyptus citriodora 40 40 0.96 3 Bombax ceiba 40 50 1.04 4 Olea cuspidata 30 50 1.86 5 Salix tetrasperma 40 60 0.28 6 Dalbergia sissoo 50 70 0.56 7 Pinus roxburghii 40 80 5.21 8 Punica granatum 70 160 0.20

540


S.No. Name of Species Frequency (%) Density (plants/ha) Basal Cover (m2/ha) 1 Rosa brunonii 40 100 0.34 2 Artemisia capillaris 60 140 0.71 3 Eupatorium adenophorum 60 150 0.96 4 Inula cuspidata 50 150 0.18 5 Lantana camara 60 170 0.69 6 Debregeisia salicifolia 50 180 0.86 7 Caryopteris odorata 70 200 0.03 8 Rhamnus virgatus 50 210 0.06 9 Adhatoda zeylanica 50 240 0.12

10 Berberis asiatica 50 240 0.73 11 Dodonaea viscosa 70 280 1.26 Total

2060



1 Pteridium aquilinum 40 660 0.018 2 Cassia obtusifolia 20 2350 0.020



3 Euphorbia hirta 40 3560 0.046 4 Delphinium vestitum 40 3740 0.082 5 Fragaria indica 60 3930 0.011 6 Aster peduncularis 40 4530 0.020 7 Mentha longifolia 50 4760 0.002 8 Ajuga parviflora 40 4850 0.003 9 Ageratum conyzoides 50 5630 0.008

10 Cannabis sativa 50 6090 0.011 Total

40100

Summer 1 Ageratum conyzoides 20 23000 0.10 2 Artemisia cinerea 30 12000 0.18 3 Bidens pilosa 50 18000 0.01 4 Colocasia esculenta 10 4000 0.02 5 Dactylis glomerata 30 15000 0.01 6 Epilobium hirsutum 30 8000 0.06 7 Onychium siliculosum 40 7000 0.08 8 Pogostemon benghalensis 30 15000 0.08 9 Pteridium aquilinum 20 9000 0.02

10 Rumex hastatus 40 12000 0.01 11 Thalictrum foliolosum 10 4000 0.12 Total

127000

Monsoon 1 Achyranthes bidentata 10 6000 0.019 2 Ajuga bracteosa 40 18000 0.011 3 Aster peduncularis 60 27000 0.016 4 Bidens pilosa 30 19000 0.019 5 Geranium wallichianum 40 10000 0.075 6 Euphorbia hirta 40 18000 0.032 7 Fragaria indica 30 19000 0.030 8 Impatiens glandulifera 20 21000 0.019 9 Poa annua 30 12000 0.020

10 Rumex hastatus 20 16000 0.807 11 Solanum nigrum 60 7000 0.020 Total

173000

V9: Near Proposed dam site

The sampling site V9 is located near proposed dam site at the left bank of Chenab river. The

proposed dam site of Sawalkote HEP is composed of Sharp hills with patches of vegetation.

8 tree species were recorded from the area. Of these Dalbergia sissoo, Pistacia

integerrima, Toona ciliata and Pinus roxburghii are the most dominant and frequently

distributed species in the area (Table 7.27).

In shrub layer 9 species were recorded from this location. Eupatorium adenophorum and

Dodonaea viscosa were the most dominated species during. Common shrub species

recorded from the area are Adhatoda zeylanica, Rhus parviflora, Caryopteris odorata,

Lantana camara, Myrsine africana and Berberis asiatica (Table 7.28).

The herbaceous layer is comprised of 22 species in this area. Ageratum conyzoides,

Arundinella nepalensis and Epilobium hirsutum were the most dominant during winter

sampling, Euphorbia hirta, Aster peduncularis, Dactylis glomerata and Poa annua during

summer and during monsoon sampling Andropogon contortus, Achyranthes bidentata,

Geranium ocellatum and Eragrostis pilosa were found dominant species in the area (Table

7.29). Other most common species were Rumex hastatus, Ajuga parviflora, Dactylis

glomerata, Bidens pilosa, Pogostemon benghalensis, Colocasia esculenta, Thalictrum

foliolosum and Carduus onopordioides.




S.No. Name of Species Frequency (%) Density (plants/ha) Basal Cover (m2/ha) 1 Alnus nepalensis 20 40 0.73 2 Dalbergia sissoo 60 90 0.98 3 Ficus palmata 10 20 1.03 4 Olea cuspidata 30 50 0.90 5 Phoenix humilis 20 40 0.88 6 Pinus roxburghii 30 50 2.73 7 Pistacia integerrima 40 70 1.41 8 Toona ciliata 40 60 1.43 Total

420


S.No. Name of Species Frequency (%) Density (plants/ha) Basal Cover (m2/ha) 1 Adhatoda zeylanica 70 240 0.58 2 Artemisia capillaris 60 180 0.37 3 Berberis asiatica 40 120 0.44 4 Caryopteris odorata 50 180 0.08 5 Dodonaea viscosa 60 220 1.06 6 Eupatorium adenophorum 50 240 0.23 7 Lantana camara 50 170 0.53 8 Myrsine africana 40 140 0.04 9 Rhus parviflora 50 210 0.09 Total

1700



1 Ageratum conyzoides 60 12410 0.005 2 Bidens pilosa 50 14280 0.082 3 Dactylis glomerata 50 6240 0.046 4 Epilobium hirsutum 50 6380 0.062 5 Arundinella nepalensis 50 7730 0.026 6 Achyranthes bidentata 40 15950 0.011 7 Mentha longifolia 50 4260 0.002

Total

67250 Summer

1 Ajuga parviflora 30 7000 0.03 2 Aster peduncularis 20 16000 0.01 3 Cassia obtusifolia 70 9000 0.10 4 Dactylis glomerata 20 11000 0.11 5 Delphinium vestitum 50 13000 0.06 6 Euphorbia hirta 30 17000 0.06 7 Hyoscyamus niger 50 6000 0.03 8 Pogostemon benghalensis 20 7000 0.02 9 Poa annua 20 14000 0.08

10 Geranium ocellatum 30 9000 0.01 11 Rumex hastatus 40 8000 0.05 Total

117000

Monsoon 1 Achyranthes bidentata 50 21000 0.080 2 Ajuga parviflora 30 8000 0.081 3 Andropogon contortus 30 27000 0.015 4 Bidens pilosa 20 9000 0.069 5 Carduus onopordioides 30 15000 0.223 6 Colocasia esculenta 40 18000 0.082 7 Dactylis glomerata 30 10000 0.079 8 Poa annua 20 14000 0.014



9 Eragrostis pilosa 60 22000 0.04 10 Geranium ocellatum 30 19000 0.22 11 Rumex hastatus 40 18000 0.07 12 Thalictrum foliolosum 20 6000 0.05 Total

187000

7.4.4 Density & Dominance

I. DENSITY

Density is one of the indicators to assess the dominance of a particular plant species

occurring in a particular area.

The density of trees varied from site to site depending upon elevation and the extent of

area subjected to road construction in the area. The overall tree density throughout the

study area ranged from minimum of 160 number of trees/ha to maximum of 360 trees/ha

(Table 7.30). Highest tree density was recorded at sampling site V5 located near Kanga

Village, followed by sampling site V7; located along the Chinji nala near Dharamkund and

sampling site V8 loacted near Tangar village and lowest was at proposed dam site.

The shrub layer was quite prominent at all sampling sites and the density of shrub layer

varied from 1600 plants/ha to 3290 plants/ha, lowest density was found at sites located in

upstream catchment of proposed reservoir of Sawalkote HEP and highest at sampling site

located along Bechlari river, right bank of Chenab river (Table 7.30).

The density of herbaceous plant species varied from season to season amongst all sampling

sites (Table 7.30). In winter season herb density is highest at sampling site located near

Kanga village (88550 plants/ha) and lowest at Sampling site located near Tangar village

(40100 plants/ha). In summer season, highest density was recorded from sampling site V1

(177000 plants/ha) located in the upstream of proposed reservoir area of the project and

lowest herb density (117000 plants/ha) was found near proposed dam site. In monsoon

season maximum herb density was observed from sampling site located near Kanga village

(206000 plants/ha). Lowest herb density during monsoon was recorded from proposed

dam site (135000 plants/ha).

Table 7.30: Density (plants per ha) of Trees, Shrubs and Herbs

Sampling Site Trees Shrubs

Herbs Winter Summer Monsoon

V1 160 1600 61730 177000 191000 V2 185 2510 70050 152000 194000 V3 200 2290 43710 139000 192000 V4 210 2720 52430 152000 195000 V5 360 2060 88550 145000 206000 V6 220 3290 47200 122000 197000 V7 330 2520 43580 124000 194000 V8 330 2060 40100 127000 173000 V9 250 1700 67250 117000 135000

II. DOMINANCE

In order to understand the dominance of various species among trees and shrubs,

Importance Value Index (IVI) of most dominant species has been given at Tables 7.31 &

7.32. In the study area, Eucalyptus citriodora was found with highst IVI in sampling siteV1



located in the upstream of the proposed reservoir area. At site V2,V3 and V4 Bauhinia

variegata have IVI value more than 50. Punica granatum recorded IVI value of more than

50 at site V5 to V8, Toona ciliata have value more than 50 at site V9 and 84 at site V3, and

Dalbergia sissoo (at sites V1 & V9) (Table 7.31). Pinus roxburghi recorded highest IVI values

of 110 and 83 at sites V6 and V8, respectively.

Table 7.31: Importance Value Index of dominant tree species at different sampling locations

S.No. Name of Species V1 V2 V3 V4 V5 V6 V7 V8 V9 2 Acacia nilotica 42 30 18 5 Bauhinia variegata 66 64 38 24 6 Bombax ceiba 32 29 31 7 Celtis australis 41 30 38 26 19 8 Dalbergia sissoo 51 25 49 43 33 55 9 Eucalyptus citriodora 76 39 36 28

11 Grewia optiva 36 33 33 12 Juglans regia 34 39 26 14 Mangifera indica 28 55 17 Olea cuspidata 56 27 36 33 18 Phoenix humilis 29 26 26 19 Pinus roxburghii 65 99 75 57 51 20 Pistacia integerrima 18 38 47 21 Punica granatum 53 57 50 53 24 Toona ciliata 46 25 30 26 44

Amongst the shrubs, Daphne cannabina was the single species with high IVI values i.e.

more than 50. Species having IVI value more than 40 are Dodonaea viscosa, Adathoda

zeylanica, Urtica dioica, Eupatorium adenophorum, Debregeasia salicifolia, Solanum

nigrum, Rubus foliolosus, Berberis asiatica, Nerium indicum and Rhamnus varigatus.

Eupatorium adenophorum and Debregeasia salicifolia are frequentlay distributed species

reported in 8 out of 9 sampling sites (Table 7.32).

Table 7.32: Importance Value Index of dominant shrub species at different sampling locations

S.No. Name of Species V1 V2 V3 V4 V5 V6 V7 V8 V9 1 Adhatoda zeylanica 16 17 30 20 24 22 46 2 Agave americana 20 26 23 3 Artemisia capillaris 16 35 38 19 29 34 4 Berberis asiatica 38 32 28 5 Caryopteris odorata 23 20 22 24 6 Colebrookia oppositifolia 45 14 7 Debregeasia longifolia 49 27 8 Debregeasia salicifolia 25 44 44 45 41 31 9 Dodonaea viscosa 18 26 44 46 57

10 Eupatorium adenophorum 23 43 21 24 30 14 33 31 11 Indigofera astragalina 18 24 16 24 8 12 Lantana camara 24 45 20 30 36 13 Nerium indicum 54 41 14 Rhamnus virgatus 22 46 19 15 Rhus parviflora 34 28 26 16 Rubus foliolosus 77 14 17 Urtica dioica 28 21 22 16 32 38 18 Woodfordia floribunda 22 15 19



7.4.5 Diversity & Distribution

I. Diversity

To understand the species diversity Shannon Weiner Diversity was calculated separately

for trees, shrubs and herbs. Amongst the trees the diversity Index ranged from low of 1.66

at sampling site V6 (right bank of Chenab river along Bichlari river) to highest of 2.19 at

sampling site V5 (left bank of Chenab River near Kanga Village) (Table 7.33).

Amongst shrubs the highest diversity was recorded at sampling site V7 (Right bank of

Chenab river along Chinji nala near Dharamkund) i.e. 2.55 and lowest at sampling site V9

located at left bank of Chenab river near proposed dam site (2.17) (Table 7.33).

The species diversity in herbs was always higher during monsoon period and varied from

2.23 (site V9) to 2.60 (site V3) at different sampling location. During winter diversity index

varied from low of 1.85 at Site-V9 to 2.21 at Site-V3 & V8. During summer highest diversity

value 2.40 was recorded from site V4 & V5 and lowest 2.20 was recorded from site V3

(Table 7.33).

Table 7.33: Shannon Weiner Diversity Index (H)



V1 1.77 2.27 2.13 2.37 2.57 V2 1.99 2.38 2.11 2.32 2.58 V3 2.01 2.53 2.21 2.20 2.60 V4 2.11 2.33 2.17 2.40 2.51 V5 2.19 2.36 2.18 2.40 2.59 V6 1.66 2.29 2.15 2.30 2.40 V7 2.12 2.55 2.19 2.35 2.51 V8 1.95 2.36 2.21 2.28 2.32 V9 2.01 2.17 1.85 2.34 2.23

II. Distribution

Evenness Index (E) was calculated by using Evenness Index Formula and is indicative of

distribution pattern of vegetation in any area. In the study area tree species were evenly

distributed at all the sites, the evenness index ranged between 0.92 and 0.99 (Table 7.34).

The shrubs indicate regular distribution pattern at all locations ranged evenness index

ranged between 0.97 to 0.99 (Table 7.34). The herbaceous species were also found to be

evenly distributed at all the sites during seasons (Table 7.34).

Table 7.34: Evenness Index (E)



V1 0.99 0.99 0.97 0.95 0.97 V2 0.96 0.99 0.96 0.97 0.98 V3 0.97 0.98 0.92 0.96 0.96 V4 0.96 0.97 0.94 0.97 0.98 V5 0.95 0.98 0.91 0.94 0.98 V6 0.92 1.00 0.98 0.96 0.97 V7 0.97 0.97 0.91 0.95 0.98 V8 0.94 0.98 0.96 0.95 0.97 V9 0.96 0.99 0.95 0.98 0.93



7.4.6 Endemics and RET Species

The conservation status of all 266 species of angiosperms, gymnosperms, and lower plants

recorded from the study area was assesses. Their conservation status following IUCN Red

list of Threatened Species. Version 2014.3 downloaded from www.iucnredlist.org on 23

December 2014 are listed in table below. Juglans regia is categorised under Near

Threatened (NT) category and Jacaranda mimosifolia in Vulnerable (VU) category and 16

species reported from the area are under Least Concern (LC) category.

S.No. Family Botanical name Conservation Status as per

IUCN 1 Anacardiaceae Lannea grandis LC 2 Anacardiaceae Pistacia integerrima LC 3 Apiaceae Centella asiatica LC 4 Araceae Acorus calamus LC 5 Araceae Colocasia esculenta LC 6 Bignoniaceae Jacaranda mimosifolia VU 7 Cactaceae Opuntia elatior LC 8 Caesalpiniaceae Bauhinia variegata LC 9 Cuperassaceae Cupressus torulosa LC

10 Cyperaceae Fimbristylis dichotoma LC 11 Juglandaceae Juglans regia NT 12 Lamiaceae Mentha longifolia LC 13 Onagraceae Epilobium hirsutum LC 14 Pinaceae Cedrus deodara LC 15 Pinaceae Pinus wallichiana LC 16 Pinaceae Pinus roxburghii LC 17 Polygonanceae Polygonum plebeium LC 18 Scrophulariaceae Lindernia crustacea LC

7.4.7 Economically Important Plant Species

During the field survey, numbers of economically important plant species were recorded

from the study area. The local people utilise various plants species in their day to day life.

Mainly plants are used as timber, fuel wood, and fodder, vegetable, medicinal, thatching

and wild edible. Knowledgeable and elder persons of study area villages were interviewed

and information on plants parts (seed, bark, leaf & root) used and indigenous knowledge

was gathered. Secondary information was also collected to know the ethnobotanical

importance of the region. Some of the plant species used by local people for various

purposes like timber, fuel wood, wild edible plants, medicine found in the study area have

been given in Tables 7.35-7.37.

The use of various plant species by the local people varies with the altitude and availability of

resources in nearby area and brief description of the same is given in the following paragraphs.

I. Fodder Plants

Animal husbandry is the common practice in the study area. For fodder they depend on

naturally growing trees, shrubs, herbs and grasses. Collection of fodder in the area is

commonly practiced; stakeholders also leave their cattles for grazing and feeding in private

or community forests. Some plant species used as fodder in the area listed in Table 7.35.

http://www.iucnredlist.org/



Table 7.35: Fodder Plants

Family Botanical Name Fabaceae Albizia procera Fabaceae Bauhinia vahlii Fabaceae Bauhinia variegata Ulmaceae Celtis australis Fabaceae Dalbergia sissoo Tiliaceae Grewia optiva Moraceae Morus alba

II. Timber Trees and Fuel wood

Pinus roxburghii, Melia azedarach, Dalbergia sissoo, Celtis australis, Adina cordifolia and

Toona ciliata are important timber species in the area. The trees listed below in table are

commonly used as timber wood in the study area (Table 7.36).

Table 7.36: Timber Trees

Family Botanical Name Rubiaceae Adina cordifolia Combretaceae Anogeissus latifolia Ulmaceae Celtis australis Fabaceae Dalbergia sissoo Moraceae Ficus palmata

Euphorbiaceae Mallotus philippensis

Juglandiaceae Juglans regia Meliaceae Melia azedarach Pinaceae Pinus roxburghii Salicaceae Populus deltoides Rosaceae Prunus cerasoides Meliaceae Toona ciliata

III. Medicinal Plants

This region harbours a wide range of medicinal plants. These plants are used internally for

treating stomachic diarrhoea, dysentery, cough, cold, fever and asthma and externally for

rheumatism, skin diseases, cuts, boils and injuries. A list of medicinal plants located in the

project study area is given at Table 7.37.

Table 7.37: Commonly used medicinally important plant species recorded from the Study area

Family name Botanical

name Local name

Parts used

Disease/ailment Mode of preparation

Asparagaceae Polygonatum verticillata

Salam mishri

Roots

Spermatorrhoea, Haemorrhoid Fresh roots are cleaned, broken into small pieces and kept in water overnight. Next day these are ground in the same water. About 10 ml of this solution is taken regularly empty stomach in the morning to cure spermatorrhaea (locally called Dhat) and piles.

Asteraceae Artemisia sieversiana

Charmara Leaves

Analgesic, Aborifacient Decoction of leaves is given to the pregnant ladies as an abortifacient. Paste prepared from the leaves is also applied on wounds to cure pain and swelling

Berberidaceae Berberis Kshamal Flower Acidity The flowers are boiled in water



aristata and filtered. The extract is taken orally.

Cannabaceae Cannabis sativa

Bhaang Seed

Arthiritis Seed oil is extracted by expulsion and is warmed by heating. The warm oil is massaged on the affected part(s). The treatment is undertaken at bedtime once a day.

Lamiaceae Ajuga bracteosa

Neel-kanthi

Leaves

Ulcer, Sores, Dyspnea Leaf powder is given to cure ulcer of mouth. Decoction of leaves (3–4 drops) is given thrice a day to small children (4–5 months old) who have breathing problems and also to cure internal sores

Poaceae Cynodon dactylon

Drub Leaves

Nasal breeding Entire above ground parts are crushed with water. Two to three drops of this extract are poured in the nostril to cure nasal bleeding.

Polygonaceae Rumex hastatus

Almoru Leaves Nasal bleeding Leaves are believed to have cooling properties and help in stopping nasal bleeding.

Rosaceae Prinsepia utilis

Bhekal Seed

Arthritis The seed oil is extracted by expulsion and is warmed by heating. The warm oil is massaged on the affected part (s) at bedtime.

Rutaceae Zanthoxylum armatum

Timru Bark Toothache The bark is removed from the stem. Small piece of bark is chewed for 4-5 minutes.

7.5 TERRESTRIAL FAUNA

The fauna of catchment area is discussed based upon the data/ information collected

through primary as well as secondary data available on the study area.

7.5.1 Mammals

To study the wild mammalian fauna of the study area, 2 - 5 km long transects and trails

were walked at early morning and evening hours. Direct sighting of animals as well as

indirect signs like scat, pellets, pugmarks, scraps, vocalizations, horns etc. were also

recorded during the survey walk in the transects. Total eight transects were laid in the

study area and separate walks were done along the Chenab rivers and it is tributaries to

collect information on riverine tract. Secondary data as well as information elicited from

the locals were also noted for the presence or absence of wild animals in the area.

These indirect evidences and information were analyzed and checked with the help of

literature available.

During the surveys 11 mammalian species belonging to 4 orders reported from the study

area (Table 7.38). The Common mongoose was observed near Tatsun nala, a troop of

Rhesus monkeys were sighted near Ramban and Dharamkund area, Indian Crested

Porcupine and Himalayan five-striped Palm Squirrel were sighted in area between Ramban

and dam site, however no other mammalian species were encountered during the survey.

According to the list prepared based upon secondary data 21 species of mammals are

reported from the area and the same is given at Table 7.38.



Table 7.38: A list of Mammalian species reported in the study area of Sawalkote HEP

S.No.

Order / Family/ Common name

Conservation status

Scientific name IUCN WPA 1972 Schedules

CARNIVORA Felidae 1 Panthera pardus Leopard NT I 2 Felis bengalensis Leopard Cat 3 Felis chaus Jungle Cat LC II Herpestidae 3 Herpestes edwardsii Grey mongoose LC II 4 Herpestes auropunctatus Small Indian mongoose Canidae 5 Canis aureus Jackal LC II 6 Vulpes vulpes Red Fox LC II 7 Vulpes bengalensis Indian Fox LC II 8 Cuon alpinus Wild Dog EN II Ursidae 9 Ursus thibetanus Asiatic Black Bear VU I Mustelidae

10 Mustela sibirica Himalayan Weasel LC II 11 Lutra lutra Common Otter NT II CETARTIODACTYLA Cervidae

12 Muntiacus muntjak Barking Deer LC III 13 Nemorhaedus goral Himalayan Goral III Suidae

14 Sus scrofa Wild Boar LC III PRIMATES Cercopithecidae

15 Macaca mulatta Rhesus Monkey LC II 16 Semnopithecus entellus Common Langur LC II RODENTIA Hystricidae

17 Hystrix indica Indian Crested Porcupine LC IV Muridae

18 Mus booduga Little Indian Field Mouse LC V Sciuridae

19 Funambulus pennantii Himalayan five-striped Palm Squirrel LC IV 20 Petaurista petaurista Red Flying Squirrel LAGOMORPHA Leporidae

21 Lepus nigricollis Indian Hare LC IV IUCN 2014. IUCN Red List of Threatened Species. Version 2014.3. www.iucnredlist.org>. Downloaded on 23 December 2014. IUCN- International Union for Conservation of Nature; WPA – Wildlife (Protection) Act VU – Vulnerable; NT- Near Threatened; LC - Least Concern

7.5.2 Avifauna

As discussed in Methodology Chapter 3 of this report, the survey for birds was carried out

on fixed width trails of 2 km wherever the terrain permitted. Birds were identified as per

the field guide of birds Ali & Ripley (1983), Grimmeth and Flaming et al. (1984), Krys

Kazmierczak (2006) and Grimmeth (2007).

A total of 42 species of bird species belonging to 25 families was compiled based upon

sighting as well as secondary data. The surveys showed the presence of swiftlets, doves,

pigeons, crow, drongo, thrushes, redstart, bushchat, tits, bulbul, myna’s, forktails, etc in

the study area. The sighting of Plumbeous Water Redstart and White Capped Water

Redstart was made mostly near the water body like river and nalas. While Pigeons Dove,

swifts and martin were sighted mostly near the settlements. Black kite was seen near the



river bank at Ramban town and Himalayan Griffon vulture was sighted near Seri village

along the National Highway.

List of bird species composition and their conservation status has been described in Table 7.39.

Table 7.39: List of avifauna reported from the study area with their conservation status in the

study area

S.No. Family / Scientific name Common name Conservation Status

IUCN WPA 1972 Schedules

Accipitridae 1 Milvus migrans* Black Kite LC I

2 Gyps himalayensis* Himalayan Griffon-Vulture LC IV

Alcedinidae 3 Halcyon smyrnensis* White-breasted Kingfisher LC IV Apodidae 4 Apus affinis* House Swift LC - Ardeidae 5 Bubulcus ibis* Cattle Egret LC IV Columbidae 6 Streptopelia chinensis* Spotted Dove LC IV 7 Columba livia Blue Rock Pigeon LC IV 8 Streptopelia orientalis* Oriental Turtle-dove LC IV 9 Streptopelia decaocto Ring Dove - - Corvidae

10 Corvus splendens* House Crow LC V 11 Corvus macrorhynchos * Jungle Crow LC IV 12 Urocissa flavirostris* Blue Magpie LC - Cuculidae

13 Clamator jacobnius Crested Cuckoo LC IV Dicruridae

14 Dicrurus macrocercus* Black Drongo LC IV Hirundinidae

15 Riparia paludicola Plain Martin LC - Laniidae

16 Lanius vittatus* Bay-backed shrike LC - Megalaimidae

17 Megalaima virens Himalayan Great Barbet LC IV Motacillidae

18 Motacilla alba* White Wagtail LC - Muscicapidae

19 Saxicola ferrea* Grey bushchat LC IV 20 Rhyacornis fuliginosus* Plumbeous Redstart LC IV 21 Chaimarrornis leucocephalus* White capped Redstart LC IV 22 Muscicapa ruficauda Rufoustailed Flycatcher LC IV 23 Monticola solitarius* Blue Rock Thrush LC IV Paridae

24 Parus major * Great Tit LC IV Passeridae

25 Passer domesticus* House Sparrow LC IV Phasianidae

26 Alectoris chukar Chukor LC IV 27 Lophophorus impejanus Monal LC I 28 Lophura leucomelanos Kaleej Pheasant LC I 29 Gallus gallus Red Jungle fowl LC IV 30 Francolinus pondicerianus Grey Partridge LC IV 31 Francolinus francolinus Black Partridge LC IV 32 Tetraogallus himalayensis Himalayan Snowcock LC 33 Coturnix coturnix Grey Quail LC IV



S.No. Family / Scientific name Common name Conservation Status

IUCN WPA 1972 Schedules

Picidae

34 Picus chlorolophus Yellow-naped Woodpecker LC IV

Psittacidae 35 Psittacula krameri* Rose ringed Parakeet LC IV Pycnonotidae

36 Pycnonotus leucogenys* Himalayan Bulbul LC IV 37 Hypsipetes leucocephalus* Black Bulbul LC IV Rhipiduridae

38 Rhipidura albicollis White-throated fantail –flycatcher LC IV

Sylviidae

39 Orthotomus sutorius* Talior Bird LC - Sturnidae

40 Acridotheres tristis* Common Myna LC IV Turdidae

41 Myiophonus caeruleus* Blue whistling thrush LC IV Upupidae

42 Upupa epops* Common Hoopoe LC - *: Birds sighted during field survey

IUCN Red List of Threatened Species. Version 2014.3. www.iucnredlist.org>. Downloaded on 23 December 2014. IUCN- International Union for Conservation of Nature; WPA – Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972 VU – Vulnerable; NT- Near Threatened; LC - Least Concern

7.5.3 Herpetofauna

Herpeto-fauna were sampled on the same transects marked for mammals and birds.

During the survey Laudakia tuberculata (Kashmir Rock Agama), Euphlyctis cyanophlyctis

(Skittering frog) and Asymblepharus ladacensis (Ladakhi Rock skink) were sighted in the

study area besides these no other herpetofauna species were encountred during the

survey.

7.5.4 Insects and Butterflies

The insects including butterflies are common in the area and were sighted throughout the

study period. The presence of the insects was abundant in monsoon and summer season

however their visibility was less in winter months.

The study area is rich in the diversity and density of butterflies. A total of 15 species of

butterflies belonging to 5 families were recorded (Table 7.40) from the surroundings of

proposed project area. Nymphalidae family was represented by 6 species followed by

Lycaenidae, Libellulidae, Papilionidae and Pieridae respectively. Among the butterflies, Indian

Cabbage White (Pieris canidia indica), Plain Tiger Pale Grass and Blue Pansy were most

dominant at all sites while others were observed only at two or three sites of the study area.

A list of insects compiled from primary surveys as well as secondary sources is given at

Table 7.40. Total 15 insect species are reported from the study area.

Table 7.40: A list of Butterflies found in the Study Area of Sawalkote HEP

S. No. Scientific name Common name Libellulidae 1 Orthetrum glaucaum Blue Marsh Hawk 2 Orthetrum triangulare Blue Tailed Forest Hawk



S. No. Scientific name Common name Lycaenidae 3 Scolitantides orion Chequered Blue 4 Acytolepis puspa Common Hedge Blue 5 Pseudozizeeria maha Pale Grass Blue 6 Heliophorous sena Sorrel Sapphire Nymphalidae 7 Hipparchia parisatis White edged Rockbrown 8 Danaus chrysippus Plain Tiger 9 Callerebia ananda Ringed Argus

10 Precis orithya Blue Pansy 11 Aulocera swaha Common Satyr 12 Aglais cachmirensis Indian Tortoise shell Papilionidae

13 Papilio crino Common Banded Peacock 14 Papilio polytes Common Mormon Pieridae

15 Pieris brassicae Large Cabbage White

7.5.5 Threatened and Endangered Fauna

Only two of the mammals in the study area fall under the category RET fauna. Common

leopard is falls under Near Threatened category and Himalayan Black Bear comes under

Vulnerable category as per IUCN Red list of Threatened Species. Version 2014.3 and both

fall under Schedule I as per Wildlife (Protection) Act 1972 (see Table 7.38).

The ever increasing the pressure of human population is responsible for the sharp decline

of faunal population in this region. Apart from the large scale killing of game animals and

birds by humans, deforestation and consequent habitat reduction is also responsible for

the sharp reduction in their numbers in the area.

According to WPA (1972) two species fall under Schedule-I viz. Panthera pardus (Leopard),

Himalayan Black Bear. Four species fall under Schedule-II, and two species under Schedule-III.

Among rest of the species two are under Schedule-IV and one is under Schedule-V (Table 7.38).

All the birds listed above in the study area fall under Least Concern category of IUCN (Table

7.39). As per the Wildlife (Protection) Act 1972 three bird species falls under Schedule I viz.

Black Kite, Monal and Kaleez phaesant (see Table 7.39).

7.6 WATER QUALITY Three season study were carried out along the Chenab river and its perennial nalas for the

evaluation of water and limnological parameters. Sampling locations for water sampling

have been shown in in Figure 7.2.

The details of methodology have already been discussed in Chapter 3 on Methodology.

7.6.1 Physico-chemical Characteristics

The physico-chemical nature of river water depends upon number of factors like the

hydrological and geological nature of the watershed, soil and the type of vegetation it

supports and a variety of biological processes both within and outside river.



The temperature of the river water and its major tributaries fluctuated from 4.3C to 5.6C

in the winter, 10.9C to 13.4C in summer and 13.9C to 15.8C in monsoon season (refer

Tables 7.41 -7.43).

Electrical conductivity (EC) which is a measure of the ability of water to conduct an electric

current and ranged from 117 to 207 µS/cm during winter. In pre monsoon and monsoon

season it was recorded between 89 to 166 and 61 to 90 µS/cm, respectively during the

sampling period. Similarly, maximum concentrations of total dissolved solids were

recorded in the winter season at all sites (88 to 126 mg/l), while minimum concentration

was recorded during the monsoon season (37 to 55 mg/l) (Refer Tables 7.41 -7.43).

Total suspended solids (TSS) in the water tended to increase during runoff events as a result of

increased overland flow, stream flow and erosion. The TSS levels was recorded minimum in winter

and summer season ranging between 22 and 28 mg/l while in monsoon it was found in the range

of 35 to 98 mg/l (refer Tables 7.41 -7.43). Accordingly turbidity was much higher during monsoon

as compared to winters and summers.

The river water was relatively alkaline and the pH recorded at all the sites was more than 7

during all the three seasons and ranged from 7.10 to 7.87 (Tables 7.41 -7.43).

The Dissolved oxygen (DO) concentration was generally negatively correlated with water

temperature. Dissolved Oxygen was maximum i.e. 9.6 -10.9 mg/l during winter season

followed by pre-monsoon and monsoon (refer Tables 7.41 -7.43).

Coliforms were recorded from the Kali Khad, Bichlari River and Chainji nala and Ramban area

during winter season. This may be attributed to the anthropogenic activities which are

common in the watersheds of Bichlari River and Chainji nala, which might be the source of

coliforms in the winter season. Coliforms were not detected during the monsoon season

from any of the sampling site.

The alkalinity in the Chenab comprised of carbonates and bicarbonates though

bicarbonates were its chief constituents. The annual range of alkalinity ranged from 27.9 to

76.1 mg/l. Chloride values were recorded highest in winter season (4.2 to 6.4 mg/l). In pre

monsoon and monsoon seasons it was recorded between 3.6 to 4.5 and 2.3 to 4.1 mg/l,

respectively (refer Tables 7.41 -7.43).

The water of Chenab is soft in nature with Total hardness varying from 23.6 to 68.9 mg/l.

Calcium and Magnesium contents were recorded higher during winter season as compared

to pre-monsoon and monsoon seasons. In winter calcium and magnesium contents ranged

from 12.3 to 18.3 and 3.42-6.13 mg/l, respectively. Lowest values of calcium and

magnesium were recorded in monsoon season (6.9 to 12.0 and 1.4 to 3.2 mg/l) (refer

Tables 7.41 -7.43).

Nitrate and phosphate concentrations were quite low at all the sites and increased from

winter season to pre-monsoon season and lowest in monsoon season. Heavy metals were

not detected at any of the sampling sites in the study area.



Water quality for the surface waters was assessed using physico-chemical parameters. The

criterion of Central Pollution Control Board has been used for the ‘Designated Best Use’ like

drinking, outdoor bathing, wildlife and fisheries etc. Analyzing the important parameters like

total coliform, pH, dissolved oxygen, BOD, the surface water can be categorized as category


Area : Winter (Lean)

S.No. Physical / Chemical Characteristics Chenab River Tributaries

W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 W6 W7 W8 1 Water Temperature (°C) 5.0 5.1 5.6 5.2 4.6 4.3 5.3 4.9 2 pH 7.23 7.31 7.26 7.33 7.42 7.76 7.63 7.51 3 Dissolved Oxygen (mg/l) 10.4 10.2 9.6 10.1 10.8 10.9 9.9 10.7 4 Turbidity (NTU) 12 13 14 15 19 11 14 16 5 Total Suspended solids (mg/l) 25 28 24 28 24 19 26 25 6 Electrical Conductivity (μS/cm) 180 194 173 207 155 169 187 144 7 Total Dissolved Solids (mg/l) 110 118 106 126 95 103 114 88 8 Chlorides (mg/l) 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 5.3 4.9 5.2 6.4 9 Total alkalinity (mg/l) 76.1 58.7 69.4 65.3 56.3 72.9 49.5 64.3

10 Total Hardness (mg/l) 68.9 55.0 67.0 61.5 52.6 68.0 44.8 59.8 11 Calcium hardness (mg/l) 43.8 38.3 45.8 41.0 33.3 43.5 30.8 39.5 12 Calcium ions (mg/ l) 17.5 15.3 18.3 16.4 13.3 17.4 12.3 15.8 13 Magnesium Hardness (mg/l) 25.1 16.8 21.2 20.5 19.3 24.5 14.0 20.3 14 Magnesium ions (mg/l) 6.13 4.09 5.18 5.01 4.71 5.98 3.42 4.94 15 Iron (mg/l) 0.06 0.01 0.05 0.05 0.01 0.05 0.02 0.04 16 Potassium (mg/l) 3.02 2.34 2.61 2.81 1.89 3.01 1.99 2.92 17 Sodium (mg/l) 2.73 2.94 3.87 2.08 1.19 1.39 1.12 1.03 18 Nitrates (NO3) (mg/l) <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 19 Sulphates (mg/l) 4.56 5.30 5.56 5.64 3.64 3.53 3.45 4.64 20 Phosphates (PO4) (mg/l) <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 21 Silicates (mg/l) <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 22 Cadmium (Cd) (mg/l) ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND 23 Mercury (Hg) (mg/l) ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND 24 Copper (Cu) (mg/l) ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND 25 Zinc (Zn)(mg/l) ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND 26 Chromium (Cr) (mg/l) ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND 27 Total Chromium (mg/l) ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND 28 Arsenic (As) (mg/l) ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND 29 Lead (Pb) (mg/l) ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND 30 Oil & Grease (mg/l) ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND 31 Phenolic Compound (mg/l) ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND 32 Residual Sodium Carbonate (mg/l) ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND

Biochemical Parameters 1 Biological Oxygen Demand (mg/l) 0.44 0.90 0.71 0.57 0.59 0.91 0.56 0.72 2 Chemical Oxygen Demand (mg/l) 1.14 1.18 1.12 1.19 1.33 1.21 1.19 1.16 3 Total Coliform (Presence/ Absence) A P A A P P P A

W1-W8 : Sampling sites; P= Present, A=Absent




Area (Pre-Monsoon: Summer)

S.No.

Physical / Chemical Characteristics

Chenab River Tributaries W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 W6 W7 W8

1 Water Temperature (°C) 12.5 12.5 13.1 13.4 10.9 11.3 11.1 11.8 2 pH 7.58 7.83 7.68 7.87 7.82 7.66 7.53 7.54 3 Dissolved Oxygen (mg/l) 8.3 8.4 7.9 8.0 9.5 9.2 9.0 8.7 4 Turbidity (NTU) 30 31 25 21 32 30 34 22

5 Total Suspended solids (mg/l) 24 23 37 29 18 19 25 22

6 Total Dissolved Solids (mg/l) 80.52 95.2 93.9 101.3 72.6 72.6 84.8 54.3

7 Electrical Conductivity (μS/cm) 132 156 154 166 119 119 139 89

8 Chlorides (mg/l) 4.1 3.7 3.6 3.8 4.3 3.8 4.3 4.5 9 Total Alkalinity (mg/l) 55.6 49.4 55.9 49.8 42.3 53.4 40.4 44.2

10 Total Hardness (mg/l) 53.6 44.8 52.6 45.3 39.7 51.4 35.9 41.5 11 Calcium hardness (mg/l) 36.3 28.5 35.5 29.8 26.3 37.3 24.0 26.5 12 Calcium ions (mg/ l) 14.5 11.4 14.2 11.9 10.5 14.9 9.6 10.6 13 Magnesium Hardness (mg/l) 17.3 16.3 17.1 15.5 13.4 14.1 11.9 15.0 14 Magnesium ions (mg/l) 4.21 3.98 4.18 3.77 3.26 3.45 2.9 3.67 15 Iron (mg/l) <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 16 Potassium (mg/l) 1.98 2.04 1.81 1.53 1.19 2.09 1.65 1.72 17 Sodium (mg/l) 2.15 1.89 2.23 1.09 1.06 1.16 1.02 1.05 18 Nitrates (NO3) (mg/l) <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 19 Sulphates (mg/l) 2.28 3.78 4.07 3.65 2.37 2.19 2.75 2.88

20 Phosphates (PO4) (mg/l) <0.00

1 <0.00

1 <0.00

1 <0.00

1 <0.00

1 <0.00

1 <0.00

1 <0.00

1 21 Silicates (mg/l) <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 22 Cadmium (Cd) (mg/l) ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND 23 Mercury (Hg) (mg/l) ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND 24 Copper (Cu) (mg/l) ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND 25 Zinc (Zn)(mg/l) ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND 26 Chromium (Cr) (mg/l) ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND 27 Total Chromium (mg/l) ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND 28 Arsenic (As) (mg/l) ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND 29 Lead (Pb) (mg/l) ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND 30 Oil & Grease (mg/l) ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND 31 Phenolic Compound (mg/l) ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND

32 Residual Sodium Carbonate (mg/l) ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND

Biochemical Parameters

1 Biological Oxygen Demand (mg/l) 0.57 0.65 0.66 0.56 0.78 0.97 0.78 0.73

2 Chemical Oxygen Demand (mg/l) 1.66 1.34 1.02 1.12 1.63 1.44 2.19 1.32

3 Total Coliform (Presence/ Absence) A A A A P P P A

W1-W8 : Sampling sites; P=Present, A=Absent




Area (Monsoon)

S.No.

Physical / Chemical Characteristics


1 Water Temperature (°C) 15.5 15.7 15.1 15.8 13.9 14.3 14.1 15.2 2 pH 7.29 7.63 7.43 7.65 7.56 7.43 7.67 7.26 3 Dissolved Oxygen (mg/l) 7.3 7.2 7.5 7.1 7.8 7.6 7.7 7.4 4 Turbidity (NTU) 30 31 32 22 32 30 34 20

5 Total Suspended solids (mg/l) 46 86 45 56 67 35 67 98

6 Electrical Conductivity (μS/cm) 67 90 80 76 78 75 85 61

7 Total Dissolved Solids (mg/l) 40.9 54.9 48.8 46.4 47.6 45.8 51.9 37.2 8 Chlorides (mg/l) 2.3 2.9 2.7 3.1 3.2 3.2 4.1 3.9 9 Total alkalinity (mg/l) 39.8 29.7 46.2 33.2 37.5 43.2 27.9 28

10 Total Hardness (mg/l) 36.2 26.2 43.1 30.3 34.1 39.2 23.6 24.5 11 Calcium hardness (mg/l) 25.8 17.3 30.0 20.8 21.8 28.3 18.0 17.3 12 Calcium ions (mg/ l) 10.3 6.9 12.0 8.3 8.7 11.3 7.2 6.9 13 Magnesium Hardness (mg/l) 10.5 9.0 13.1 9.6 12.4 10.9 5.6 7.3 14 Magnesium ions (mg/l) 2.56 2.19 3.2 2.33 3.02 2.66 1.36 1.78

15 Iron (mg/l) <0.001

<0.001

<0.001

<0.001

<0.001

<0.001

<0.001

<0.001

16 Potassium (mg/l) 1.03 1.54 1.66 0.67 0.83 1.66 1.23 1.12 17 Sodium (mg/l) 0.89 0.99 1.94 0.89 0.67 0.87 0.79 0.66 18 Nitrates (NO3) (mg/l) <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 19 Sulphates (mg/l) 1.16 1.99 1.64 1.89 1.23 1.56 1.89 2.01

20 Phosphates (PO4) (mg/l) <0.001

<0.001

<0.001

<0.001

<0.001

<0.001

<0.001

<0.001

21 Silicates (mg/l) 3.50 1.78 1.89 3.77 1.89 3.43 2.31 2.98 22 Cadmium (Cd) (mg/l) ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND 23 Mercury (Hg) (mg/l) ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND 24 Copper (Cu) (mg/l) ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND 25 Zinc (Zn)(mg/l) ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND 26 Chromium (Cr) (mg/l) ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND 27 Total Chromium (mg/l) ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND 28 Arsenic (As) (mg/l) ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND 29 Lead (Pb) (mg/l) ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND 30 Oil & Grease (mg/l) ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND 31 Phenolic Compound (mg/l) ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND

32 Residual Sodium Carbonate (mg/l) ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND

Biochemical Parameters

1 Biological Oxygen Demand (mg/l) 0.56 0.43 0.67 0.58 0.90 1.08 1.11 0.78

2 Chemical Oxygen Demand (mg/l) 1.98 1.79 1.22 1.22 2.04 2.44 3.09 1.67

3 Total Coliform (Presence /Absence) A A A A A A A A

W1-W8 : Sampling sites; P=Present, A=Absent



‘A’ which indicate water can be use as drinking water source without conventional treatment

but after disinfection. Also, all the parameters of surface water stand below the desirable

limit of water quality standard (IS:10500). The standards are given at Annexure-IV.

Water Quality Index (WQI):

Water quality index is a 100 point scale that summarizes results from a total of nine

different measurements as dicussed in Chapter 3 on Methodology and its legends are given

below.

Water Quality Index

Range Quality 90-100 Excellent 70-90 Good 50-70 Medium 25-50 Bad 0-25 Very bad

Water quality index (WQI) calculated for water samples collected from different locations

in three seasons is given below.

Sampling

Site WQI

Winter Summer Monsoon Chenab River

W1 63 57 53 W2 62 56 53 W3 62 55 54 W4 62 55 53

Tributaries W5 63 58 54 W6 63 57 53 W7 62 57 53 W8 63 57 53

The water quality index of the study area reveals almost similar pattern at all sampling sites

and lies in medium water quality range as per the WQI.

All the parameters of Ground Water stand below the desirable limit of drinking water

quality standard (IS:10500) (Table 7.44). The standards are given at Annexure-IV.

Table 7.44: Ground Water quality in the study area

S. No. Parameters Winter Pre-monsoon Monsoon 1 pH 8 8.01 8.02 2 Electrical Conductivity (μS/cm) 147 145 150 3 Dissolved Oxygen (mg/l) 6.9 6.7 6.8 4 Total Dissolved Solids (mg/l) 88 87 90 5 Total Alkalinity (mg/l) 74 72 76 6 Total Hardness (mg/l) 101 98 92 7 Nitrate (NO3) (mg/l) 16.5 16.1 17.4 8 Phosphate (PO4) (mg/l) 0.2 0.19 0.21 9 Chlorides (mg/l) 31 30.2 31.5

10 Sulphates (mg/l) 70 69.3 70.4 11 Sodium (mg/l) 2 2.02 2.04 12 Potassium (mg/l) 2.2 2.1 1.89



S. No. Parameters Winter Pre-monsoon Monsoon 13 Calcium ions (mg/ l) 35 32 28 14 Magnesium ions (mg/l) 16 17 16 15 Oil & Grease (mg/l) ND ND ND `16 Phenolic Compound (mg/l) ND ND ND 17 Lead (Pb) (mg/l) ND ND ND 18 Arsenic (As) (mg/l) ND ND ND 19 Mercury (Hg) (mg/l) ND ND ND 20 Cadmium (Cd) (mg/l) ND ND ND 21 Chromium (Cr-6) (mg/l) ND ND ND 22 Total Chromium (mg/l) ND ND ND 23 Copper (Cu) (mg/l) ND ND ND 24 Zinc (Zn)(mg/l) ND ND ND 25 Iron (mg/l) 0.1 <0.1 <0.01

7.6.2 Biological Characteristics

Rock surfaces, plant surfaces, leaf debris, logs, silt and sandy sediments and all other

spaces in the stream provide habitats for different organisms. According to these habitats,

organisms are divided into plankton, benthos, nektons and neuston.

7.6.2.1 Periphyton

In all total, 45 species of periphyton were identified in the samples collected from

proposed hydroelectric project study area. The periphyton community comprised of 34

species of Bacillariophyceae and 11 species of Fragilariophyceae class (Table 7.45). The

total number of taxa recorded during different seasons varied from 22 in monsoon and 34

in pre-monsoon 45 in winter season. Among Bacillariophyceae 34, 26 and 18 species were

recorded during winter, pre-monsoon and monsoon sampling period, respectively. Most

common species are Achnanthes crenulata, Achnanthidium affinis, Achnanthidium

minutissimum, Cocconeis placentula var. euglypta, Cymbella excisa, Cymbella turgidula,

Gomphonema clevei, Gomphonema minutum and Reimeria sinuata species (Table 7.45).

The Fragilariophyceae class was represented by 11 species wih 11, 8 and 4 species

recorded during winter, pre-monsoon and mosoon surveys, respectively. Most common

species are Hannae arcus, Diatoma hyemale, Diatoma vulgaris var. producta, Fragilaria

capucina and Fragilaria rumpens (Table 7.45).

The density of periphyton ranged from 3876 to 6991 in winter season, 1893 to 4563 in

summer season and 678 to 1672 during monsoon (Table 7.46). Species Diversity Index

ranged from 2.93 to 3.25 in winter season, 2.65 to 2.91 in summer season and 1.89 to 2.61

in monsoon (Table 7.46), while Eveness Index (E) for periphyton ranged from 0.89-0.91 in

winter season, 0.86-0.89 in summer season and 0.86-0.89 in monsoon (Table 7.46).

Overall diversity of periphyton was highest in winters and lowest during monsoon when

the river flow velocity and silt is very high. However the distribution was quite evn at all the

sites during all seasons.



1-2. Achnanthes crenulata 3. Cocconeis placentula var.euglypta 4-5. Hannae arcus 6. Navicula radiosafallax 7. Gomphonema clevei 8-9. Remeria sinuata 10. Encyonema minutum 11. Cocconeis placentula 12-13. Diatoma mesodon 14-15. Achnanthidium minutissimum 16-17. Achnanthidium biasolettianum

Figure 7.3: Plate showing diatom species (1-17)



Table 7.45: List of periphyton found in Study Area

S.No. Taxa Winter Pre-

monsoon Monsoon

Bacillariophyceae 1 Achnanthes crenulata + + + 2 Achnanthidium affinis + + + 3 Achnanthidium biasolettianum + + + 4 Achnanthidium minutissimum + + + 5 Achnanthidium subhudsonis + + + 6 Amphora pediculus + + - 7 Cocconeis placentula + + + 8 Cocconeis placentula var. euglypta + + + 9 Cocconeis placentula var. lineata + + -

10 Cymbella excisa + + + 11 Cymbella laevis + + + 12 Cymbella parva + + - 13 Cymbella turgidula + + + 14 Encyonema minutum + + + 15 Encyonema silesiacum + + - 16 Encyonopsis leei + - - 17 Gomphonema angustum + + + 18 Gomphonema clevei + + - 19 Navicula radiosafalax + + + 20 Reimeria sinuata + - - 21 Cymbella excisa var. angusta + + + 22 Denticula kutzingiana + - - 23 Gomphonema minutum + + - 24 Gomphonema parvulum + + - 25 Gomphonema pumilum var. rigidum + - - 26 Navicula cryptotelloides + + + 27 Navicula cryptotenella + + - 28 Navicula viridula + + + 29 Nitzschia acicularis + - - 30 Nitzschia dissipata + - - 31 Nitzschia linearis + + - 32 Planothidium lanceolatum var. elliptica + - +

33 Planothidium lanceolatum var. lanceolata + + -

34 Rhopalodia gibba + - + Total (Bacillariophyceae) 34 26 18 Fragilariophyceae

35 Hannae arcus + + - 36 Hannae arcus var. amphioxyus + + - 37 Hannae arcus var. recta + - - 38 Diatoma hyemale + + - 39 Diatoma mesodon + + + 40 Diatoma vulgaris var. producta + - - 41 Fragilaria capucina + + + 42 Fragilaria rumpens + + - 43 Synedra ulna + + + 44 Synedra ulna var. oxyrhynchus + - -

45 Synedra ulna var. oxyrhynchus f. mediocontracta + + +

Total (Fragilariophyceae) 11 8 4 Total Number of Species 45 34 22

+ Present; - Absent



Table 7.46: Density, Species Diversity (H) and Evenness Index (E) of periphyton

Parameter Season Chenab River Tributaries

W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 W6 W7 W8

Density ( Ind/cm2)

Winter 4562 5875 6991 4592 5783 4765 5923 3876 Pre-monsoon 2354 3278 3827 2892 4563 2902 3928 1893 Monsoon 892 1053 983 1467 1672 1183 1209 678

Shannon Weiner Diversity Index

Winter 3.13 2.98 3.15 3.02 3.11 3.25 3.17 2.93 Pre-monsoon 2.91 2.65 2.89 2.73 2.66 2.84 2.78 2.69 Monsoon 2.09 2.31 2.41 2.61 2.43 2.49 2.40 1.89

Evenness Index Winter 0.90 0.91 0.89 0.90 0.90 0.89 0.90 0.89 Pre-monsoon 0.88 0.87 0.89 0.86 0.87 0.86 0.86 0.86 Monsoon 0.87 0.88 0.89 0.89 0.88 0.86 0.89 0.86

7.6.2.2 Phytoplankton

In all total, 29 species of phytoplankton were identified in the samples collected from

proposed project study area. The phytoplankton community comprised of 24 species of

Bacillariophyceae and 5 species of Fragilariophyceae (Table 7.47). The total number of taxa

recorded during different seasons varied from 10 in monsoon and 19 in pre-monsoon 24 in

winter season. Among Bacillariophyceae 19, 15 and 9 species were recorded during winter,

pre-monsoon and mosoon sampling period respectively. Most common species are

Achnanthes crenulata, Achnanthidium affinis, Achnanthidium minutissimum, Cocconeis

placentula var. euglypta, Cymbella laevis, Gomphonema parvulum and Synedra ulna (Table

7.47).

The Fragilariophyceae was represented by 5 species wih 5, 4 and 2 species recorded during

winter, pre-monsoon and monsoon surveys, respectively (Table 7.47). Most common

species are Hannae arcus, Diatoma hyemale and Fragilaria capucina species (Table 7.47).

The density of periphyton ranged from 667 to 1809 in winter season, 452 to 987 in summer

season and 189 to 367 during monsoon (Table 7.48). Species Diversity Index ranged from

2.11 to 2.57 in winter season, 1.67 to 2.09 in summer season and 1.16 to 1.76 in monsoon

(Table 7.48). While Eveness Index (E) for periphyton ranged from 0.87-0.89 in winter

season, 0.82-0.86 in summer season and 0.79-0.84 in monsoon (Table 7.48).

Overall phytobenthos diversity was highest during winter and all the species were more or

less evenly distributed at all the sites.

Table 7.47: List of phytoplankton species found in Study Area

S.No. Taxa Winter Pre Monsoon Monsoon Class: Bacillariophyceae 1 Achnanthes crenulata + + + 2 Achnanthidium affinis + + - 3 Achnanthidium biasolettianum + - - 4 Achnanthidium minutissimum + + + 5 Cocconeis placentula - + + 6 Cocconeis placentula var. euglypta + + - 7 Cocconeis placentula var. lineata - + - 8 Cymbella excisa + - + 9 Cymbella laevis + + -

10 Cymbella parva + - + 11 Cymbella turgidula + + - 12 Encyonopsis leei - + -



S.No. Taxa Winter Pre Monsoon Monsoon 13 Gomphonema angustum + - - 14 Reimeria sinuata + + - 15 Cymbella excisa var. angusta + - + 16 Denticula kutzingiana + - - 17 Gomphonema minutum + + - 18 Gomphonema parvulum + + + 19 Navicula cryptotelloides + - - 20 Navicula viridula + + + 21 Nitzschia acicularis - + - 22 Nitzschia linearis + - -

23 Planothidium lanceolatum var. lanceolata + - +

24 Rhopalodia gibba - + - Total Bacillariophyceae 24 24 24 Class: Fragilariophyceae

25 Hannae arcus + + - 26 Hannae arcus var. amphioxyus + + - 27 Diatoma mesodon + - + 28 Fragilaria capucina + + + 29 Synedra ulna + + - Total Fragilariophyceae 5 5 5 Total number of Species 24 19 11

Table 7.48: Density, Species Diversity (H) and Evenness Index (E) of phytoplankton

Parameter Season Chenab River Tributaries

W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 W6 W7 W8

Density (Cells/lit)

Winter 1068 1306 1809 667 968 1416 1684 928 Pre-monsoon 786 876 987 593 653 549 884 452 Monsoon 245 298 263 253 189 193 367 199

Shannon Weiner Diversity Index

Winter 2.16 2.28 2.51 2.11 2.35 2.57 2.32 2.41 Pre-monsoon 1.87 1.67 1.93 1.76 2.07 2.09 1.79 1.97 Monsoon 1.31 1.41 1.69 1.16 1.56 1.76 1.56 1.61

Evenness Index Winter 0.87 0.89 0.89 0.88 0.89 0.89 0.88 0.89 Pre-monsoon 0.85 0.86 0.84 0.85 0.86 0.84 0.86 0.82 Monsoon 0.81 0.79 0.81 0.84 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.83

7.6.2.3 Zooplankton

The zooplankton population is quite low in Chenab rivers owing to fast flows of the rivers.

Zooplanktons are represented by Vorticella sp. of Protozoa; Daphnia sp. of Cladocera and

Cyclops sp. of Copepoda (Tables 7.49 to 7.51). The important species of zooplankton are

Vorticella and Daphnia (Cladocera) found at most of the sampling sites during all season.

The density of zooplanktons ranged from 23 to 67 in winter season, 15 to 44 in summer

season and 10 to 19 during monsoon (Tables 7.49 to 7.51).

Table 7.49: Zooplankton found in study area during winter season

S.No. Name of species Chenab River Tributaries

W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 W6 W7 W8 Protozoa

1 Vorticella sp. + + + + + + + + Cladocera

2 Daphnia sp. + + + + + + - Copepoda

3 Cyclops sp. + - + - + - - Total number of species 3 2 3 2 2 2 2

Density (Ind./lit) 67 54 50 49 23 38 23 43



Table 7.50: Zooplankton found in study area during Pre-monsoon season

S.No. Name of species


Protozoa 1 Vorticella sp. + + - + + + + -

Cladocera 2 Daphnia sp. - + - + - - -

Copepoda 3 Cyclops sp. + + + - + - - +

Total number of species 2 2 2 1 3 1 1 1 Density (Ind./lit) 28 44 38 29 38 15 18 17

Table 7.51: Zooplankton found in study area during monsoon season

S.No. Name of species


Protozoa 1 Vorticella sp. + - + + +

Cladocera 2 Daphnia sp. + - + + + - + -

Copepoda 3 Cyclops sp. + - - -

Total number of species 1 1 2 1 2 1 1 1 Density (Ind./lit) 13 11 19 13 19 14 11 10

7.6.2.4 Macro-Invertebrates

The macro-invertebrate community contributes immensely to the functioning of the stream

or river ecosystem. It serves not only as a major source of food for fishes but also helps in

processing relatively large amounts of organic matter. The abundance of invertebrate fauna

mainly depends on physical and chemical properties of the substratum. Because of their

extended residency period in specific habitats and presence or absence of particular

benthic species in a particular environment, these are used as bio-indicators of specific

environment and habitat conditions. Therefore the monitoring of macro-invertebrates

populations provides an important tool to assess the short and long term effects of a wide

range of environmental disturbances.

The macro-invertebrate fauna of the study area comprised of six orders viz.

Ephemeroptera, Plecoptera, Trichoptera, Diptera and Coleoptera during the survey.

Families Heptageniidae, Perlodidae and Chironomidae were most dominant group at all the

sampling sites of Chenab river in the winter season. The tributaries of Chenab river were

rich in macro-invertebrates. Heptageniidae, Baetidae Ephemerellidae and Hydroptilidae

and Chironomidae were the most common taxa of all the sampling sites studied.

The percentage composition of macro-invertebrate fauna during different seasons is given

in Tables 7.52 to 7.54.

Table 7.52: Percent composition of macro-invertebrates at different sampling locations (Winter)

Order / Family / Name of species Chenab River Tributaries

W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 W6 W7 W8 Ephemeroptera

Heptageniidae Cinygmula 31.4 27.9 30.4 33.3 32.9 32.3 37.5 39.7




W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 W6 W7 W8 Baetidae

Baetis 19.6 - 41.3 12.8 18.3 27.3 - 19.0 Ephemerellidae

Ephemerella 25.5 39.5 - - 20.7 11.1 23.2 20.7 Plecoptera

Perlodidae Isoperla 13.7 11.6 - 15.4 11.0 9.1 12.5 10.3

Trichoptera Hydroptilidae

Hydroptila 5.9 - 8.7 - 2.4 - 1.8 - Hydropsychidae

Hydropsyche - 7.0 - 5.1 - 2.0 - 1.7 Diptera

Chironomidae Ablabesmyia - 14.0 19.6 30.8 14.6 17.2 25.0 8.6

Coleoptera Haliplidae

Haliplus 3.9 - - 2.6 - 1.0 - - W1-W8= Sampling locations

Table 7.53 : Percent composition of macro-invertebrates at different sampling locations

(Pre-Monsoon)



Heptageniidae Cinygmula 30.6 - 76.2 43.5 43.5 40.3 41.0 31.7

Baetidae Baetis 13.9 24.3 - - 23.9 26.9 - 14.6 Ephemerellidae

Ephemerella 22.2 35.1 19.0 - - 10.4 20.5 26.8 Plecoptera

Perlodidae Isoperla 27.8 - - 17.4 13.0 19.4 10.3 17.1


Hydroptila - - - - 2.2 - 2.6 - Hydropsychidae

Hydropsyche 5.6 5.4 - - - 1.5 - 4.9 Diptera

Chironomidae Ablabesmyia - 35.1 4.8 30.4 17.4 - 25.6 4.9


Haliplus - - - 8.7 - 1.5 - - W1-W8= Sampling locations

Table 7.54 : Percent composition of macro-invertebrates at different sampling locations

(Monsoon)



Heptageniidae Cinygmula 41.2 - 84.6 33.3 - 43.3 45.5 54.5

Baetidae Baetis - - - - 53.3 26.7 - 13.6 Ephemerellidae

Ephemerella - 81.8 - - - - 31.8 -




W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 W6 W7 W8 Plecoptera

Perlodidae Isoperla 47.1 - - 38.9 13.3 - - 31.9


Hydroptila - - - - - 30.0 - - Hydropsychidae

Hydropsyche 5.9 18.2 - - - - - - Diptera

Chironomidae Ablabesmyia - - 15.4 27.8 33.4 - 22.7 -


Haliplus 5.8 - - - - - - - W1-W8= Sampling locations

The higher densities of macro-invertebrates were observed during the winter season

followed by the pre-monsoon season. The density of macro-invertebrate were observed to

be less during monsoon season as compared to summer and winter which may be due to

turbulent flow and deposition of silt on substratum habitat of these fauna (see Table 7.55).

Table 7.55 : Density (indiv./m2) of macro-invertebrates at different locations

Season Chenab River Tributaries W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 W6 W7 W8

Winter 561 473 506 429 902 1089 616 638 Pre-monsoon 396 407 231 253 506 737 429 451

Monsoon 187 121 143 198 165 330 242 242 W1-W8= Sampling locations

7.6.2.5 Water Quality Assessment

The Macro-invertebrates are one of the indicators of water quality of freshwater streams.

The water quality assessment of Chenab river was assessed by calculating BMWP and ASPT

values which are an indicative of river water qualiy. The methodology to calculate these

indicies has been given in Chaper 3-Methodology of the report.

For ease of interpretation, the BMWP cumulative total scores are banded to distinguish

broad categories of water quality as shown in table below.

Water Quality Banding of BMWP Scores

Description Score Band Exceptional >150 Very Good 101 - 150 Good 51 – 100 Moderate 26 – 50 Poor <25

BMWP score calculated during winters and pre-monsoon varied from 21 to 44 and as were

from 12 to 30 during monsoon when the river flow is very high. Therefore water quality of

Chenab river on average is moderate throughout the study area.

The average sensitivity of the families of the organisms present is known as the Average

Score per Taxon (ASPT). The ASPT index gives an indication of the evenness of community



diversity. ASPT is calculated by dividing the BMWP score for each site by the total number

of scoring families found there, so it is independent of sample size. Likewise BMWP scores,

a higher ASPT indicate better water quality. The ASPT score varied from 5.3 to 8.0 (see

Table 7.56). The average ASPT scores during different seasons followed the patern of

BMWP scores.

Table 7.56 : Biological Water Quality at different locations

Index Season Chenab River Tributaries

W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 W6 W7 W8

BMWP Winter 45 38 22 36 42 46 38 41

Pre-monsoon 39 21 22 27 32 44 38 41 Monsoon 30 15 12 22 16 20 22 24

ASPT Winter 7.5 7.4 5.5 6.0 6 6.6 7.6 6.8

Pre-monsoon 7.8 5.3 7.3 7.3 6.4 7.33 7.6 6.8 Monsoon 7.5 7.5 6.0 7.3 5.3 6.7 7.3 8.0

LQI

Winter 6.5 6.5 5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 Pre-monsoon 6.5 4.5 5.5 5.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5

Monsoon 5.5 5.5 4.5 5.5 4.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 W1-W8= Sampling locations

The Lincoln Quality Index (LQI) is biotic indices established to determine pollution effects in

river particularly from organic pollutants based on aquatic macro-invertebrate populations

and is expressed as Excellent, Good, Moderate, Poor and Very poor water quality as shown

in the table below.

Quality Rating

Index Interpretation

6 or better A++ Excellent Quality

5.5 A+ Excellent Quality

5 A Excellent Quality

4.5 B Good Quality

4 C Good Quality

3.5 D Moderate Quality

3 E Moderate Quality

2.5 F Poor Quality

2 G Poor Quality

1.5 H Very Poor Quality

1 I Very Poor Quality

As per the LQI the water quality of Chenab is under Classes A++, A+ and A only i.e. the

Chenab river is habitat rich. It was observed though species richness was not very high but

habitat of the river is of excellent quality. It is because the fast flow of the river couled with

high sediment load affects the species richness in the river. This might be due to periodical

release of water and silt from the upstream Baglihar HE project. Also majority of the taxa

found in the river are pollution sensitive. During the construction phase of the project,

further increase in sediment load in the river might affect the total density, taxonomic

richness and total biomass of the benthic diatoms and macro-invertebrates which are

important components of the food chain of aquatic ecosystem.



7.7 FISH AND FISHERIES River Chenab is one of the most important rivers of Indus river system. During the field

surveys experimental fishing was undertaken to know the type of fishes available in

Chenab River. Local people were interviewed about the type of fish found in Chenab river.

According to them and data gathered from literature fishes found are Snow trouts like

Schizothorax esocinus, S. richardsonii, S. plagiostomus, and S. labiatus and inaddition

Glyptosternum reticulatum, Oncorhynchus mykiss (Rainbow trout), Salmo trutta fario

(Brown trout), carps and mahseer are also reported from the river.

Among them Snow trouts Schizothorax esocinus and S. richardsonii are known to perform

local migration. To cope with the fall in the water temperature in winter months, they

descend to the lower stretches. When temperature rises from freezing levels to 100C-170C

in May and June then they ascend to upper stretches and tributaries to lay their eggs.

In the Sawalkote HE project area, the water velocity is very high during periods of snow

melt and rain, and smaller substrate particles are easily swept away and carried

downstream. The bottom substrate of river Chenab between Baglihar and Sawalkote dam

therefore predominantly comprises of boulders. Immediately upstream of the Sawalkote

dam site, the river is narrow with steep slopes. Therefore river water velocity, is much

higher especially during high flows. The habitat within the main river is quite uniform. The

very high water velocity also limits the diversity and production of aquatic fauna. High

turbidity during most of the year limits the access to light for the plant species and

consequently the basis for biomass production in the river. The high content of fine silt is

also detrimental for small fish species and fry, as their gills get clogged with silt. The

seasonal tributaries have steep gradient.

Fish fauna in the Chenab river and its streams is determined by the water temperature, the

flow velocity and type of substrate. The species found here are either endowed with strong

locomotion like Snow trout and Mahseer or have developed special organs of attachment

in species like Garra and Glyptosternoids. The fishes inhabiting the river and streams are

Mahseer (Tor spp.), minor carps (Labeo dero and L. dyocheilus), Lesser baril (Barilius

bendelisis), Sucher head (Garra gotyla), Snow Trout (Schizothorax spp.), Loaches

(Nemacheilus spp. and Botia birdi) and the Sissorid fishes (Glyposternum reticulatum,

Glyptothorax conirostris and G. pectinopterus).

Experimental fishing was carried out in the river at three locations i.e i) near the Jaiswal

bridge at the tail end of proposed reservoir area, ii) near Ramban town and iii) near

Dharamkund area with the help of local fisherman. The exercise was undertaken for at

least 4 hours every day for 6 days during each survey period. No fish was landed during the

experimental fishing near Jaswal bridge and Ramban town. However, 5 individuals of trout

fish (Schizothorax spp.) captured near Dharmkund of size varying from 25cm to 35 cm and

weighing about 200 to 500g.

A consultation meeting was held with Assistant Director Fisheries, Field Inspector of

Fisheries Department and licenced fisherman at Ramban. The fisheries department officials

and the local fisherman told that not many fish species are found in the river.



Fish species reported in this stretch of Chenab river are listed in Table 7.57. Following

C.A.M.P. guidelines all the fish species reported from Chenab river were assessed for their

conservation status. Tor putitora, T. tor and Glyposternum reticulatum are categorized as

‘Endangered species and Schizothorax richardsonii, Garra gotyla and Labeo dero have been

placed under ‘Vulnerable’ category. According to IUCN Redlist only Tor putitora falls under

Endangered category while Schizothorax richardsonii is under Vulnerable category and Tor

tor under Near Threatened category.

Table 7.57: List of Fish species reported and their Conservation status

S.No. Family Name of Species Conservation Status C.A.M.P. REPORT IUCN

1 Cyprinidae Tor putitora EN/N EN 2 Cyprinidae Tor tor EN/N NT 3 Cyprinidae Schizothorax esocinus LRnt/N NA 4 Cyprinidae Schizothorax richardsonii VU VU 5 Cyprinidae Garra gotyla VU/N LC 6 Cyprinidae Labeo dero VU/N NA 7 Cyprinidae Barilius leendelisis LRlc LC 8 Siluridae Glyposternum reticulatum EN NA 9 Siluridae Glyptothorax conirostris NA NA

10 Siluridae Glyptothorax pectinopterus NA LC

LRlc = Low Risk Least Concern; LRnt = Low Risk Near Threatened; VU=Vulnerable; EN = Endangered; NT = Near Threatened; N = Nationally; NA = Not Assessed



CHAPTER

8 DESCRIPTION OF THE SOCIAL

ENVIRONMENT

8.1 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT For sustainable development it is important to understand social and economic conditions

of the community in the region, impacts of development on the community, measures to

mitigate negative impacts and enhance the positive impacts. Development work depends

on an effective partnership between project developer and the local community. For new

development initiatives, socio economic assessment plays an important role to ensure

community participation and their acceptance of the development activity and also helps

in planning the activities for local area development.

The study area of proposed Sawalkote HEP falls in five sub-divisions falling under three

district; Ramban, Reasi and Udhampur of Jammu & Kashmir state. The major portion of

project area falls in Ramban district (refer Figure 8.1).

Figure 8.1: Project Location Map



Demographic Profile of Districts

The district of Ramban, a part of Jammu & Kashmir state, was created in 2007, earlier it

was part of Doda district. The district head quarter is Ramban (Metra) town. Ramban

district consists of two tehsils, Ramban and Banihal, and four community development

blocks (CD Blocks) viz. Ramban, Banihal, Gool and Ramsoo. District Ramban shares its

boundary with Reasi, Udhampur, Doda, Anantnag and Kulgam. According to the 2011

census, Ramban district has a population of 283,713. The district has a population density

of 213 inhabitants per square kilometre (550 /sq mi). Its population growth rate over the

decade 2001-2011 was 31.81%. Ramban has a sex ratio of 901 females for every 1000

males, and a literacy rate of 56.9%. Kashmiri is the most widely spoken language in the

district. The other languages spoken here are Poguli, Sirazi, Dogri and Punjabi. Ramban has

a Muslim majority, with Hindus constituting about 40% of the population.

District Reasi is situated in the Shivalik hills and is located at 1528 mtr above mean sea

level. The District is surrounded by Udhampur, Ramban, Rajouri, Jammu and Shopian

Districts. The district having area of 151701 hectare and population of 314667 persons

(Census 2011) got carved out of district Udhampur on April 01, 2007. The district has a

population density of 184 inhabitants per square kilometre (480 /sq mi). Its population

growth rate over the decade 2001-2011 was 27.06%. Reasi has a sex ratio of

891 females for every 1000 males, and a literacy rate of 59.42%.

Udhampur district comprises of four tehsils viz. Chenani, Ramnagar, Majalta, Udhampur

and seven blocks, namely, Udhampur, Ramnagar, Chenani, Majalta,Dudu, Ghordi, Panchari.

According to the 2011 census, Udhampur district has a population of 554,985. The district

has a population density of 211 inhabitants per square kilometre

(550 /sq mi). Its population growth rate over the decade 2001-2011 was 20.86%.

Udhampur has a sex ratio of 863 females for every 1000 males, and a literacy rate of

69.9%.

8.2 THE STUDY AREA The Study Area for the collection of data on socio-economic status has been delineated as

the area within 10 km radius of the main project components like diversion structure,

reservoir area upto tail end of the reservoir and tail water discharge outlet on the

downstream side.

A map of the study area is given at Figure 8.2. Study area consists of 121 villages and 2

towns spread over Ramban and Banihal tehsil of Ramban district, Reasi and Gool Gulabgarh

tehsil of Reasi district and Udhampur tehsil of Udhampur district.

http://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Majalta&action=edit&redlink=1



Table 8.1: Demographic Profile of Ramban, Reasi and Udhampur District

Sl. No.

Item Sex Ramban Reasi Udhampur

Total Rural Urban Total Rural Urban Total Rural Urban

1 Area (Sq Km) 1329 1313.92 15.08 1719 1679.99 39.01 2637 2593.28 43.72

2 Total Households 55490 53328 2162 56689 51659 5030 99240 78887 20353

3

Total population (incl. institutional and houseless population)

P 283713 271902 11811 314667 287671 26996 554985 446777 108208

M 149132 142317 6815 166461 151481 14980 296784 232974 63810

F 134581 129585 4996 148206 136190 12016 258201 213803 44398

4 Population in the age group 0-6

P 55092 53815 1277 55799 52507 3292 84332 73293 11039

M 28625 27926 699 29079 27341 1738 44703 38666 6037

F 26467 25889 578 26720 25166 1554 39629 34627 5002

5 Scheduled Castes population

P 13920 13402 518 37757 33232 4525 138569 122742 15827

M 7168 6892 276 19657 17292 2365 72093 63846 8247

F 6752 6510 242 18100 15940 2160 66476 58896 7580

6 Scheduled Tribes population

P 39772 39583 189 88365 86608 1757 56309 53636 2673

M 20940 20839 101 46330 45441 889 29142 27736 1406

F 18832 18744 88 42035 41167 868 27167 25900 1267

7 Literates

P 124065 115194 8871 150542 131328 19214 322354 236882 85472

M 82938 77352 5586 93937 82502 11435 197543 144066 53477

F 41127 37842 3285 56605 48826 7779 124811 92816 31995

8 Total Worker

P 87212 82857 4355 144767 133869 10898 243672 197301 46371

M 68476 64505 3971 88755 80184 8571 163845 123738 40107

F 18736 18352 384 56012 53685 2327 79827 73563 6264

9 Main Worker

P 52051 47985 4066 88462 79390 9072 152442 110424 42018

M 46507 42776 3731 74819 67032 7787 127825 90442 37383

F 5544 5209 335 13643 12358 1285 24617 19982 4635

i Cultivators

P 21743 21700 43 48754 47926 828 57687 57086 601

M 19713 19673 40 42693 42222 471 46466 46025 441

F 2030 2027 3 6061 5704 357 11221 11061 160

ii Agricultural Labourers

P 3410 3363 47 1293 1178 115 3858 3521 337

M 3238 3192 46 981 929 52 2926 2603 323



Sl. No.

Item Sex Ramban Reasi Udhampur

Total Rural Urban Total Rural Urban Total Rural Urban

F 172 171 1 312 249 63 932 918 14

iii Household Industry Workers

P 985 978 7 282 264 18 1210 815 395

M 401 395 6 205 191 14 920 654 266

F 584 583 1 77 73 4 290 161 129

iv Other Workers

P 25913 21944 3969 38133 30022 8111 89687 49002 40685

M 23155 19516 3639 30940 23690 7250 77513 41160 36353

F 2758 2428 330 7193 6332 861 12174 7842 4332

10 Marginal Workers

P 35161 34872 289 56305 54479 1826 91230 86877 4353

M 21969 21729 240 13936 13152 784 36020 33296 2724

F 13192 13143 49 42369 41327 1042 55210 53581 1629

11 Non Workers

P 196501 189045 7456 169900 153802 16098 311313 249476 61837

M 80656 77812 2844 77706 71297 6409 132939 109236 23703

F 115845 111233 4612 92194 82505 9689 178374 140240 38134

(Source: Census of India: 2011) P: Persons; M: Male: F: Female



Figure 8.2: Map showing villages in the Study Area



8.3 SOCIO ECONOMIC PROFILE OF THE STUDY AREA A field survey was conducted to generate and compile the socio-economic profile of the

study area covering aspects like demography, occupational pattern, literacy rate and other

important socio-economic indicators of the villages. The baseline socio-economic profile is

based on field survey and Census of India 2011.

8.3.1 Demographic Profile

Total population of the study area comprising of 121 villages and 2 towns is 217028

belonging to 41809 households, with a sex ratio of 900 female per 1000 males. (Figure 8.3,

Tables 8.2a, 8.2b, 8.2c).

Figure 8.3: Sex ratio in the Study Area

Table 8.2a: Demographic profile of Study Area (Ramban District)

Town/Village No. of

Households Total

Population Male Female Sex ratio

RAMBAN TEHSIL Deswal 14 60 30 30 1000 Dharli 29 107 56 51 911 Pari Jagir 29 130 59 71 1203 Badhol 39 176 92 84 913 Wanding 41 186 92 94 1022 Beruni Ramban 80 426 219 207 945 Tanger 82 343 168 175 1042 Banera Jagir 88 353 189 164 868 Teli 107 476 260 216 831 Dhothan Jagir 130 611 325 286 880 Ashmar 131 665 363 302 832 Hiller 143 830 461 369 800 Sancha 146 796 410 386 941 Kundi 153 759 400 359 898 Thopal 156 869 468 401 857 Sangaldan 161 876 461 415 900 Dhar 164 852 433 419 968 Papryah 180 939 484 455 940 Bhathan 185 906 459 447 974 Bandan 190 1087 559 528 945



Town/Village No. of

Households Total


Daramen 195 761 385 376 977 Gam 197 1029 528 501 949 Kothi Jagir 209 1043 549 494 900 Dukson 215 1011 532 479 900 Digdole 224 1288 704 584 830 Tatarsu 224 1260 649 611 941 Narthyal 227 1043 550 493 896 Marog 238 1195 598 597 998 Seldhar 245 1265 659 606 920 Thanger Jagir 247 1292 661 631 955 Chander Kote 255 1501 872 629 721 Chaka 256 1325 676 649 960 Neghal 257 1475 750 725 967 Mawalkot 258 1289 673 616 915 Famroot 259 1519 816 703 862 Nera 262 1343 692 651 941 Ahdwa 265 1424 726 698 961 Sripura 266 1311 677 634 936 Batli 268 1330 692 638 922 Ind 271 1515 805 710 882 Karman 271 1459 758 701 925 Ghari 272 1149 608 541 890 Bhehimdasa 280 1126 586 540 922 Gandhote 294 1558 814 744 914 Bhajmasta 295 1366 668 698 1045 Ganote 298 1557 805 752 934 Kamet 299 1327 703 624 888 Dharmond 304 2603 1898 705 371 Dhandla 329 1525 795 730 918 Kahbi Jagir 337 1770 958 812 848 Gandri 338 1591 837 754 901 Dhandnat 346 1703 864 839 971 Sana 368 1998 1032 966 936 Haroge 373 2139 1127 1012 898 Kanfar 373 2579 1765 814 461 Savni 373 1986 1031 955 926 Jhat Gali 393 2009 1041 968 930 Dhalwas Dhaino (Dhalwas) 396 2153 1114 1039 933 Sonmbar Barhog 399 2003 1071 932 870 Balhote 402 2205 1119 1086 971 Sarbhangni 406 2346 1187 1159 976 Seri 409 2023 1043 980 940 Kanthi 420 1978 1032 946 917 Balwat 431 2285 1137 1148 1010 Raj Garh 431 2122 1117 1005 900 Jawari 466 2337 1240 1097 885 Kanga 488 2453 1196 1257 1051 Halla 490 2870 1472 1398 950 Maha Kund 492 2404 1270 1134 893 Damote 500 2538 1330 1208 908 Sanasar 523 2586 1333 1253 940 Dehdah 536 2636 1388 1248 899 Thatharka 559 3105 1609 1496 930 Chhachhwan 569 2860 1522 1338 879 Shagan 569 2891 1512 1379 912 Chhampa 640 3444 1765 1679 951 Pernote 678 3260 1679 1581 942 Gundi 682 3336 1754 1582 902



Town/Village No. of

Households Total


Metra gobind Pura 682 4108 2480 1628 656 Darham 822 3961 2066 1895 917 Dalwah 1035 5431 2819 2612 927 Gool 1817 9574 4961 4613 930 Ramban (MC) 729 3596 1873 1723 920 Batote (MC) 788 4315 2489 1826 734

BANIHAL TEHSIL Bhangara 535 2720 1462 1258 860 Chamalwas 1772 8025 4077 3948 968 Khari 1808 9756 5049 4707 932 Panchal 606 3069 1580 1489 942 Sojmatna 1112 5638 2898 2740 945

Table 8.2b: Demographic profile of Study Area (Reasi District)

Town/Village No. of

Households Total

Population Male Female

Sex ratio

GOOL GULABGARH TEHSIL Sarthala (Sarthala Kot) 82 447 229 218 952 Sawalkote 158 801 428 373 871 Khanikot 172 908 461 447 970 Dhanorh 418 2391 1246 1145 919 Budhan 1519 7354 3923 3431 875

REASI TEHSIL Sarot Kot 156 755 401 354 883 Ratnot 67 445 217 228 1051 Gharhoon Kote 51 302 155 147 948 Sahri 191 1100 582 518 890

Table 8.2c: Demographic profile of Study Area (Udhampur District)

Town/Village No. of

Households Total

Population Male Female

Sex ratio

UDHAMPUR TEHSIL Ushnehla 6 31 15 16 1067 Malti 19 98 44 54 1227 Thatha Kot 25 140 67 73 1090 Ush Suba 27 125 66 59 894 Dhubkabag 32 205 101 104 1030 Parand 66 340 177 163 921 Nali Nika 93 489 265 224 845 Purani Puti 96 471 237 234 987 Kansal 100 448 226 222 982 Radnot 112 638 319 319 1000 Dubi Gali 116 611 333 278 835 Brinda Landar 129 663 339 324 956 Digi 135 715 357 358 1003 Sadota 155 708 364 344 945 Mongari 191 1081 554 527 951 Basnot 228 1208 604 604 1000 Lali 235 1277 628 649 1033 Dandota 242 1308 678 630 929 Damnot 277 1500 758 742 979 Kalsot 354 1896 971 925 953 Galeote 410 2276 1157 1119 967 Badhota 491 2445 1303 1142 876 Chulna 635 3713 1901 1812 953

Source: Census of India: 2011



8.3.2 Social Category

As per Census of India, 2011, nearly 7.38% of the population of the Jammu Kashmir state

belongs to Scheduled Castes while the population of Scheduled Tribes is only 11.90%. In

study area, 7.88% and 17.40% of the total population belongs to Scheduled Castes and

Scheduled Tribes, respectively. Population structure of the villages falls in study area are

shown in Figure 8.4 and Tables 8.3a, 8.3b & 8.3c).

Figure 8.4: Percent composition of Scheduled Castes (SC) and Scheduled Tribes (ST) population

Table 8.3a: Social Category of villages in Study Area (Ramban District)

Name Total

Population Scheduled Caste Schedule Tribe

Total Male Female Total Male Female RAMBAN TEHSIL

Deswal 60 0 0 0 0 0 0 Dharli 107 0 0 0 14 6 8 Pari Jagir 130 0 0 0 41 17 24 Badhol 176 8 4 4 0 0 0 Wanding 186 0 0 0 0 0 0 Beruni Ramban 426 21 13 8 113 61 52 Tanger 343 93 44 49 0 0 0 Banera Jagir 353 21 12 9 196 103 93 Teli 476 0 0 0 8 5 3 Dhothan Jagir 611 59 30 29 196 108 88 Ashmar 665 0 0 0 27 12 15 Hiller 830 272 154 118 41 25 16 Sancha 796 395 204 191 135 62 73 Kundi 759 26 12 14 10 5 5 Thopal 869 280 151 129 89 46 43 Sangaldan 876 4 2 2 19 9 10 Dhar 852 51 28 23 46 25 21 Papryah 939 255 127 128 298 155 143 Bhathan 906 15 9 6 20 11 9 Bandan 1087 62 34 28 73 42 31 Daramen 761 150 80 70 100 52 48 Gam 1029 48 23 25 26 14 12 Kothi Jagir 1043 105 54 51 26 16 10 Dukson 1011 35 22 13 470 244 226 Digdole 1288 0 0 0 42 20 22 Tatarsu 1260 28 13 15 389 211 178 Narthyal 1043 0 0 0 551 279 272 Marog 1195 284 140 144 162 78 84 Seldhar 1265 0 0 0 413 220 193



Name Total


Total Male Female Total Male Female Thanger Jagir 1292 72 42 30 397 206 191 Chander Kote 1501 65 34 31 307 158 149 Chaka 1325 0 0 0 185 92 93 Neghal 1475 253 126 127 194 101 93 Mawalkot 1289 46 24 22 0 0 0 Famroot 1519 10 7 3 219 124 95 Nera 1343 23 8 15 120 64 56 Ahdwa 1424 500 249 251 190 99 91 Sripura 1311 0 0 0 1 1 0 Batli 1330 40 22 18 34 20 14 Ind 1515 0 0 0 97 50 47 Karman 1459 189 104 85 427 231 196 Ghari 1149 358 174 184 27 15 12 Bhehimdasa 1126 1 1 0 5 5 0 Gandhote 1558 430 203 227 215 122 93 Bhajmasta 1366 0 0 0 600 315 285 Ganote 1557 232 121 111 666 356 310 Kamet 1327 436 246 190 67 31 36 Dharmond 2603 264 131 133 73 38 35 Dhandla 1525 93 47 46 151 81 70 Kahbi Jagir 1770 32 17 15 175 105 70 Gandri 1591 26 15 11 109 55 54 Dhandnat 1703 0 0 0 392 200 192 Sana 1998 398 195 203 393 195 198 Haroge 2139 256 128 128 989 517 472 Kanfar 2579 266 142 124 282 146 136 Savni 1986 358 197 161 136 68 68 Jhat Gali 2009 449 237 212 57 31 26 Dhalwas Dhaino (Dhalwas) 2153 420 216 204 944 484 460 Sonmbar Barhog 2003 0 0 0 1017 534 483 Balhote 2205 0 0 0 288 151 137 Sarbhangni 2346 0 0 0 375 204 171 Seri 2023 152 71 81 328 175 153 Kanthi 1978 128 72 56 54 30 24 Balwat 2285 33 17 16 1278 621 657 Raj Garh 2122 286 161 125 57 29 28 Jawari 2337 0 0 0 914 504 410 Kanga 2453 378 175 203 532 275 257 Halla 2870 0 0 0 502 268 234 Maha Kund 2404 0 0 0 828 442 386 Damote 2538 32 15 17 139 76 63 Sanasar 2586 1419 732 687 103 53 50 Dehdah 2636 0 0 0 1527 799 728 Thatharka 3105 0 0 0 445 236 209 Chhachhwan 2860 747 392 355 35 21 14 Shagan 2891 0 0 0 755 393 362 Chhampa 3444 671 332 339 541 282 259 Pernote 3260 246 123 123 688 327 361 Gundi 3336 0 0 0 14 8 6 Metra gobind Pura 4108 344 168 176 838 432 406 Ramban (MC) 3596 193 103 90 136 73 63 Darham 3961 89 38 51 448 230 218 Dalwah 5431 549 284 265 862 467 395 Gool 9574 0 0 0 2156 1157 999 Batote (MC) 4315 323 171 152 53 28 25



Name Total


Total Male Female Total Male Female BANIHAL TEHSIL

Bhangara 2720 0 0 0 1596 876 720 Chamalwas 8025 0 0 0 1584 808 776 Khari 9756 0 0 0 311 175 136 Panchal 3069 0 0 0 148 82 66 Sojmatna 5638 0 0 0 4 2 2

Table 8.3b: Social Category of villages in Study Area (Reasi District)

Town/ Village Total


Total Male Female Total Male Female GOOL GULABGARH TEHSIL

Sarthala (Sarthala Kot) 447 12 7 5 203 109 94 Sawalkote 801 70 35 35 110 54 56 Khanikot 908 12 6 6 110 55 55 Dhanorh 2391 220 107 113 355 187 168 Budhan 7354 0 0 0 5161 2757 2404

REASI TEHSIL Gharhoon Kote 302 56 28 28 0 0 0 Ratnot 445 240 119 121 19 6 13 Sarot Kot 755 99 59 40 8 4 4 Sahri 1100 42 17 25 23 10 13

Table 8.3c: Social Category of villages in Study Area (Udhampur District)

Town/ Village Total Population Scheduled Caste Schedule Tribe

Total Male Female Total Male Female UDHAMPUR TEHSIL

Ushnehla 31 0 0 0 31 15 16 Malti 98 0 0 0 20 8 12 Thatha Kot 140 16 8 8 0 0 0 Ush Suba 125 0 0 0 76 40 36 Dhubkabag 205 91 49 42 0 0 0 Parand 340 0 0 0 116 63 53 Nali Nika 489 84 45 39 25 10 15 Purani Puti 471 139 62 77 105 49 56 Kansal 448 56 32 24 174 92 82 Radnot 638 0 0 0 37 18 19 Dubi Gali 611 76 46 30 63 28 35 Brinda Landar 663 150 75 75 77 39 38 Digi 715 156 83 73 71 38 33 Sadota 708 154 81 73 95 53 42 Mongari 1081 401 213 188 45 26 19 Basnot 1208 188 90 98 73 42 31 Lali 1277 122 58 64 40 23 17 Dandota 1308 343 174 169 242 122 120 Damnot 1500 49 24 25 96 51 45 Kalsot 1896 610 317 293 1 1 0 Galeote 2276 41 21 20 332 180 152 Badhota 2445 92 49 43 244 138 106 Chulna 3713 553 276 277 312 154 158


8.3.3 Literacy

As per Census of India 2011, the literacy rate in Jammu Kashmir is 56.35%. The literacy rate

in the villages falling under study area is 43.14%, with 66.32% males and 33.68% females.



Literacy rate in villages falling under Ramban, Reasi and Udhampur districts is 43.59%,

37.28% and 43.26% respectively (Figure 8.5 and Table 8.4a, 8.4b & 8.4c).

Figure 8.5: Average Literacy rate (%) in the Study Area

Table 8.4a: Literacy Rate in Study Area (Ramban District)

Town/ Village No. of

Households Total

Population Literate Literacy

% Total Male Female RAMBAN TEHSIL

Deswal 14 60 33 21 12 55.00 Dharli 29 107 47 34 13 43.93 Pari Jagir 29 130 37 21 16 28.46 Badhol 39 176 79 53 26 44.89 Wanding 41 186 74 52 22 39.78 Beruni Ramban 80 426 193 118 75 45.31 Tanger 82 343 154 94 60 44.90 Banera Jagir 88 353 113 89 24 32.01 Teli 107 476 189 134 55 39.71 Dhothan Jagir 130 611 186 144 42 30.44 Ashmar 131 665 309 210 99 46.47 Hiller 143 830 321 222 99 38.67 Sancha 146 796 332 224 108 41.71 Kundi 153 759 431 273 158 56.79 Thopal 156 869 430 270 160 49.48 Sangaldan 161 876 481 289 192 54.91 Dhar 164 852 374 250 124 43.90 Papryah 180 939 298 200 98 31.74 Bhathan 185 906 355 241 114 39.18 Bandan 190 1087 451 286 165 41.49 Daramen 195 761 356 226 130 46.78 Gam 197 1029 575 361 214 55.88 Kothi Jagir 209 1043 386 265 121 37.01 Dukson 215 1011 435 285 150 43.03 Digdole 224 1288 696 474 222 54.04 Tatarsu 224 1260 577 382 195 45.79 Narthyal 227 1043 333 254 79 31.93 Marog 238 1195 628 377 251 52.55 Seldhar 245 1265 462 309 153 36.52 Thanger Jagir 247 1292 522 358 164 40.40




Households Total


% Total Male Female Chander Kote 255 1501 887 623 264 59.09 Chaka 256 1325 532 357 175 40.15 Neghal 257 1475 628 438 190 42.58 Mawalkot 258 1289 636 396 240 49.34 Famroot 259 1519 536 358 178 35.29 Nera 262 1343 835 497 338 62.17 Ahdwa 265 1424 694 442 252 48.74 Sripura 266 1311 567 346 221 43.25 Batli 268 1330 594 421 173 44.66 Ind 271 1515 708 475 233 46.73 Karman 271 1459 560 387 173 38.38 Ghari 272 1149 437 322 115 38.03 Bhehimdasa 280 1126 411 286 125 36.50 Gandhote 294 1558 519 386 133 33.31 Bhajmasta 295 1366 445 273 172 32.58 Ganote 298 1557 370 268 102 23.76 Kamet 299 1327 536 376 160 40.39 Dharmond 304 2603 1868 1583 285 71.76 Dhandla 329 1525 500 338 162 32.79 Kahbi Jagir 337 1770 643 469 174 36.33 Gandri 338 1591 601 445 156 37.77 Dhandnat 346 1703 645 428 217 37.87 Sana 368 1998 711 493 218 35.59 Haroge 373 2139 590 400 190 27.58 Kanfar 373 2579 1872 1487 385 72.59 Savni 373 1986 843 549 294 42.45 Jhat Gali 393 2009 886 600 286 44.10 Dhalwas Dhaino (Dhalwas) 396 2153 974 616 358 45.24 Sonmbar Barhog 399 2003 505 363 142 25.21 Balhote 402 2205 737 532 205 33.42 Sarbhangni 406 2346 833 564 269 35.51 Seri 409 2023 1188 711 477 58.72 Kanthi 420 1978 1045 683 362 52.83 Balwat 431 2285 729 483 246 31.90 Raj Garh 431 2122 1032 664 368 48.63 Jawari 466 2337 629 429 200 26.91 Kanga 488 2453 897 571 326 36.57 Halla 490 2870 991 678 313 34.53 Maha Kund 492 2404 785 550 235 32.65 Damote 500 2538 1205 766 439 47.48 Sanasar 523 2586 925 604 321 35.77 Dehdah 536 2636 889 598 291 33.73 Thatharka 559 3105 1248 800 448 40.19 Chhachhwan 569 2860 1307 842 465 45.70 Shagan 569 2891 1098 730 368 37.98 Chhampa 640 3444 1940 1169 771 56.33 Pernote 678 3260 1549 995 554 47.52 Gundi 682 3336 1466 962 504 43.94 Metra gobind Pura 682 4108 2361 1725 636 57.47 Ramban (MC) 729 3596 2582 1463 1119 71.80 Darham 822 3961 1714 1088 626 43.27 Dalwah 1035 5431 2090 1361 729 38.48 Gool 1817 9574 4648 2900 1748 48.55 Batote (MC) 788 4315 3347 2069 1278 77.57

BANIHAL TEHSIL Bhangara 535 2720 738 534 204 27.13




Households Total


% Total Male Female Chamalwas 1772 8025 3059 1987 1072 38.12 Khari 1808 9756 3195 2363 832 32.75 Panchal 606 3069 1580 1084 496 51.48 Sojmatna 1112 5638 2331 1631 700 41.34

Table 8.4b: Literacy Rate in Study Area (Reasi District)


Households Total

Population

Literate Literacy % Total Male Female

GOOL GULABGARH TEHSIL

Sarthala (Sarthala Kot) 82 447 188 119 69 42.06

Sawalkote 158 801 298 203 95 37.20

Khanikot 172 908 408 260 148 44.93

Dhanorh 418 2391 908 594 314 37.98

Budhan 1519 7354 2454 1623 831 33.37

REASI TEHSIL

Gharhoon Kote 51 302 101 62 39 33.44

Ratnot 67 445 194 115 79 43.60

Sarot Kot 156 755 314 195 119 41.59

Sahri 191 1100 542 334 208 49.27

Table 8.4c: Literacy Rate in Study Area (Udhampur District)


Households Total


% Total Male Female

UDHAMPUR TEHSIL

Ushnehla 6 31 19 12 7 61.29

Malti 19 98 22 14 8 22.45

Thatha Kot 25 140 68 41 27 48.57

Ush Suba 27 125 53 36 17 42.40

Dhubkabag 32 205 94 58 36 45.85

Parand 66 340 133 84 49 39.12

Nali Nika 93 489 227 146 81 46.42

Purani Puti 96 471 179 120 59 38.00

Kansal 100 448 184 115 69 41.07

Radnot 112 638 337 208 129 52.82

Dubi Gali 116 611 309 194 115 50.57

Brinda Landar 129 663 307 185 122 46.30

Digi 135 715 253 159 94 35.38

Sadota 155 708 292 211 81 41.24

Mongari 191 1081 580 346 234 53.65

Basnot 228 1208 643 367 276 53.23

Lali 235 1277 654 379 275 51.21

Dandota 242 1308 403 291 112 30.81

Damnot 277 1500 655 396 259 43.67

Kalsot 354 1896 820 532 288 43.25

Galeote 410 2276 874 565 309 38.40

Badhota 491 2445 867 594 273 35.46

Chulna 635 3713 1712 1061 651 46.11




8.3.4 Occupation Pattern

As per census 2011, 35.52% of the total population of study area is working population. Of

this working population 54.93% are main workers and 45.07% are marginal workers.

64.48% of the total population of the study area population is considered as non-workers.

The occupation pattern in the study area is given at Figure 8.6 and Table 8.5a,8.5b, 8.5c.

For classification of main workers Refer Figure 8.7, Table 8.6a, 8.6b and 8.6c.

The diagram below describes the categories of main workers:

The list of house-hold industries includes those engaged in house-hold manufacturing,

processing, repairing, servicing, etc., and that of other workers includes factory workers,

plantation workers, those in trade, commerce, business, transport, mining, construction,

political or social work, all government servants, teachers, priests, artists, etc.

Figure 8.6: Working population in the Study Area

Table 8.5a: Occupational Pattern in Study Area (Ramban District)

Village Total

Popln

Total Worker Marginal Workers Non workers Main Worker

Total Male Female Total Male Female Total Male Female Total Male Female

RAMBAN TEHSIL

Deswal 60 17 12 5 3 2 1 43 18 25 14 10 4

Dharli 107 40 22 18 4 0 4 67 34 33 36 22 14

Pari Jagir 130 32 31 1 29 29 0 98 28 70 3 2 1

Badhol 176 49 44 5 37 35 2 127 48 79 12 9 3

Wanding 186 93 46 47 60 17 43 93 46 47 33 29 4

Beruni

Ramban 426 109 94 15 0 0 0 317 125 192 109 94 15

Tanger 343 161 80 81 127 52 75 182 88 94 34 28 6

Banera Jagir 353 93 90 3 84 81 3 260 99 161 9 9 0

Teli 476 128 104 24 111 95 16 348 156 192 17 9 8



Village Total

Popln



Dhothan

Jagir 611 333 179 154 304 153 151 278 146 132 29 26 3

Ashmar 665 163 157 6 48 46 2 502 206 296 115 111 4

Hiller 830 488 286 202 346 156 190 342 175 167 142 130 12

Sancha 796 210 169 41 198 157 41 586 241 345 12 12 0

Kundi 759 408 237 171 229 71 158 351 163 188 179 166 13

Thopal 869 256 234 22 36 27 9 613 234 379 220 207 13

Sangaldan 876 224 187 37 7 5 2 652 274 378 217 182 35

Dhar 852 316 187 129 202 80 122 536 246 290 114 107 7

Papryah 939 267 257 10 43 39 4 672 227 445 224 218 6

Bhathan 906 287 239 48 255 212 43 619 220 399 32 27 5

Bandan 1087 280 265 15 29 29 0 807 294 513 251 236 15

Daramen 761 339 175 164 107 13 94 422 210 212 232 162 70

Gam 1029 515 250 265 476 215 261 514 278 236 39 35 4

Kothi Jagir 1043 425 271 154 388 240 148 618 278 340 37 31 6

Dukson 1011 637 342 295 476 188 288 374 190 184 161 154 7

Digdole 1288 258 248 10 148 145 3 1030 456 574 110 103 7

Tatarsu 1260 305 299 6 130 130 0 955 350 605 175 169 6

Narthyal 1043 521 255 266 497 234 263 522 295 227 24 21 3

Marog 1195 383 275 108 301 208 93 812 323 489 82 67 15

Seldhar 1265 564 298 266 386 174 212 701 361 340 178 124 54

Thanger

Jagir 1292 330 323 7 93 92 1 962 338 624 237 231 6

Chander

Kote 1501 554 526 28 50 44 6 947 346 601 504 482 22

Chaka 1325 267 255 12 209 206 3 1058 421 637 58 49 9

Neghal 1475 669 338 331 213 69 144 806 412 394 456 269 187

Mawalkot 1289 317 283 34 236 217 19 972 390 582 81 66 15

Famroot 1519 335 324 11 28 26 2 1184 492 692 307 298 9

Nera 1343 414 259 155 255 128 127 929 433 496 159 131 28

Ahdwa 1424 624 308 316 560 253 307 800 418 382 64 55 9

Sripura 1311 317 259 58 87 45 42 994 418 576 230 214 16

Batli 1330 330 323 7 2 2 0 1000 369 631 328 321 7

Ind 1515 344 319 25 39 39 0 1171 486 685 305 280 25

Karman 1459 621 374 247 338 121 217 838 384 454 283 253 30

Ghari 1149 283 261 22 0 0 0 866 347 519 283 261 22

Bhehimdasa 1126 400 285 115 80 4 76 726 301 425 320 281 39

Gandhote 1558 341 325 16 16 14 2 1217 489 728 325 311 14

Bhajmasta 1366 555 349 206 429 237 192 811 319 492 126 112 14

Ganote 1557 355 338 17 58 46 12 1202 467 735 297 292 5

Kamet 1327 429 315 114 102 24 78 898 388 510 327 291 36

Dharmond 2603 1602 1522 80 259 190 69 1001 376 625 1343 1332 11

Dhandla 1525 694 366 328 570 282 288 831 429 402 124 84 40

Kahbi Jagir 1770 425 411 14 368 360 8 1345 547 798 57 51 6

Gandri 1591 371 362 9 18 17 1 1220 475 745 353 345 8

Dhandnat 1703 901 463 438 787 365 422 802 401 401 114 98 16

Sana 1998 929 519 410 633 270 363 1069 513 556 296 249 47

Haroge 2139 626 537 89 235 214 21 1513 590 923 391 323 68

Kanfar 2579 1317 1248 69 57 40 17 1262 517 745 1260 1208 52

Savni 1986 723 529 194 52 30 22 1263 502 761 671 499 172

Jhat Gali 2009 954 480 474 488 98 390 1055 561 494 466 382 84

Dhalwas

Dhaino

(Dhalwas)

2153 880 544 336 528 265 263 1273 570 703 352 279 73

Sonmbar

Barhog 2003 794 585 209 122 26 96 1209 486 723 672 559 113

Balhote 2205 524 507 17 485 473 12 1681 612 1069 39 34 5

Sarbhangni 2346 532 503 29 421 393 28 1814 684 1130 111 110 1



Village Total

Popln



Seri 2023 514 478 36 18 16 2 1509 565 944 496 462 34

Kanthi 1978 606 429 177 457 292 165 1372 603 769 149 137 12

Balwat 2285 479 428 51 250 207 43 1806 709 1097 229 221 8

Raj Garh 2122 1004 545 459 605 185 420 1118 572 546 399 360 39

Jawari 2337 596 546 50 35 21 14 1741 694 1047 561 525 36

Kanga 2453 944 571 373 509 175 334 1509 625 884 435 396 39

Halla 2870 1328 778 550 880 387 493 1542 694 848 448 391 57

Maha Kund 2404 563 547 16 26 24 2 1841 723 1118 537 523 14

Damote 2538 1171 628 543 705 333 372 1367 702 665 466 295 171

Sanasar 2586 683 634 49 374 349 25 1903 699 1204 309 285 24

Dehdah 2636 1098 705 393 181 172 9 1538 683 855 917 533 384

Thatharka 3105 841 688 153 464 343 121 2264 921 1343 377 345 32

Chhachhwan 2860 735 692 43 141 131 10 2125 830 1295 594 561 33

Shagan 2891 775 678 97 674 594 80 2116 834 1282 101 84 17

Chhampa 3444 924 865 59 373 342 31 2520 900 1620 551 523 28

Pernote 3260 1040 750 290 502 253 249 2220 929 1291 538 497 41

Gundi 3336 924 715 209 298 220 78 2412 1039 1373 626 495 131

Metra

gobind Pura 4108 1671 1431 240 362 192 170 2437 1049 1388 1309 1239 70

Ramban

(MC) 3596 1011 883 128 112 84 28 2585 990 1595 899 799 100

Darham 3961 1534 936 598 949 382 567 2427 1130 1297 585 554 31

Dalwah 5431 1381 1294 87 163 146 17 4050 1525 2525 1218 1148 70

Gool 9574 2639 2034 605 1002 545 457 6935 2927 4008 1637 1489 148

Batote (MC) 4315 1638 1479 159 106 91 15 2677 1010 1667 1532 1388 144

BANIHAL TEHSIL

Bhangara 2720 833 628 205 117 11 106 1887 834 1053 716 617 99

Chamalwas 8025 2065 1850 215 299 239 60 5960 2227 3733 1766 1611 155

Khari 9756 3135 2173 962 2041 1193 848 6621 2876 3745 1094 980 114

Panchal 3069 628 593 35 329 316 13 2441 987 1454 299 277 22

Sojmatna 5638 1288 1228 60 655 630 25 4350 1670 2680 633 598 35

Table 8.5b: Occupational Pattern in Study Area (Reasi District)

Village Total

Popln




Budhan 7354 2059 1882 177 143 45 98 5295 2041 3254 1916 1837 79

Dhanorh 2391 821 643 178 169 21 148 1570 603 967 652 622 30

Khanikot 908 443 226 217 154 1 153 465 235 230 289 225 64

Sarthala

(Sarthala Kot) 447 215 118 97 95 1 94 232 111 121 120 117 3

Sawalkote 801 372 186 186 132 5 127 429 242 187 240 181 59

REASI TEHSIL

Gharhoon

Kote 302 139 71 68 67 0 67 163 84 79 72 71 1

Sarot Kot 755 353 184 169 168 6 162 402 217 185 185 178 7

Ratnot 445 187 97 90 90 10 80 258 120 138 97 87 10

Sahri 1100 550 291 259 252 2 250 550 291 259 298 289 9

Table 8.5c: Occupational Pattern in Study Area (Udhampur District)

Village Total

Popln



UDHAMPUR TEHSIL

Ushnehla 31 24 11 13 16 3 13 7 4 3 8 8 0

Malti 98 52 28 24 24 0 24 46 16 30 28 28 0

Thatha Kot 140 57 29 28 54 27 27 83 38 45 3 2 1



Village Total

Popln



Ush Suba 125 99 53 46 66 21 45 26 13 13 33 32 1

Dhubkabag 205 106 56 50 97 48 49 99 45 54 9 8 1

Parand 340 198 97 101 100 1 99 142 80 62 98 96 2

Nali Nika 489 235 126 109 149 45 104 254 139 115 86 81 5

Purani Puti 471 301 159 142 149 37 112 170 78 92 152 122 30

Kansal 448 286 141 145 179 41 138 162 85 77 107 100 7

Radnot 638 300 160 140 120 2 118 338 159 179 180 158 22

Dubi Gali 611 247 156 91 220 136 84 364 177 187 27 20 7

Brinda Landar 663 361 196 165 150 26 124 302 143 159 211 170 41

Digi 715 472 242 230 287 67 220 243 115 128 185 175 10

Sadota 708 388 199 189 10 6 4 320 165 155 378 193 185

Mongari 1081 493 308 185 218 73 145 588 246 342 275 235 40

Basnot 1208 402 284 118 233 125 108 806 320 486 169 159 10

Lali 1277 465 307 158 5 5 0 812 321 491 460 302 158

Dandota 1308 622 378 244 355 156 199 686 300 386 267 222 45

Damnot 1500 912 466 446 497 67 430 588 292 296 415 399 16

Kalsot 1896 984 530 454 889 449 440 912 441 471 95 81 14

Galeote 2276 1532 792 740 945 257 688 744 365 379 587 535 52

Badhota 2445 1881 981 900 1351 513 838 564 322 242 530 468 62

Chulna 3713 2659 1372 1287 1777 586 1191 1054 529 525 882 786 96


Figure 8.7: Main Workers Classification

Table 8.6a: Main Workers Classification (Ramban District)

Village Main Cultivators

Main Agricultural Labour

Main Household Industries

Main Other Workers

T M F T M F T M F T M F

RAMBAN TEHSIL

Deswal 4 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 10 6 4

Dharli 30 19 11 1 1 0 0 0 0 5 2 3

Pari Jagir 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 1 1

Badhol 5 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 7 4 3

Wanding 2 2 0 4 4 0 0 0 0 27 23 4

Beruni Ramban 4 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 105 90 15

Tanger 6 4 2 0 0 0 4 2 2 24 22 2

Banera Jagir 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 9 0

Teli 5 3 2 5 3 2 1 1 0 6 2 4

Dhothan Jagir 3 0 3 0 0 0 1 1 0 25 25 0

Ashmar 90 89 1 0 0 0 5 5 0 20 17 3






Main Other Workers


RAMBAN TEHSIL

Hiller 99 91 8 9 6 3 0 0 0 34 33 1

Sancha 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 11 11 0

Kundi 2 2 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 176 164 12

Thopal 147 139 8 5 5 0 1 0 1 67 63 4

Sangaldan 75 74 1 14 13 1 2 1 1 126 94 32

Dhar 69 65 4 1 1 0 1 1 0 43 40 3

Papryah 205 202 3 1 1 0 2 2 0 16 13 3

Bhathan 11 11 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 21 16 5

Bandan 179 172 7 6 6 0 0 0 0 66 58 8

Daramen 146 92 54 14 14 0 7 3 4 65 53 12

Gam 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 39 35 4

Kothi Jagir 7 6 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 29 24 5

Dukson 38 37 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 122 116 6

Digdole 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 110 103 7

Tatarsu 10 7 3 6 6 0 0 0 0 159 156 3

Narthyal 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 24 21 3

Marog 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 80 65 15

Seldhar 96 90 6 0 0 0 12 1 11 70 33 37

Thanger Jagir 199 199 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 36 31 5

Chander Kote 21 19 2 14 12 2 2 2 0 467 449 18

Chaka 9 9 0 3 3 0 0 0 0 46 37 9

Neghal 270 159 111 14 10 4 25 3 22 147 97 50

Mawalkot 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 0 79 64 15

Famroot 236 232 4 4 4 0 5 5 0 62 57 5

Nera 25 23 2 0 0 0 59 43 16 75 65 10

Ahdwa 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 63 54 9

Sripura 172 165 7 4 4 0 0 0 0 54 45 9

Batli 275 272 3 2 2 0 1 1 0 50 46 4

Ind 193 187 6 1 1 0 3 2 1 108 90 18

Karman 233 225 8 16 11 5 2 0 2 32 17 15

Ghari 256 235 21 0 0 0 0 0 0 27 26 1

Bhehimdasa 211 180 31 11 4 7 12 12 0 86 85 1

Gandhote 211 203 8 58 58 0 0 0 0 56 50 6

Bhajmasta 64 61 3 20 20 0 4 1 3 38 30 8

Ganote 256 253 3 18 18 0 7 6 1 16 15 1

Kamet 202 180 22 4 4 0 0 0 0 121 107 14

Dharmond 7 7 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1335 1324 11

Dhandla 47 43 4 2 2 0 0 0 0 75 39 36

Kahbi Jagir 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 4 0 53 47 6

Gandri 301 297 4 1 1 0 0 0 0 51 47 4

Dhandnat 22 18 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 92 80 12

Sana 107 101 6 5 2 3 10 4 6 174 142 32

Haroge 198 193 5 7 6 1 0 0 0 186 124 62

Kanfar 14 11 3 3 3 0 2 2 0 1241 1192 49

Savni 377 309 68 0 0 0 0 0 0 294 190 104

Jhat Gali 381 312 69 4 4 0 0 0 0 81 66 15

Dhalwas Dhaino (Dhalwas)

98 77 21 28 28 0 8 2 6 218 172 46

Sonmbar Barhog 465 456 9 1 0 1 114 16 98 92 87 5

Balhote 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 39 34 5

Sarbhangni 55 55 0 12 11 1 0 0 0 44 44 0

Seri 219 202 17 11 11 0 6 6 0 260 243 17

Kanthi 81 81 0 3 3 0 0 0 0 65 53 12

Balwat 72 71 1 58 56 2 2 2 0 97 92 5

Raj Garh 148 135 13 9 8 1 0 0 0 242 217 25

Jawari 494 467 27 1 1 0 2 2 0 64 55 9

Kanga 121 109 12 10 10 0 1 1 0 303 276 27

Halla 296 272 24 14 10 4 27 13 14 111 96 15

Maha Kund 486 479 7 2 2 0 4 4 0 45 38 7

Damote 312 174 138 14 11 3 20 6 14 120 104 16

Sanasar 176 170 6 4 4 0 2 2 0 127 109 18






Main Other Workers


RAMBAN TEHSIL

Dehdah 487 461 26 5 3 2 356 13 343 69 56 13

Thatharka 184 181 3 48 47 1 12 11 1 133 106 27

Chhachhwan 433 428 5 4 4 0 3 3 0 154 126 28

Shagan 2 1 1 0 0 0 5 5 0 94 78 16

Chhampa 62 61 1 21 20 1 3 3 0 465 439 26

Pernote 84 79 5 70 58 12 5 5 0 379 355 24

Gundi 545 431 114 1 1 0 0 0 0 80 63 17

Metra gobind Pura

114 78 36 31 23 8 13 11 2 1151 1127 24

Ramban (MC) 31 29 2 3 3 0 2 1 1 863 766 97

Darham 403 389 14 14 14 0 2 2 0 166 149 17

Dalwah 821 800 21 9 9 0 5 5 0 383 334 49

Gool 860 835 25 63 55 8 33 20 13 681 579 102

Batote (MC) 9 8 1 19 18 1 1 1 0 1503 1361 142

BANIHAL TEHSIL

Bhangara 523 467 56 0 0 0 0 0 0 193 150 43

Chamalwas 701 666 35 275 269 6 22 22 0 768 654 114

Khari 211 199 12 113 110 3 13 8 5 757 663 94

Panchal 62 57 5 4 3 1 11 11 0 222 206 16

Sojmatna 151 145 6 19 19 0 7 7 0 456 427 29

Table 8.6b: Main Workers Classification (Reasi District)




Main Other Workers



Budhan 1709 1675 34 26 24 2 1 1 0 180 137 43

Dhanorh 567 554 13 0 0 0 3 1 2 82 67 15

Khanikot 230 175 55 1 1 0 0 0 0 58 49 9

Sarthala (Sarthala Kot)

106 105 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 14 12 2

Sawalkote 212 157 55 0 0 0 0 0 0 28 24 4

REASI TEHSIL

Gharhoon Kote 70 69 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 0

Sarot Kot 166 165 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 19 13 6

Ratnot 67 66 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 29 21 8

Sahri 269 266 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 29 23 6

Table 8.6c: Main Workers Classification (Udhampur District)




Main Other Workers


UDHAMPUR TEHSIL

Ushnehla 5 5 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 2 2 0

Malti 28 28 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Thatha Kot 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 2 1

Ush Suba 22 22 0 2 2 0 0 0 0 9 8 1

Dhubkabag 3 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 5 1

Parand 88 87 1 2 2 0 0 0 0 8 7 1

Nali Nika 72 72 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 14 9 5

Purani Puti 89 82 7 0 0 0 1 1 0 62 39 23

Kansal 85 81 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 22 19 3

Radnot 154 142 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 26 16 10

Dubi Gali 7 7 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 19 12 7

Brinda Landar 144 116 28 0 0 0 0 0 0 67 54 13

Digi 164 157 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 21 18 3

Sadota 337 158 179 0 0 0 1 1 0 40 34 6

Mongari 155 125 30 3 2 1 4 4 0 113 104 9






Main Other Workers


UDHAMPUR TEHSIL

Basnot 81 81 0 23 23 0 0 0 0 65 55 10

Lali 368 220 148 49 48 1 0 0 0 43 34 9

Dandota 195 193 2 3 1 2 0 0 0 69 28 41

Damnot 348 343 5 5 5 0 0 0 0 62 51 11

Kalsot 6 6 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 87 73 14

Galeote 498 468 30 2 1 1 0 0 0 87 66 21

Badhota 443 389 54 1 1 0 10 7 3 76 71 5

Chulna 568 548 20 2 2 0 3 3 0 309 233 76


8.3.5 Education Facilities

As per village amenities directory 2010-11, a good number of primary education facility is

available in Ramban District which not only cater to the needs of the city but also to that of

region (Refer Table 8.7).

Table 8.7: Education facilities in the Ramban District

District Primary school

Middle School

High Schools

Higher Secondary

College ITI

Ramban 320 112 27 13 1 3 Udhampur 604 278 73 29 2 2

Reasi 343 148 18 42 6 1 (Source: District Statistical Handbook-2011)

8.3.6 Health Care Facilities

There are 1 district hospitals located in Ramban District.The detail of the health care facility

is given in Table 8.8.

Table 8.8: Health Care facilities in the Ramban District

District District Hospital Sub District Hospital/ CHC PHCs MACs ADs Sub Centres Ramban 1 3 9 17 16 39 Udhampur 1 2 21 10 12 97 Reasi 3 11 12 66

(Source: District Statistical Handbook-2011) PHC-Primary Health Centre MAC- Medical Aid Centre AD-Allopathic Dispensaries

8.3.7 Culture & Tourism

Ramban District was carved-out of the erstwhile District Doda keeping in view the

remoteness and aspiration of people of the area. Because of its connectivity with Jammu,

Srinagar, Himachal Pradesh and Ladakh, the people generally speak Kashmiri, Ladakhi and

Dogri. Kashmiri is the most widely spoken language in the district. The other languages

spoken here are Poguli, Sirazi, Dogri and Punjabi.

8.4 SOCIO-ECONOMIC PROFILE OF PROJECT AFFECTED VILLAGES The villages, where the families are residing whose land and structures are likely to be

affected by the proposed project activities, have been categorized as affected villages. A

total of 13 villages will be affected due to land acquisition for various components of

proposed Sawalkote HEP. All the villages come under the jurisdiction of Block Ramban and

Gool of Ramban tehsil of Ramban District. A map of the project affected villages prepared

has been given at Figure 8.8. The socio- economic profile of these villages is discussed in

the following text.



Figure 8.8: Project Affected Villages



8.4.1 Demographic Profile

Demographic profile of the 13 villages which will be affected due to various project

activities is given at Figure 8.9 and Tables 8.9 & 8.10 below. The affected villages have

4619 households with a total population of 23992; however, not all the households will be

affected. Average Sex ratio is 884. According to the classification 39% of the households are

living in urban areas, 46% in road side villages and 15% in rural areas. The average

household size varies from 6.9 in rural areas to 7.4 in road side villages as illustrated below.

Details of affected families are discussed in R&R Plan as part of Environmental

Management Plan.

Figure 8.9: Sex ratio in the Project Affected Villages

Table 8.9: List of project affected villages and hamlets

Sl.No. List of villages as per Revenue record

List of Hamlets which comes under the Revenue villages

1. Famroot 2. Gandri 3. Harog 4. Kanga Sohar 5. Kundi Karol 6. Metra Govindpora Metra ,Batli 7. Marog Marog 8. Pari Sidu 9. Parnote Kowa, Telika ,Harshalla, Raitiga 10. Ramban Kowbagh 11. Sangaldan Tulseen , Ashmar, Senabass 12. Seri 13. Tangar

Table 8.10: Demographic Profile of the Affected Villages

Town/Village No. of Households

Total Population Male Female Sex ratio

Pari 29 130 59 71 1203 Tangar 82 343 168 175 1042 Kundi 153 759 400 359 898 Sangaldan 161 876 461 415 900 Marog 238 1195 598 597 998 Famroot 259 1519 816 703 862 Gandri 338 1591 837 754 901 Harog 373 2139 1127 1012 898

Sex Ratio of

Ramban District



Town/Village No. of Households

Total Population Male Female Sex ratio

Seri 409 2023 1043 980 940 Kanga 488 2453 1196 1257 1051 Pernote 678 3260 1679 1581 942 Metra 682 4108 2480 1628 656 Ramban (MC) 729 3596 1873 1723 920

Total 4619 23992 12737 11255 884 District Ramban 55490 283713 149132 134581 901

Urban Areas Roadside Villages Rural Villages Ramban, Metra Kundi, Seri, Haroog, Kanga Marog, Famroot, Tangar,

Pari,Gandri,Parnote, Sangaldan

8.4.2 Social Category

General Castes (76%) is the most common social categories among the affected

households, closely followed by Scheduled Tribe (16%). The village-wise social category is

presented in Figure 8.10 and Table 8.11.

Figure 8.10: Percent composition of Scheduled Castes (SC) and Scheduled Tribes (ST) population

Table 8.11: Population structure of Project Affected Villages

Name of village

Total Population

Scheduled Castes Scheduled Tribes Total Male Female Total Male Female

Pari 130 0 0 0 41 17 24 Tangar 343 93 44 49 0 0 0 Kundi 759 26 12 14 10 5 5 Sangaldan 876 4 2 2 19 9 10 Marog 1195 284 140 144 162 78 84 Famroot 1519 10 7 3 219 124 95 Gandri 1591 26 15 11 109 55 54 Harog 2139 256 128 128 989 517 472 Seri 2023 152 71 81 328 175 153 Kanga 2453 378 175 203 532 275 257 Pernote 3260 246 123 123 688 327 361 Metra 4108 344 168 176 838 432 406 Ramban (MC) 3596 193 103 90 136 73 63

Total 27953 2101 1026 1075 4519 2317 2202 Ramban Dist 283713 13920 7168 6752 39772 20940 18832


Gen% Ramban

ST % Ramban

SC % Ramban



8.4.3 Literacy

Ramban town has the highest number of Literacy rate (71.8%) followed by village Seri

(58.7%) and Metra govindpura (57.5%) amongst all the affected villages. Except village Pari

Jagir,Thatarka, Gandri, Harog and Kanga the literacy rate of other villages is better than

literacy rate of Ramban District (43.7%). On average, however, male populations have

achieved greater educational attainment than their female counterparts. The literacy rate

of the project affected villages is shown in Figure 8.11 and Table 8.12.

Figure 8.11: Average Literacy rate (%) in the Project Affected Villages

Table 8.12: Literacy Rate in project affected villages

Villages Total Population Literacy (%)

Male (%)

Female (%)

Pari 130 28.5 56.8 43.2 Tangar 343 44.9 61.0 39.0 Kundi 759 56.8 63.3 36.7 Sangaldan 876 54.9 60.1 39.9 Marog 1195 52.6 60.0 40.0 Famroot 1519 35.3 66.8 33.2 Gandri 1591 37.8 74.0 26.0 Harog 2139 27.6 67.8 32.2 Seri 2023 58.7 59.8 40.2 Kanga 2453 36.6 63.7 36.3 Pernote 3260 47.5 64.2 35.8 Metra 4108 57.5 73.1 26.9 Ramban (MC) 3596 71.8 56.7 43.3

Total/Avg 23992 45.6 63.9 36.1 Ramban District 283713 43.7 66.9 33.1


8.4.4 Occupation Pattern

Occupational categories of the affected villages are presented in Figure 8.12 and Table

8.13. Distribution of the working population among the 13 affected villages show that

Metra has the highest number of working population, whereas Pari has the lowest number

of working population.

Literacy %

Ramban



Altogether 33 percent people are engaged in some form of work. Agriculture is the main

occupation of the people. The proportion of workers engaged in cultivation is 32%, 3.3%

are non-farm labourers, 0.7% are in Household industries service and 64% are domestic

works. Village vise details of the occupational patterns of the PAPs (Project Affected

Persons) are shown in Figure 8.13 and Table 8.14.

Figure 8.12: Working population (%) in the Project Affected Villages

Table 8.13: Working population in the project affected villages

Village Total Popln



Pari 130 32 31 1 29 29 0 98 28 70 3 2 1

Tangar 343 161 80 81 127 52 75 182 88 94 34 28 6

Kundi 759 408 237 171 229 71 158 351 163 188 179 166 13

Sangaldan 876 224 187 37 7 5 2 652 274 378 217 182 35

Marog 1195 383 275 108 301 208 93 812 323 489 82 67 15

Famroot 1519 335 324 11 28 26 2 1184 492 692 307 298 9

Gandri 1591 371 362 9 18 17 1 1220 475 745 353 345 8

Harog 2139 626 537 89 235 214 21 1513 590 923 391 323 68

Seri 2023 514 478 36 18 16 2 1509 565 944 496 462 34

Kanga 2453 944 571 373 509 175 334 1509 625 884 435 396 39

Pernote 3260 1040 750 290 502 253 249 2220 929 1291 538 497 41

Metra 4108 1671 1431 240 362 192 170 2437 1049 1388 1309 1239 70

Ramban (MC)

3596 1011 883 128 112 84 28 2585 990 1595 899 799 100

Total 23992 7720 6146 1574 2477 1342 1135 16272 6591 9681 5243 4804 439

Ramban 283713 87212 68476 18736 35161 21969 13192 196501 80656 115845 52051 46507 5544



Figure 8.13: Main Worker Classification in the Project Affected Villages

Table 8.14: Main Worker Classification in the Project Affected Villages

Village

Main Cultivators Main Agricultural

Labour Main Household

Industries Main Other Workers


Pari 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 1 1

Tangar 6 4 2 0 0 0 4 2 2 24 22 2

Kundi 2 2 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 176 164 12

Sangaldan 75 74 1 14 13 1 2 1 1 126 94 32

Marog 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 80 65 15

Famroot 236 232 4 4 4 0 5 5 0 62 57 5

Gandri 301 297 4 1 1 0 0 0 0 51 47 4

Harog 198 193 5 7 6 1 0 0 0 186 124 62

Seri 219 202 17 11 11 0 6 6 0 260 243 17

Kanga 121 109 12 10 10 0 1 1 0 303 276 27

Pernote 84 79 5 70 58 12 5 5 0 379 355 24

Metra 114 78 36 31 23 8 13 11 2 1151 1127 24

Ramban (MC)

31 29 2 3 3 0 2 1 1 863 766 97

Total 1390 1302 88 152 129 23 38 32 6 3663 3341 322

Ramban 21743 19713 2030 3410 3238 172 985 401 584 25913 23155 2758


8.4.5 Education Facilities

Educational facilities play an important role in the overall development of an area. These

facilities enhance economic growth and employment. As per village amenities directory

2010-11 that primary education facilities are available in all villages. Secondary and Higher

Secondary School facilities are available at Sangaldan, Gandri and Pernote village. Ramban

town has 6 numbers of educational institutes both at lower and higher level of education

which not only cater to the needs of the city but also to the region. At present it has 1

primary school, 1 middle school, 1 Sr. Secondary School and 2 degree colleges. Every village

is not provided with higher education which means that students have to go to another

village and Ramban town to get education. The availability of educational institutions has

been detailed below in Table 8.15.



Table 8.15: Education facilities in the in the Project Affected Villages

Villages Primary school

Middle School

High school Higher

Secondary College

Govt. Pvt. Govt. Pvt. Govt. Pvt. Govt. Pvt. Govt. Pvt. Pari 1 Tangar 1 Kundi 1 Sangaldan 1 1 1 1 Marog 1 Famroot 1 Gandri 1 1 1 Harog 1 Seri 1 1 Kanga 2 2 Pernote 1 1 1 Metra 1 1 Ramban (MC) 1 2 1 2 Total 13 9 3 3 2

(Source: Village Amenities Directory –Ramban, 2010-11)

8.4.6 Health Care Facilities

On the basis of village amenities directory 2010-11, it has been found that all the villages

do not have good medical facilities. Few villages have medical sub centres and people visit

there for minor ailment. There are incidences of fever, tuberculosis, acute respiratory

infection etc among the population. For major ailments people visit Ramban Town. There is

a district hospital, sub district hospitals, primary health centre, private health centre and

medical shops at Ramban town (Table 8.16).

Table 8.16: Health Care facilities in the Project Affected Villages

Villages District Hospital

Sub District Hospital/CHC

PHC MSC Private Clinic

Medical Shop

Pari Tangar Kundi Sangaldan 1 1 1 Marog 1 Famroot Gandri Harog Seri Kanga 2 Pernote 1 Metra 1 Ramban (MC) 1 1 1 1 2 2 Total 1 1 2 7 2 3


PHC-Primary Health Centre, MSC- Medical Sub Centre

8.4.7 Road Network and Transport

The two most important roads in this area are National Highway 1-A that runs through

Ramban town and the Ramban- Gool road passing through Dharamkund. A 21 km long

road from Ramban to Gandri is under construction. There is one suspension bridge and

one RCC bridge (Jaiswal Bridge) connecting Ramban and Metra. The other'suspension

bridge is located on Ramban Gool Road near Dharamkund. Another suspension bridge has



been constructed near Pari. One steel bridge has also been constructed recently adjacent

to the Dharamkund Bridge by the Railway Authorities.

8.4.8 Amenities

Basic services and amenities are not adequate in all the villages. All the villages have access

to drinking water; Tangar and other nearby villages use spring water for drinking. Piped

water supply is available in Ramban and Metra. In the rural villages people use water from

wells, natural springs, rivers and smaller streams.

The water from Chenab River is not used for irrigation in the project area. Only side

streams are used. Local people use the Chenab river for washing at few locations.

In the Urban areas of Ramban and Metra; toilet facilities are available in majority of

householda, whereas in roadside villages only a few households have these facilities. The

common practice of most of the villagers is to visit the open field for defecation.

There are 19 watermill/flourmill located at Harog, Gandri,Marog, Pari and Seri villages.

Cooking gas and kerosene is available in the roadside villages but most households cannot

afford it. Fuel wood is the dominant source of energy even in the town of Ramban.

Electricity is available in most villages but supply is very erratic in the rural areas.

The fair price shops are located in village Metra and Ramban town.

Due to the rapid advancement in technology, communication by this time has changed its

modes but postal services still remains the most popular option. There are 3 post offices

located in the project affected villages named village Sangaldan, Metra and Ramban Town.

The only hospital which caters for the population in the project area is located in Ramban.

Dharmkund has one dispensary. Health sub centres are found in Metra, Pernote and

Kanga. In Tangar there is an ayurvedic dispensary which is not functional. For mother and

child care there is a regional Integrated Child Development scheme at Ramban, which

functions poorly due to lack of funding and staffs.

The telecommunication facilities are good in the area. The mobile cellular network is also

available in the study area.

Maintaining law and order situation in the region is one of the primary functions of the

Police Administration. To fulfill this purpose 1 police station/post exist at Ramban town in

the project affected villages (Table 8.17).

Table 8.17: Nearest distance from village upto corresponding amenities (in km) Villages Bus

Stop Market Ration

Shop Fair Price

Shop Bank Post

Office Police

Station/Post Pari 9 34 12 34 34 34 34 Tangar 7 32 10 32 32 32 32



Villages Bus Stop

Market Ration Shop

Fair Price Shop

Bank Post Office

Police Station/Post

Kundi 7 7 3 8 8 8 8 Sangaldan 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Marog 0 15 0 15 10 10 7 Famroot 11 3 3 3 3 3 3 Gandri 6 22 0 22 22 22 22 Harog 4 4 4 4 4 4 3 Seri 4 3 3 3 2 2 3 Kanga 0 12 5 12 12 12 12 Pernote 4 4 4 4 4 4 3 Metra 0 2 0 2 0 0 2 Ramban (MC) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0




9.1 GENERAL Assessment of environmental impacts of any development activity is the key component of

EIA process. Environmental impacts are assessed based on understanding of the project

features/activities, environmental setting in the area and interaction of project activities

with environmental components leading to prediction of likely impacts due to

development of project in a particular area/region. Hydropower projects are location

specific, leading to large-scale construction activities in generally pristine areas. Therefore,

impact assessment is carried out by establishing site-specific environmental settings

through baseline data collection and defining project components from detailed project

information. Baseline environmental status in the project area is established through field

studies in different seasons and also obtained from various secondary sources as discussed

in previous chapters. Project related information is sourced from Detailed Project Report

(DPR) of the project to carry out the impact assessment for project construction and

operation phase.

The proposed Sawalkote HEP would lead to generation of number of environmental

impacts owing to the activities that would be undertaken during the construction of

various project appurtenances, e.g. drilling and blasting, quarrying for construction

material, dumping of muck generated from various project activities, transportation of

material, material handling and storage, waste generation from labour colonies, operation

of construction machinery/equipment, etc. Additionally, large-scale labour migration to the

area, during the construction period, impacts the local inhabitants. Operation phase of the

hydroelectric project is much cleaner as far as pollution generation is concerned; however

a significant impact during operation phase is permanent change in flow regime of the river

impacting aquatic life, fish fauna and downstream users.

All the likely impacts have been considered for various aspects of environment, including

physico-chemical, ecological and socio-economic aspects. Invariably there are two types of

impacts that occur due to construction and operation of hydroelectric projects viz.

permanent which generally lead to loss of plant species, change of land-use, change in flow

regime, etc. and temporary which can be minimized and mitigated by adopting

environmental management plan. Environmental protection measures can be best

enforced through inclusion of relevant clauses in the contract not only for the main

contractors but also for sub-contractors as most of activities are undertaken through

various contractors.

Based on the project details and the baseline environmental status, potential impacts as a

result of the construction and operation of the proposed Sawalkote HE Project have been

identified. Wherever possible, the impacts have been quantified and otherwise, qualitative

assessment has been undertaken. This Chapter deals with the anticipated positive as well

as negative impacts during the construction as well as operation phase of the proposed

Sawalkote HE project.

Chapter 9 ASSESSMENT OF IMPACTS



9.2 IMPACTS DURING CONSTRUCTION Majority of the environmental impacts attributed to construction works are temporary in

nature, lasting mainly during the construction phase and often do not extend much beyond

the construction period. However, as the construction phase of Hydroelectric Projects is

fairly large and extend into several years, if these issues are not properly addressed, the

impacts can continue even after the construction phase for longer duration. Even though

the impacts due to construction are temporary in nature, they need to be reviewed closely

as they could be significant due to the nature and intensity of the impacts.

Impacts can be discussed in terms of projects activities with their magnitude and potential

impacts on environmental resources or alternatively resource wise in terms of impact on

each environmental resource e.g. Ambient Air Quality and potential impact on this

resource from various project activities. However, as some of the project activities are

quite critical and it is important to understand them along with their impacts on

environmental resources, therefore, they are briefly discussed below to be followed by

impacts on resources.

9.2.1 Impacts due to immigration of Construction Workers

At the time of peak construction work in the project, around 6500 persons may be

engaged, of these some will be from the local population (Table 9.1). Majority of the

Construction workers will migrate into the area.

Immigration of such a large population for a long duration in remote area can cause serious

impact on various environmental resources including socio-economic profile of local

population. The congregation of large number of construction workers during the peak

construction phase is likely to create problems of sewage disposal, solid waste

management, tree cutting to meet fuel requirement, etc. Appropriate mitigating measures

have been suggested in EMP, which needs to be implemented to minimize such impacts.

Based on these assumptions the peak migrant population has been calculated as 6500

persons (Table 9.1). This population is expected to reside in the project area at any given

time.

Table 9.1: Calculation of Total Migratory Population

Migrant Population of Laborers Total labour force 1550

Married labourers (80% of 1600) 1240 Single labourers (20% of 1600) 620 Husband and wife both working (80% of 1280) 992 Number of families where both husband and wife work (1024/2) 496 Number of families where only husband work (20% of 1280) 248 Total number of labourers families (512+256) 744 Total Migrant Population of Labourers (768 x 5 + 256) 3968 Migrant Population of Technical Staff

Total technical staff 1000 Married technical staff 200 Single technical staff 800 Total migrant population of technical staff (100 x 5 + 400) 1800 Migrant Workforce (Labour plus Technical) 5768 Service Providers

Total service providers (approx. 4% of total migrant workforce) 250



Married service providers (50 % as assumed) 125 Single service providers 125 Total migrant population of service providers (125 x 5 + 125) 750 Total Migrant Population 6518 Round Off 6500

Separate accommodation and related facilities for semi-skilled/un-skilled workers, skilled

workers and supervisory staff are to be arranged. Migration of 6500 persons during the

peak construction period, in otherwise scarcely populated and pristine area, is likely to

create problems of sewage disposal, solid waste management, tree cutting to meet fuel

requirement, etc.

9.2.2 Construction of Main Project Components

Construction work is required for the construction of following main project components:

A 192.5 high concrete gravity dam is proposed at this location to divert water of

Chenab River into the water conductor system. The top level of the dam is at El 697.5

m. The riverbed level at the dam site is around El 534m.

The Full Reservoir Level (FRL) and minimum draw down level (MDDL) of the reservoir

are El 695m and El 692.80m, respectively, with gross storage of 530 MCM (operational

pondage 23.84 MCM) at FRL for diurnal peaking capabilities.

The intake is located on the left bank of Chenab River, upstream of the dam axis. The

left bank is steeply sloping with exposed rock mostly along the slope and is covered by

thin overburden at lower elevations. The intake system consists of three (3) inlet

tunnels which later combine to form the headrace tunnel.

Three headrace tunnel of 200 m length each with design discharge of 519.16 m3/s and

479.19 m3/s for stage 1 and 319.46 m3/s for stage 2 HRT.

Eight (8) steel lined pressure shafts (6 for stage 1 and 2 for Stage 2), each of 6m

diameters except PS6 with 6.7 m diameter and 2.75 m diameter size penstock for 56

MW unit.

An underground Powerhouse is proposed with Vertical Francis turbines at axis level of

El. 525m. The reservoir to be created by the dam will operate between FRL 695 m &

MDDL 692.8 m with rated head of 154.4m. The installed capacity of the power house

will be 1856 MW (6 X 225 MW & 1 X 56MW for Stage-I and for Stage–II 2 X 225 MW).

The design energy is 7998 MU.

For construction of main project components major activities are excavation and

concreting. Excavation will have impact in terms of muck generation. Excavation and

concreting process will require use of various construction equipments such as batching plants,

aggregate processing plants, dumper trucks, excavators, dozers, shotcrete machines, jack

hammers, generators, pumps, etc leading to generation of pollution in terms of emissions,

wastewater, noise and solid waste.

9.2.3 Quarrying Operations

Total requirement of rock materials for construction of various project components has

been estimated at 58 lakh m3. Due to huge requirement of construction material for the

proposed project, it has been decided to utilize the excavated rock mass which will be

derived from stripping of dam abutment, powerhouse cavern, tail race tunnel, diversion



tunnels, access tunnels etc. depending upon their suitability. It is estimated that 74 lakh m3

of rock excavation shall be carried out in the project components. Nearly 65% of this

quantity (48 lakh m3) shall be utilized or project components.

The requirement of material needed from rock quarry has been estimated from the

difference between the total requirement of materials and utilization of excavated rock

material from project components. Requirement of material from rock quarry is estimated

to be of the order of 10 lakh m3. The proposed quarry is located on left bank of Mandiyal

Nala, tributary of Chenab. The total volume of utilizable material available has been

estimated as 77.6 Lakh m3. Thus, it can be observed that the capacity of the quarry is

sufficient to meet the balance requirement of 10 lakh m3 of rock material. Therefore the

extent of quarrying shall be restricted to the actual requirement after utilizing the available

and suitable rock from excavations from project components. Total area likely to be

disturbed due to quarrying would be around 22 ha.

Opening of the quarries will cause visual impacts because they remove a significant part of

the hills. Other impacts will be the noise generated during aggregate acquisition through

explosive and crushing, which could affect wildlife in the area, air pollution is caused during

the crushing operation to get the aggregates to the appropriate size and transport of the

aggregates to the site.

The quarrying operations will be semi-mechanized in nature. Normally, in a hilly terrain,

quarrying is done by cutting the hill face, and this leaves a permanent scar, once the

quarrying activities are over with the passage of time, rock from the exposed face of the

quarry under the action of wind and other erosion forces, slowly gets weathered and they

become a potential source of landslide. Thus, it is necessary to implement appropriate

slope stabilization measures to prevent the possibility of soil erosion and landslides at the

quarry sites.

9.2.4 Operation of Construction Plant and Equipment

During the construction phase, various types of equipment will be brought to the site and

construction plants and repair workshops will be set up. These include crushers, batching

plant, drillers, earth movers, rock bolters, etc. List of construction equipment to be

deployed major project component wise is given at Table 9.2. The siting of these

construction equipments would require significant amount of space. In addition, land will

also be temporarily acquired, i.e. for the duration of project construction; for storage of

the quarried material before crushing, crushed material, cement, steel, etc.

These construction plant and repair workshops will have impact on ambient air quality due

to fugitive emissions associated with operation of DG sets to meet the power requirements

and other equipments; impact on water quality due to wastewater generation and impact

on soil due to solid waste generation. Management of such impacts with operation control

and appropriate pollution control equipment is essential to minimize their effect on

surrounding environment including local population and wildlife and same is discussed in

EMP. Additionally, proper siting of these facilities can also reduce the impact due to their

location. Their locations have been identified during the preparation of Detailed Project



Report, keeping in view the technical and economic criteria; however, same can be further

refined during set up, keeping in view:

Proximity to the site of use

Sensitivity of forests in the nearby areas

Wildlife, if any, in the nearby area

Proximity from habitations

Predominant wind direction

Natural slope and drainage

Table 9.2: List of Construction Equipment at Construction Stage of Sawalkote HEP

Sl. No. Description of Equipment *No. of Equipments for project activities

1. Portable Compressor (450 cfm) 13 2. Portable Compressor (600 cfm) 24 3. Two Boom hydraul i c Drill Jumbo 25 4. Pneumatic Crawler 33 5. Crawler Drill with ODEX system 4 6. Light weight Drill Rig 12 7. Surface Top hammer Drill 11 8. Jack Hammer 56 9. Raise Climber 3 10. Hyd. Excavator 0.9 cum. 13 11. Hyd. Excavator 1.7 cum. 5 12. Hyd. Excavator 3 .8cu m. 6 13. Backhoe Loader 10 14. Wheel Loader 4.5 cum 3 15. Wheel Loader 3/2.7 cum Bucket 9 16. Wheel Loader 1.8 cum. 4 17. Dozers 165 HP 6 18. Dozer 320 HP 6 19. Vibratory Compactor 2 20. Single Drum large Vibratory Roller 3 21. Double Drum large Vibratory Roller 3 22. Reversible Vibratory Plate Compactor 3 23. Dumpers 30T Capacity 21 24. Dumpers 25T Capacity 105 25. RCC Dump Truck 19 26. TATA Tippers 12 T capacity 23 27. Motor Grander 2 28. Muck Bucket 6cum capacity 9 29. Grouting Pump 6 bar 12 30. Grouting Equipment 12 bar 13 31. Permeation Grouting set 2 32. Grout Mixer 2 33. Shotcrete Machine 5 cum/hr capacity 5 34. Wet shotcrete machine 30 cum/hr 15 35. Aggregate Processing Plant 50 TPH 2 36. Aggregate Processing Plant 300 TPH 1 37. Aggregate Processing Plant 500 TPH 1 38. Batching Plant, 30 cum./hr. 3 39. Batching Plant, 120 cum./hr. 1 40. Batching Plant, 210 cum./hr. 2 41. Cement Handling System 1 42. Cooling Plant 1 43. Concrete Pump 14 44. Transit Mixers 65



Sl. No. Description of Equipment *No. of Equipments for project activities

45. Concrete Buckets 6 46. Concrete mixers 4 47. Needle Vibrators 28 48. Cable Crane 16t capacity 1 49. Mobile Crane 5t capacity 4 50. Mobile Crane 10t capacity 2 51. Mobile Crane 20t capacity 1 52. Mobile Crane 30t capacity 2 53. Mobile Crane 40t capacity 2 54. EOT Cranes 10T capacity 2 55. Gentry Crane 20T capacity 1 56. High pressure water jets 400 bars 3 57. Mechanized brushing equipment 2 58. Vacuum Truck 2 59. Tractor 1 60. Truck 3 61. Explosive Vans 6 62. Portable Explosive Magazine 2 63. Mobile Service van 1 64. Electric Winches 8 65. Horse Chassis for transportation of Ferrules 2 66. Rail and trolley arrangement 8 67. Buses/light vehicles 33 68. Tanker 9 69. Sprinkler 1 70. Diesel Generators (D.G. Sets) 500 KVA 12 71. Diesel Generators (D.G. Sets) 125 KVA 12

* Equipment either shifted from some other site or to be sifted to some other site hence accounted there and not added

in total

9.2.5 Muck Disposal

The construction would involve about 295,000 cum of soil excavation and 7,435,000 cum of

rock excavation. About 65% of rock excavation is expected to be used for producing coarse

and fine aggregate for concrete production and in fillings for developing areas for

construction facilities. Total quantity of excavation in common soil and balance 35%

quantity of rock excavation would have to be disposed in muck disposal area. Thus

considering swell factors 0.67 for rock and 0.75 for common soil and redeposit compaction

factor of 90%, total muck disposal area should have a capacity of about 3,406,810 cum.

Keeping the above requirement and vicinity of the excavation sites in view, two muck

disposal areas named as MDS-1 and MDS-2 have been identified. Total capacity of these

sites is about 4,820,068 cum.

S. No. Dumping Site Capacity (Cum)

1 MDS-1 555,832 2 MDS-2 4,264,236

Total 4,820,068

Muck, if not securely transported and dumped at pre-designated sites, can have serious

environmental impacts, such as:

Can be washed away into the main river which can cause negative impacts on the

aquatic ecosystem of the river.



Can lead to impacts on various aspects of environment. Normally, the land is cleared

before muck disposal. During clearing operations, trees are cut, and undergrowth

perishes as a result of muck disposal.

In many of the sites, muck is stacked without adequate stabilisation measures. In such

a scenario, the muck moves along with runoff and creates landslide like situations.

Many a times, boulders/large stone pieces enter the river/water body, affecting the

benthic fauna and other components of aquatic biota.

Normally muck disposal is done at low lying areas, which get filled up due to stacking of

muck. This can sometimes affect the natural drainage pattern of the area leading to

accumulation of water or partial flooding of some area which can provide ideal

breeding habitat for mosquitoes.

9.2.6 Road Construction

To access the project site 18 km approach road is under construction from Dharamkund to

Tangar village. A network of roads is also required to approach various locations of project site

such as Dam sites, Adits, Powerhouse, Main Access Tunnel (MAT) and Tailrace Tunnel (TRT)

portal, Dumping yards, quarry locations etc. It has been assessed that about 16.7 km length of

new road is required to be constructed to facilitate construction of various components (Table

9.3). Apart from the construction of new project roads of 45 km stretch of existing approach

road from Ramban to Dharamkund needs to be widened and strengthened for the movement

of heavy equipment and machinery in all weathers and round the year.

Table 9.3: Details of Road Construction S.No. Road Description Length (km)

A Left Bank of Construction Roads 1 Road for quarry 2.5 2 Road for muck disposal areas 2.5 3 Road within plants and facilities area 2.0 4 Roads for camps at Tangar and Pari areas 2.0

5 Roads connecting upstream and downstream coffer dams tops 0.7

6 Branch road from u/s cofferdam to river bed 0.6 7 Branch road from d/s cofferdam to river bed 0.5 8 Construction road to power Intake area 1.5 9 Construction road to TRT -3 outlet and pothead yard 1.0

10 Construction road to TRT-1 & 2 outlet and pothead yard 0.8 Subtotal A 14.1

B Right Bank Construction Roads 1 Master Construction road at El. 588 for top of DT Intake

and top of u/s and d/s cofferdams 1.4

2 Branch Road to DT intake bottom 0.6 3 Branch Road to riverbed from u/s and d/s cofferdams 0.6

Sub Total B 2.6 Total A & B 16.7

The major impacts likely to accrue as a result of construction of the roads are:

Loss of forest and vegetation by cutting of trees

Geological disturbance due to blasting, excavation, etc.

Soil erosion as the slope cutting operation disturbs the natural slope and leads to land

slips and landslides.

Interruption of drainage and change in drainage pattern



Disturbance of water resources with blasting and discriminate disposal of fuel and

lubricants from road construction machinery

Siltation of water channels/ reservoirs from excavated debris

Effect on flora and fauna

Air pollution due to dust from debris, road construction machinery, etc.

The indirect impact of the construction of new roads is the increase in accessibility to

otherwise undisturbed areas, resulting in greater human interference and subsequent

adverse impacts on the ecosystem. Appropriate management measures required to

mitigate adverse environmental impacts during road construction have been

recommended.

9.2.7 Acquisition of Land

Hydroelectric projects are location specific and require land to be acquired for various

project activities. For the development of Sawalkote Hydroelectric Project, land would be

acquired for construction of project components, submergence area, muck dumping,

quarrying, construction camps and colony, etc. Total land required for the construction of

Sawalkote H.E. Project activities is approximately 1401.35 ha. Based on the final project

layout, land requirement has been finalized as 1401.35 ha (Table 9.4).

Table 9.4: Land Requirement of Sawalkote H.E. Project

S. No District Description Forest Land (Ha)

Private Land (Ha)

Govt. Land (Ha)

Total Area (Ha)

1 Ramban Submergence 386.6 136.65 507.3 1030.55

Utilities 9 39 19 67

2 Udhampur Submergence 55.75 - 7.25 63

Utilities 134 - - 134

3 Reasi Submergence 57.2 - 8 65.2

Utilities 41.6 - - 41.6 Total Land Break Up 684.15 175.65 541.55 1401.35

Land would be required for locating the permanent works as well as for setting up the

infrastructural and job facilities necessary for constructing the project in an expeditious

and optimal manner.

Major impact of land acquisition is permanent change of landuse, which is unavoidable.

Additionally, land acquisition has impacts on local population by way of loss of their

agriculture land and hence livelihood and also impact on flora and fauna by way of loss of

forest land and clearing of vegetation on acquired land. These impacts will be mitigated by

implementing R & R plan, Biodiversity Conservation and Forest Management Plan, as

discussed in EMP.

Impact of various degrees on different environmental resources is discussed in ensuing

paragraphs resource wise.

9.2.8 Impact on Water Quality

The major sources of water pollution during project construction phase are as follows:

Sewage from Construction work camps/colonies



Effluent from Construction Plants and Workshops

Disposal of muck

a) Sewage from Construction worker Camps

The project construction is likely to last for a period of 8 years. As mentioned earlier, about

1600 semi-skilled/unskilled, 800 skilled and 350 supervisory staff are likely to work during

project construction phase. Most of the employees/ workers during construction phase are

likely to be employed from outside the project area. The construction phase, also leads to

mushrooming of various allied activities to meet the demand of immigrant Construction

Worker population in the project area. Additionally drivers and labour associated with

transportation of material will also stay in the area on temporary basis.

The domestic water requirement for the construction worker and the technical staff migrating

into the project area is of the order of 302.5 cum/day @ 110 lpcd. Assuming that about 80% of

the water supplied will be generated as wastewater/sewage. The BOD load contributed by

domestic sources will be about 60.5 kg/ day, assuming 250 mg/l of BOD in wastewater.

The disposal of untreated sewage can lead to water pollution, resulting in increase in

coliforms and other various pathogens, which can lead to incidence of water borne diseases.

Therefore, project authorities would be taking appropriate measures to check such disposal

into the river. In order to avoid any deterioration in water quality due to disposal of

untreated sewage from labour camps, appropriate sewage treatment facilities will be

commissioned in the labour camps.

b) Effluent from Construction Plants and Workshops

As discussed earlier, construction plants viz. aggregate processing and concrete mixing and

workshops will be established. Water is used in these construction plants and wastewater

generated with high suspended solids. Similarly from workshops, major pollutant will be oil

and grease. Discharge of untreated wastewater will adversely affect the water quality of

receiving water body. Turbidity and oil & grease levels will increase substantially in small

tributaries, especially, in lean season. To minimize the impact, such effluent needs to be

treated in situ before discharge to any water body or for land application.

c) Disposal of Muck

The major impact on the water quality arises when the muck is disposed along the river

bank. The project authorities have identified suitable muck disposal sites which are located

near the river channel. The muck will essentially come from the tunneling, road-building

activity, and other excavation works. The unsorted waste going into the river channel will

greatly contribute to the turbidity of water continuously for long time periods. The high

turbidity is known to reduce the photosynthetic efficiency of primary producers in the river

and as a result, the biological productivity will be greatly reduced. Therefore, the prolonged

turbid conditions would have negative impact on the aquatic life. Therefore, muck disposal

has to be done in line with the Muck Disposal Plan given in EMP to avoid any negative impact.

9.2.9 Impact on Terrestrial Flora

The direct impact of construction activity for any water resource project in a mountainous

terrain similar to that of proposed project is generally limited in the vicinity of the



construction sites only. As mentioned earlier, a large population (6500) including technical

staff, workers and other group of people are likely to congregate in the area during peak

project construction phase. It can be assumed that the technical staff will be of higher

economic status and will live in a more urbanized habitat, and will not use wood as fuel, if

adequate alternate sources of fuel are provided. However, workers and other population

groups residing in the area may use fuel wood, if no alternate fuel is provided. There will be

an increase in population by about 6500 of which about 5200 (80%) are expected to use

fuel wood. On an average, the fuel wood requirements will be of the order of 1 kg per

person per day. Therefore, for 5200 persons it works out to be 1,898,000 Kg/annum or

2712 m3 (taking average density of wood as 700 kg/m3). The wood generated by cutting

one tree is about 2.5-3.0 m3. Thus, about 900 trees will be cut every year to meet the fuel

wood requirements, which mean every year on an average about 2.5 ha of forest area

(with average tree density of about 350 trees/ha) will be cleared for meeting fuel wood

requirements, if no alternate sources of fuel are provided. Hence, to minimize such

impacts, it is proposed to provide alternate fuel for cooking and space heating e.g.

LPG/kerosene to the construction workers. The other alternative is to provide community

kitchens on a cooperative basis by the contractor. The details of the same have been

covered in Environmental Management Plan.

Other major impact on the flora in and around the project area would be due to increased

level of human interferences. The workers may also cut trees to meet their requirements

for construction of houses, furniture. Normally in such situations, lot of indiscriminate use

or wastage of wood is also observed, especially in remote or inaccessible areas. Thus, it is

necessary to implement adequate surveillance to mitigate the adverse impacts on

terrestrial flora during project construction phase.

9.2.10 Impact on Terrestrial Fauna

a) Disturbance to Wildlife

During the construction period, large number of machinery and construction workers shall

be mobilized, which may create disturbance to wildlife population in the vicinity of project

area. The operation of various equipments will generate significant noise, especially during

blasting which will have adverse impact on fauna of the area. The noise may scare the

fauna and force them to migrate to other areas. Likewise siting of construction plants,

workshops, stores, labour camps etc. could also lead to adverse impact on fauna of the

area. During the construction phase, accessibility to area will lead to influx of workers and

the people associated with the allied activities from outside will also increase. Increase in

human interference could have an impact on terrestrial ecosystem.

The other major impact could be the blasting to be carried out during construction phase.

This impact needs to be mitigated by adopting controlled blasting and strict surveillance

regime and the same is proposed to be used in the project. This will reduce the noise level

and vibrations due to blasting to a great extent.

No major wildlife population is found in the immediate vicinity of these sites due to

encroachment and habitations in the influence zone. Only stray incidents of wildlife are

reported from these areas. However the area has a good bird and butterflies population.

Therefore adequate measures will be required during the construction phase not to cause



any adverse impact on avi-faunal and butterflies population. Blasting during construction

may cause adverse impacts. Hence it is recommended that delayed blasting techniques as

already stated above would be utilized to minimize the impact, as a result of noise and

vibration generated due to blasting.

b) Impacts on Migratory Routes

The faunal species observed in the project area are not migratory in nature. The proposed

submergence area is not the migratory route of wild animals. The construction of the

proposed H.E. Project will form a reservoir of 11 sq km, which is also not reported to be on

the migratory route of any major faunal species.

9.2.11 Impact on Aquatic Ecology

The physico-chemical and biological water quality of River in the project area is very good.

The dissolved oxygen is high and the absence of major sources of pollution is responsible

for low pollution loading. Thus, water quality is quite good in the project area.

Major sources of construction related impacts on water quality will be from erosion of the

disturbed area required for the construction activities (construction sites, concrete batch

plants, material storage areas, vehicle maintenance areas, disposal areas), from waste

water discharge from the construction labour camps and from contaminated water (oil,

grease, petro chemicals, cement and chemicals) resulting from various construction

activities. The primary impact will be the potential for introducing sediments and pollutants

to the adjacent river body during the period of construction, thereby affecting aquatic

habitats and water source for residents and wildlife downstream of the construction areas.

a) Impacts due to excavation of construction material from river bed

During construction phase, a large quantity of construction material like stones, pebbles,

gravel and sand would be needed. It is proposed to extract construction material from the

river bed. The extraction of construction material may affect the river water quality due to

increase in the turbidity levels. This is mainly because the dredged material gets released

during one or all the operations mentioned below:

Excavation of material from the river bed.

Loss of material during transport to the surface

Overflow from the dredger while loading

Loss of material from the dredger during transportation

The cumulative impact of all the above operations is increase in turbidity levels. Good

dredging practices can however, minimize turbidity. It has also been observed that slope

collapse is the major factor responsible for increase in the turbidity levels. If the depth of

cut is too high, there is possibility of slope collapse, which releases a sediment cloud. This

will further move outside the suction radius of dredged head. In order to avoid this typical

situation, the depth of cut may be restricted to:

H/C < 5.5, where,

- Unit weight of the soil

H - Depth of soil

C - Cohesive strength of soil



The dredging and deposition of dredged material may affect the survival and propagation

of benthic organisms. The macro-benthic life which remains attached to the stones,

boulders etc. gets dislodged and is carried away downstream by turbulent flow. The areas

from where construction material is excavated, benthic fauna get destroyed. In due course

of time, however, the area gets decolonized, with fresh benthic fauna. The density and

diversity of benthic fauna will however, be less as compared with the pre-dredging levels.

Thus, if adequate precautions during dredging operations are not undertaken, then

significant adverse impacts on aquatic ecology are anticipated.

b) Impacts due to discharge of sewage from Construction Worker camp/colony

The proposed hydro-power project would envisage construction of temporary and

permanent residential colonies to accommodate Construction Worker and staff engaged in

the project. This would result in discharge of sewage which is usually discharged into the

nearby water body. However, to avoid negative impact on the receiving water, it is

proposed to treat the domestic sewage before its disposal in the river. Septic tanks have

been proposed and overflow will go to soak pits to avoid any pollution of river. Therefore,

no adverse impacts on water quality are anticipated due to discharge of sewage from

Construction worker camp/colony, as long as wastewater is treated.

c) Impact on springs due to use of explosive

As per topographical survey (refer Fig. 2.1 Layout plan of EIA Chap. 2) spring/ any other

water body is absent in the proposed route of HRTs of Sawalkote HEP. So there was no any

significant impact on springs will be caused due to proposed project.

9.2.12 Impact on Noise Environment

Sources of noise will be the vehicles and equipment for excavation and stationary

equipment, including concrete batch plant located at the construction sites. Other sources

of noise will be the use of explosives for blasting purposes for construction activities,

drilling machines and quarrying and crushing activities.

a) Noise due to Construction Equipment

Under the worst case scenario, considered for prediction of noise levels during

construction phase, it has been assumed that all these equipment generate noise from a

common point. The noise levels due to operation of the different construction equipment

are given in Table 9.5.

Table 9.5: Noise Levels due to Operation of Construction Equipment Equipment Noise level

dB(A) Equipment Noise level

dB(A) Earth Moving Material Handling Compactors 70-72 Concrete mixers 75-85 Front loaders 72-82 Movable cranes 82-84 Backhoes 70-92 Tractors 76-90 Scrappers, graders 82-90 Truck 84-90

Others Vibrators 69-81 Saws 74-81

Under the worst-case scenario, considered for prediction of noise levels during

construction phase, it has been assumed that all these equipment generate noise from a



common point. The increase in noise levels due to operation of various construction

equipments is given in Table 9.6.

Table 9.6: Increase in noise levels due to operation of various construction equipment

Distance (m)

Ambient noise levels

dB(A)

Increase in noise level due to construction

activities dB(A)

Increased noise level due to construction

activities dB(A)

Increase in ambient noise level due to

construction activities dB(A)

100 40 76 76 36 200 40 70 70 30 500 40 62 62 22

1000 40 56 56 16 1500 40 52 52 12 2000 40 50 50 10 2500 40 48 49 9 3000 40 46 47 7

It would be worthwhile to mention here that in absence of the data on actual location of

various construction equipments, all the equipment have been assumed to operate at a

common point. This assumption leads to over-estimation of the increase in noise levels.

Also, it is a known fact that there is a reduction in noise level as the sound wave passes

through a barrier. The transmission loss values for common construction materials are

given in Table 9.7.

Table 9.7: Transmission loss for common construction materials Material Thickness of construction

material (inches) Decrease in noise

level dB(A) Light concrete 4 38

6 39 Dense concrete 4 40 Concrete block 4 32

6 36 Brick 4 33 Granite 4 40

Thus, the walls of various houses will attenuate at least 30 dB(A) of noise. In addition there

is attenuation due to air absorption, atmospheric in homogeneities, vegetal cover, etc.

Thus, no increase in noise levels is anticipated as a result of various activities, during the

project construction phase. The noise generated due to blasting is not likely to have any

effect on habitations. However, blasting can have adverse impact on wildlife, especially

along the alignment of the tunnel portion. It would be worthwhile to mention that no

major wildlife is observed in and around the project site. Hence, no significant impact is

expected on this account.

b) Noise due to increased vehicular movement

During construction phase, there will be significant increase in vehicular movement for

transportation of construction material. At present, there is no vehicular movement near

the dam site. During construction phase, the increase in vehicular movement is expected to

increase up to a maximum of 4 to 5 trucks/hour.

The impact on noise level due to increased vehicular movement was studied using Federal

Highway Administration model. The results of modeling are outlined in Table 9.8.



As mentioned earlier, there will be significant attenuation due to various factors, e.g.

absorption by construction material, air absorption, atmospheric in homogeneities, and

vegetal cover. Thus, no significant impact on this account is anticipated.

Table 9.8: Increase in noise levels due to increased vehicular movement

Distance (m)

Ambient noise level

dB (A)

Increase in noise level due to increased vehicular

movement dB (A)

Noise levels due to increased

vehicular movement dB

(A)

Increase in ambient noise level

due to increased vehicular

movement dB (A) 10 40 72 72 32 20 40 67 67 27 50 40 61 61 21

100 40 57 57 17 200 40 52 52 12 500 40 46 47 7

1000 40 42 44 4

c) Noise Generated due to Drilling:

The noise levels monitored at a 10m distance from the source and operator’s cabin is given

in Table 9.9. The noise levels during various construction activities have been compared to

various standards prescribed by Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA),

which are being implemented in our country through rules framed under Factories Act. It

can be observed that for an 8 hour duration, equivalent noise level exposure should be less

than 90 dB(A). The Director General of Mines Safety in its Circular number DG(Tech)/18 of

1975, has prescribed the noise level in mining operations for workers in 8 hour shift period

with unprotected ear as 90 dB(A) or less. This norm can be adopted for construction phase

of the proposed project as well. The workers who are expected to be exposed to noise

levels greater than 90 dB(A), should work in these areas up to 6 to 8 hours. In addition,

they also need to be provided with ear plugs. Thus, increased noise levels due to drilling

are not expected to adversely affect the workers operating the drill or involved in other

mining activities closely.

Table 9.9: Noise generated due to drilling

Equipment Noise level at source dB(A) Standing idle (inside cabin) 70-72 Standing idle (10 m radius) 72-74 On load (inside cabin) 78-80 On load (10 m radius) 82-84

d) Noise Generated due to Blasting

Noise generated by blasting is instantaneous in nature. Noise generated due to blasting is

site specific and depends on type, quantity of explosives, dimension of drill hole, degree of

compaction of explosives in the hole and rock. Noise levels generated due to blasting have

been monitored at various sites and the results have been summarized in Table 9.10.

Table 9.10: Noise generated due to blasting

No. of holes

Total charge (kg)

Maximum charge/delay (kg)

Distance (m)

Noise level dB(A)

15 1500 100 250 76-85 17 1700 100 250 76-86



18 1800 100 250 74-85 19 1900 100 400 70-75 20 2000 100 100 76-80

It can be observed from Table 9.10 that noise level due to blasting operations are expected

to be of the order of 75-86 dB(A). Since, the nearest settlement is at least 1 km away, the

incremental noise due to blasting is expected to be 50-60 dB(A). As the blasting is likely to

last for 4 to 5 seconds depending on the charge, noise levels over this time would be

instantaneous and short in duration. Considering attenuation due to various sources, even

the instantaneous increase in noise level is not expected to be more than 60 dB(A). Hence,

noise level due to blasting is not expected to cause any significant adverse impact.

e) Impacts due to Ground Vibrations

The explosive energy generated during blasting sets up a seismic wave within the surface,

which may affect the structures and cause discomfort to human population. When an

explosive charge is fired in a hole, stress waves traverse in various directions, causing the

rock particles to oscillate. Blasting also generates ground vibrations and instantaneous

noise. Various measures have been recommended to minimize the adverse impacts due to

blasting:

Proper design of blast hole to be developed.

Use of noiseless trunk delays to minimize the noise due to air blast.

Use of non-electric system of blasting for true bottom-hole initiation.

Use of muffling mats to arrest the dust and fly rock.

Noise in and around the construction site may affect the wildlife and residents in the

nearby areas. Wildlife in the area will likely to move away from the noise and eventually

return to the area when construction is complete. However, there is no major wildlife

observed in and around the construction site and hence this may not be a significant issue.

f) Impacts on Labour

The affect of high noise levels on the operating personnel has to be considered as this may be

particularly harmful. It is known that continuous exposures to high noise levels above 90 dB(A)

affects the hearing ability of the workers/operators and hence, should be avoided. To prevent

these effects, it has been recommended by Occupational Safety and Health Administration

(OSHA) that the exposure period of affected persons be limited as in Table 9.11.

Table 9.11: Maximum Exposure Periods Specified by OSHA

Maximum equivalent continuous noise

level dB(A)

Unprotected exposure period per day for 8 hrs/day and 5

days/week 90 8 95 4

100 2 110 ½ 120 ¼

9.2.13 Impacts on Air Quality

In general hydropower projects do not affect the air quality in a significant manner. The

sources and activities that might affect air quality in the project area are vehicular traffic,



dust arising from unpaved village roads and domestic fuel burning. The air environment

around project site is free from any significant pollution source. Therefore, ambient air

quality is quite good in and around the project area.

Vehicles and stationary equipment will impact air quality at the construction site through

emissions from the engines and equipment, fugitive emissions due to material handling,

etc. Additionally quarry site activities including operation of crushers, concrete batch

plants, construction work and movement of vehicles along unpaved road will generate dust

& gaseous emission and impact air quality. The burning of waste will also affect air quality.

In absence of proper fuel, construction workers at the project site may use wood for fuel

burning. This will impact air quality.

In a water resources project, air pollution occurs mainly during project construction phase.

The major sources of air pollution during construction phase are:

Pollution due to fuel combustion in various equipment

Emission from various crushers and other construction plants

Fugitive emissions from material handling and transportation.

a) Pollution due to fuel combustion in various equipments

The operation of various construction equipments requires combustion of fuel. Normally,

diesel is used in such equipment. The major pollutant which gets emitted as a result of

combustion of diesel is SO2. The particulate matter emissions are minimal due to low ash

content in diesel. Depending upon the fuel quality and quantity and rating of DG sets and other

equipments, it is important to provide adequate stack height for emission to be dispersed in

the atmosphere to have minimum increase in Ground Level Concentrations (GLCs).

b) Emissions from various crushers and other construction plants

The operation of the crusher and other construction plants during the construction phase is

likely to generate fugitive emissions, which can impact plant area and surrounding area as

well, depending on wind direction. Such fugitive emissions comprising mainly of the

particulate matter, will be generated. Various measures have been recommended to

control such emissions and further reduce their impacts on workers and locals in the EMP.

c) Fugitive Emissions from material handling and transportation

During construction phase, there will be increased vehicular movement. Lot of construction

material like sand, fine aggregate are stored at various sites, during the project

construction phase. Normally, due to blowing of winds, especially when the environment is

dry, some of the stored material can get entrained in the atmosphere. Although it is very

difficult to completely eliminate such impact, it is possible to reduce its intensity by

implementing various measures as recommended in the EMP.

Air Modeling

The hydro power operations do not generate any substantial quantities of airborne

respirable dust. However modeling was done to assess the impact on air quality.



Fugitive Dust- Modeling

Air quality modeling was done using line source model as published by USEPA “Workbook

of Dispersion Modeling” by Turner, for transportation though roads and the empirical

emission factor equations from USEPA. Emission factors to be used in Line source

Dispersion equation is adopted from formula as given below:

E= k * (1.7) * (s/12)*(S/48) * (W/2.7)0.7 * (w/4)0.5 * (365-p/365) kg/VKT----------------- (1)

Where,

E = Emission Rate (kg/VKT)

k= Particle size multiplier = (0.36)

s = Silt Content of the Road surface material (%) = 10%

S = Mean Vehicle Speed (km/hr) = 20 km/hr

W=Mean Vehicle Weight (tonnes) = 10 tonnes

w= Mean number of wheels = 8

p= Number of days with at least 0.254 mm of precipitation per year = 60

f = frequency of Vehicle movement (Considering to and fro) =736

Thus using equation (1)

E = 0.61766 kg/VKT

E = 0.0062 g/sec/m

Concentration of the fugitive dust was calculated using the empirical equations for

unpaved roads published by USEPA- AP42. The Concentration of the fugitive Dust is given

below:

C = (2/π) 1/2 (E / σz υ) Exp- *(h2) / (2 σz2)+ x 106 ---------------------------- (2)

Where,

C = Hourly Concentration in microgram/ m3

E = Emission Rate = 0.0062 g/sec/m

υ = Wind Speed =4 m/s

h = 0 m

Modeling was done for an infinite line source assuming unpaved road. For conservative

calculation wind was assumed to blow at a velocity of 4 m/s perpendicular to the road. The

results for 24 hourly concentration values are given in the Figure 9.1.

Figure 9.1: Graph showing Concentration of Fugitive dust vs Distance



It is observed that the ground level concentration (GLC) decreases from 73.45 µg/m3 at 50

m from the centre line of the road to 9.60 µg/m3 at 500 m from the centre line of the road.

These values have been predicted for a dry unpaved road.

9.2.14 Traffic Analysis

Traffic analysis is carried out by understanding the existing carrying capacity of the roads

near to the project site and the connecting main roads in the area. Then depending on the

capacity of the muck generation, the number of trucks that will be added to the present

scenario will be compared to the carrying capacity.

Table 9.12: Existing Traffic Scenario & Level of Service (LOS)

Road V C Existing V/C Ratio LOS Upper Tangar proposed colony area 32 6000 0.005 A Ramban (Highway) near Seri village 325 15000 0.02 A

Source: IRC 64-1990 V= Volume in PCU’s/day & C= Capacity in PCU’s/ day

The existing Level of Service Near colony area & highway intersection is “A” i.e. excellent

for both case.

V/C LOS Performance 0.0 - 0.2 A Excellent 0.2 - 0.4 B Very Good 0.4 - 0.6 C Good / Average / Fair 0.6 - 0.8 D Poor 0.8 - 1.0 E Very Poor

Reference: ENVIS Technical Report, IISc, Bangalore

Table 9.13: Modified Traffic Scenario & LOS

Road V C Modified V/C Ratio LOS Upper Tangar proposed colony area 2240 6000 0.37 B Ramban (Highway) near Seri village 2533 15000 0.16 A

The V/C ratio is likely to change to 0.37 and 0.16 with LOS being “B” & “A” which is ‘Very

Good & ‘excellent’ respectively, as per classification. So the additional load on the carrying

capacity of the concerned roads is not likely to have any significant adverse effect.

9.2.15 Impacts on Socio-economic Environment

A project of this magnitude is likely to entail both positive as well as negative impacts on

the socio-cultural fabric of area.

a) Positive Impacts on Socio-Economic Environment

One of the main reasons for promoting hydroelectric schemes is their environmentally

friendly character. This form of energy, unlike the energy from other conventional sources,

entails no discharges of wastes or emission of toxic gases. It is virtually free from pollution

and thus can be looked as “technology of the future” for the rural and remote areas. The

following positive impacts are anticipated on the socio-economic environment of the local

people of villages of project area during the project construction and operation phases:

i) A number of marginal activities and jobs would be available to the locals during

construction phase.



ii) Developer bringing large scale investment to the area will also invest in local area

development and benefit will be reaped by locals. Education, medical,

transportation, road network and other infrastructure will improve.

iii) The availability of electricity in the rural areas will reduce the dependence of the

locals on alternative energy sources namely forest.

iv) With increased availability of electricity, small-scale and cottage industries are likely

to come up in the area.

v) The proposed project site is well connected by road. Efforts to be made to develop

eco-tourism, which could earn additional revenue.

b) Negative Impacts on Socio-Economic Environment

Such projects, in addition, to positive impact on socio-economic environment may also

bring certain negative impact due to influx of outside population. Workforce will reside in

that area for around five years and also there will be large influx of drivers and other

workers on temporary basis. This influx of people in otherwise isolated area may lead to

various social and cultural conflicts during the construction stage. Developers need to take

help of local leaders, Panchayat and NGOs to ensure minimum impact on this count.

c) Increased incidence of Diseases

Large scale activity in the area due to the proposed project may become a cause of spread

of HIV/AIDS in the project area due to following reasons:

• Project requires long-term input of labour from outside the area.

• Project requires that significant numbers of project employees be separated

from their families for long periods of time

• Project involves the creation of large, temporary construction camp(s).

• Increases mobility of people in and out of the area (job seekers, formal and

informal service providers).

• Requires participation / resettlement of the local population.

d) Indirect and Cumulative Impacts on Natural Resources

The improved year round access to the whole project area from new and upgraded roads

will enable people to settle in the area. Use of the improved access will enable movement

from one area to another. This translates into the development of roadside villages, and a

potential increased pressure on the natural resources in the vicinity of the roads. The

increased pressure will include uncontrolled logging, hunting of wildlife, non-timber forest

product collection, livestock husbandry, the cultivation in forest areas and forest fires.

These impacts are expected during the economic development of the river basin, and are

expected to be managed by the basin level catchment area treatment plan, and the

proposed Environmental Master Plan for the state.

9.2.16 Impacts Summary

Impact of above activities on various components of the environment during construction

phase of the project are tabulated and given at Table 9.14.

9.3 IMPACTS DURING OPERATION PHASE On completion of the construction of the project, the land used for construction activities,

muck dumping, quarrying, etc. will be restored. Construction workers who have resided in



that area will move to another project site. By ensuring all the mitigation and management

measures, as planned for this project, are implemented to minimize the impact of

construction phase, large part of the area will go back to its original form. However, there

will be some permanent changes such as dam across the river, reservoir formation,

powerhouse and project colony. Hydropower projects are considered as clean source of

renewable energy as there are no significant pollution generation sources during project

operation. There is no air and water pollution from the project operation. Similarly

generation of solid and hazardous waste is also insignificant.

One critical impact of operation of hydropower projects has received substantial attention

from environmentalists in last two to three decades based on the observations made on

operational projects in developed countries. Diversion of water from dam to powerhouse

will make the intermediate stretch of the river almost dry especially during lean season.

Impact becomes significant if several projects are planned in cascade and/or large

headrace tunnels making the intermediate stretch very large. Low flow in the section of the

river adversely impacts the aquatic ecology including fish fauna, riparian vegetation and

fauna dependent on it; and downstream users. These impacts cannot be mitigated,

however, they can be minimized by scientifically assessing the environmental flow

requirement of the intermediate stretch not only in lean season but also in all the months.

Other impacts of the construction phase include formation of reservoir impacting the

water quality and aquatic ecology, pollution generation from colony and plant and positive

as well negative impacts on socio-economic environment mainly due to improved

infrastructure in the area. These impacts are summarized at Table 9.15.

9.3.1 Impact on Water Resources

a) Impact of reduction in downstream flow

The construction of dam and diversion of water for power generation would lead to the

reduction in water discharge in the river stretch downstream of dam. To maintain

ecological needs and downstream requirement, environmental releases shall be suggested

for monsoon, lean and other months for entire year. These have been presented in

Chapter 10.



Table 9.14: Summary of Impacts during Construction Phase

Component of Environment Source/Reason of Impact Quantification, where possible

Air Environment

Fugitive dust from Transportation through road

Ground level concentration (GLC) decreases from 73.45 µg/m3 at 50 m from the centre line of the road to 9.60 µg/m3 at 500 m from the centre line of the road. These values have been predicted for a dry unpaved road.

Increase in movement of vehicles

The V/C ratio is likely to change to 0.37 and 0.16 with LOS being “B” & “A” which is ‘Very Good & ‘excellent’ respectively, as per classification. So the additional load on the carrying capacity of the concerned roads is not likely to have any significant adverse effect.

Operation of construction Plants, Machineries, Workshops

For construction of project components plants and workshops will be set up and construction machinery and equipment will be deployed. A list of such equipment is prepared project component wise and is enclosed as Table 9.2. Their operation will generate pollution in all manifestations viz. air, water, noise including solid and hazardous waste.

Operation of DG sets for power Requirement

12 DG sets of each 500 KVA and 12 DG sets 125 KVA will be used during construction phase leading to emissions due to fuel burning in the area where ambient air is free from such pollutants.

Quarrying Operations 22 ha land is identified as borrow and quarry area. Quarrying operation and transportation of quarried material generate air and noise pollution.

Muck handling and transport The construction would involve about 280,000 cum of soil excavation and 7,400,000 cum of rock excavation. About 65% of rock excavation is expected to be used for producing coarse and fine aggregate for concrete production and in fillings for developing areas for construction facilities. Total quantity of excavation in common soil and balance 35% quantity of rock excavation would have to be disposed in the two identified and designated muck-dumping sites, located near Tangar and Pari villages. Transportation and handling large quantity of muck lead to air pollution in the area.

Noise and Vibration

Increase in movement of vehicles

As discussed above

Operation of construction Plants, Machineries, Workshops

As discussed above

Operation of DG sets for power Requirement

As discussed above

Blasting operations for tunneling and quarrying

Potential environmental impacts of blasting include ground vibration (seismic waves), air overpressure, noise, dust and fly rock. Vibrations transmitted through the ground and pressure waves through the air are the most common impacts of blasting operations. Depending upon the location of the habitation, it can even damage the houses during the operation.

Water Environment

Effluent from construction plant and workshops

A list of construction equipment is prepared project component wise and is given at Table 9.2. Their operation will generate pollution in all manifestations viz. air, water, noise and solid and hazardous waste. As some of the equipment will use water and discharge effluent, uncontrolled discharge will led to ground and surface water pollution.




Muck Disposal The construction would involve about 280,000 cum of soil excavation and 7,400,000 cum of rock excavation. About 65% of rock excavation is expected to be used for producing coarse and fine aggregate for concrete production and in fillings for developing areas for construction facilities. Total quantity of excavation in common soil and balance 35% quantity of rock excavation would have to be disposed in muck disposal area. This will be disposed off in the two identified and designated muck-dumping sites, which has a total area of 803.67 ha. As most of the operation is along the riverbank, spillage of muck will lead to water pollution unless the operation is efficiently controlled.

Sewage from construction camp and colonies

It is estimated that during the peak construction period, about 6500 persons will migrate to the area to stay in construction camps and work on project. Sewage from workers colony/construction camp can lead to serious water pollution if adequate treatment measures are not put in place.

Land Environment

Change of Land use 1401.35 ha of land will be acquired for the project construction and land use of this land will change permanently. This is a permanent impact and no mitigation/management measures can be implemented for the entire land. However, land acquired for temporary construction camps, muck dumping and quarrying, etc. will be restored to bring back it to its original land use.

Loss of top cover in quarry/burrow area

22 ha of land is identified as borrow area. Quarrying operation lead to removal of top cover and unless the area is restored it impacts the land environment and spoils the aesthetics of the region. Restoration of quarrying area is included in the Environment Management Plan (EMP).

Land deterioration due to muck disposal

Two dumping sites have been identified with total area of 36 ha. This land will be impacted due to muck dumping, however, Muck Disposal Plan will ensure that area is restored on completion of the muck dumping process so that impact remains temporary.

Land deterioration due at construction sites, labour camps/colonies

8.4 ha of land has been identified as construction facilities area. This land will get impacted due to movement of vehicles, installation and use of construction equipment leading to discharge of pollutants in atmosphere. However, these impacts will be temporary as the land can be restored after completion of construction phase. Restoration of construction facility area is included in the EMP.

Indiscriminate solid waste disposal

About 6500 persons are expected to migrate in the area during peak construction period. Construction and colony for workers and officers will generate solid waste - biodegradable as well as non-biodegradable. Littering of solid waste on hill slopes creates an unaesthetic scene also. Therefore, there is a need to implement a solid waste management plan to ensure that this waste will not create serious land and ground water pollution.

Disposal of hazardous and biomedical waste on land

Hazardous waste will be generated during construction phase from machinery and equipment using fuel, lubricating oil, batteries, etc. Empty oil drums, used oil, maintenance/cleaning clothes, used batteries, etc. will constitute hazardous waste. Quantity of the hazardous waste expected to be generated cannot be estimated at this stage however, it is not expected to be large and can be managed by developing a temporary secured storage location and then transporting the waste to the nearest available for Treatment, Storage and Disposal Facility (TSDF).




Biomedical Waste will be generated from the dispensaries set up to take care of workers medical needs, however, quantity is not expected to be very large. Therefore, biomedical waste will be securely kept in dispensary and will be transported to the nearest government/private hospital where an incinerator is installed for disposal of biomedical waste. As the quantity is not expected to be large, capacity of the host incinerator should not pose any constraint.

Flora

Loss of forest area due to project construction

The project construction would require acquisition of 684.15 ha of forest land. All the vegetation on 684.15 ha land will be cleared for construction of project component. This is a permanent impact and can only be compensated by Compensatory Afforestation for which a plan is prepared and included in EMP.

Tree cutting by workers for fuel wood/heating/furniture etc.

In addition to loss of forestland due to project construction, there is a potential impact of tree cutting by migratory labour force that would have fuel wood requirement and timber requirement for heating, furniture, etc. This impact can be mitigated by ensuring that labor’s fuel and timber requirement is taken care of. A plan prepared in this regard is included as part of EMP.

Fauna

Noise and vibration from construction activities including blasting, increased traffic, etc.

As discussed above, there will be higher sound levels in the area due to construction activities, operation of DG sets and other equipment's, blasting, etc. Blasting will also lead to ground vibration. Noise and vibration in the area will impact the fauna in the area especially avifauna, who may move away from the area permanently.

Hunting and poaching Hunting and poaching activities can be undertaken by migratory workforce and this will impact fauna of the region. As part of EMP, anti-poaching measures are suggested which needs to be implemented strictly that impact is eliminated.

Loss of forest area 684.15 ha of the over ground forestland will be cleared for the project construction and will directly impact fauna of the area.

Socio-economic

Social and cultural conflicts with migratory labour force

Influx of people in otherwise isolated area may lead to various social and cultural conflicts during the construction stage. Developers need to take help of local leaders, Panchayat and NGOs to ensure minimum impact on this count.

Increase incidents of diseases due to migratory labour force

Large scale activity in the area due to the proposed project may become a cause of spread of various communicable diseases including HIV/AIDS in the project area as project requires long-term input of labour from outside the area and many of them may remain separated from their families for a long period of time.

Direct job opportunities for locals

Locals will get direct employment opportunity in the project based on their qualifications and skill set. In addition, There will be various opportunities for local contractors to be involved in construction, fabrication, transportation, etc.

Secondary jobs/service due to increased activity in the area

Due to construction of project there will be increased activity in the area. Migratory workforce will settle in the area and also there will be increased movement in the area due to material transport, consultants, engineers, etc. This will give job/service opportunity to the locals to meet their daily requirements of food, stay, etc.



Table 9.15: Summary of Impacts during Operation Phase Sl.

No. Component of Environment

Source/Reason of Impact Quantification, where possible

1 Air Environment No significant air pollution during operation phase

2 Noise and Vibration

Noise and vibration from turbines

Noise and vibration inside the powerhouse will be high especially during operation time when turbines are running at under capacity. These turbines will be housed within the powerhouse building, which will provide sufficient attenuation; therefore, impact of noise outside the powerhouse is not significant. Work instructions will be developed for workers working in the high noise area so as to limit their exposure to high noise and encourage the use of Personal Protective Equipments (PPEs).

3

Water Environment

Formation of reservoir The flooding of previously forest and agricultural land in the submergence area will increase the availability of nutrients resulting from decomposition of the vegetative matter. Phytoplankton productivity can supersaturate the euphotic zone with oxygen before contributing to the accommodation of organic matter in the sediments. Enrichment of impounded water with organic and inorganic nutrients will be the main water quality problem immediately on commencement of the operation. However, this phenomenon is likely to last for a short duration from the filling up of the reservoir.

4

Sewage from project colony During the operation phase, due to absence of any large-scale construction activity, the cause and source of water pollution will be much different. Since, only a small number of O&M staff will reside in the area in a well-designed colony with sewage treatment plant and other infrastructural facilities, the problems of water pollution due to disposal of sewage are not anticipated. The treated sewage will be reused for gardening and green belt around the colony.

5 Land Environment There will not be any negative impact on land during operation phase. Change of land use is a

permanent impact and has been covered under construction phase. There will be positive impact on land as part of the land used for temporary activities will be restored to natural conditions.

6 Flora and fauna

There will be no negative impact on flora of region during the operation phase. Impact on riparian vegetation and aquatic flora due to reduced flow in the intermediate stretch has been covered under water environment. Implementation of biodiversity conservation and management plan, catchment area treatment plan and compensatory afforestation plan will have positive impacts on flora in the area. Development of green belt in the project activity area and along the periphery of the reservoir will also have positive impact. Additionally, restoration of land used for muck dumping, construction activity, etc. will also have positive impact on the flora.

7 Socio-economic

Project construction will lead to large-scale infrastructure development in the area. Due to development of road network, accessibility to the area will significantly improve. Local area development activities planned as part of the project will not only benefit the project-affected families but also other people residing in the area including that of nearby villages. Setting up of school, health care facilities, skill development activity center, vocational training center, etc. will ensure higher education and skill levels of the local population. Provision of scholarships will help deserving students to go for higher studies. Overall it is expected that quality of life of the local population will improve due to setting up of the project in the area.



b) Impact on Water Quality

The self purifying capability of running water is directly related to its current velocity and

water discharge. The regulated flow results in alteration of ecological characteristics

including its purifying capacity. The creation of a reservoir would lead to desiltation,

therefore, water in the downstream section would be less turbid with much lower water

current velocity as compared to the normal velocity. The shallowness of the water in this

section during the lean season would also lead to increase in the water temperature,

thereby affecting the dissolved oxygen contents adversely. Dilution of organic pollutants, if

any, also decreases and results in increase in concentration of pollutants in the river

channel.

Due to decrease in the discharge and change in water quality, the population of

microorganisms will be affected. Algae like Achnanthidium minutissima, which is

characteristic of fast flowing and clean river waters would be affected due to decreased

discharge. The species like Synedra ulna and Nitzschia sp. will become abundant in the

stretch between dam site and powerhouse site as these species prefer shallow waters.

The various aspects covered as a part of impact on water quality during project operation

phase are:

o Effluent from project colony

o Impacts on reservoir quality

o Eutrophication risks

i) Effluent from Project Colony

During the operation phase, due to absence of any large scale construction activity, the

cause and source of water pollution will be much different. Since, only a small number of

O&M staff will reside in the area in a well designed colony with sewage treatment plant

and other infrastructural facilities, the problems of water pollution due to disposal of

sewage are not anticipated. The treated sewage will be reused for gardening and green

belt around the colony.

ii) Impacts on Reservoir Water Quality

The flooding of previously forest and agricultural land in the submergence area will

increase the availability of nutrients resulting from decomposition of the vegetative

matter. Phytoplankton productivity can supersaturate the euphotic zone with oxygen

before contributing to the accommodation of organic matter in the sediments. Enrichment

of impounded water with organic and inorganic nutrients will be the main water quality

problem immediately on commencement of the operation. However, this phenomenon is

likely to last for a short duration of few years from the filling up of the reservoir.

iii) Eutrophication Risks

Another significant impact observed in the reservoir is the problem of eutrophication

which occurs mainly due to the disposal of nutrient rich effluents from the agricultural

fields. The fertilizer use in the project area is negligible, hence, runoff at present does not

contain significant amount of nutrients. Even in the post-project phase, the use of

fertilizers in the project catchment area is not expected to rise significantly. Thus, in the

post-project phase, problems of eutrophication, which is primarily caused by enrichment of

nutrients in water, are not anticipated.



9.3.2 Terrestrial Fauna

During project operation phase, the accessibility to the area will improve due to

construction of roads, which in turn may increase human interferences leading to marginal

adverse impacts on the terrestrial ecosystem. Since significant wildlife population is not

found in the region, no major adverse impacts are anticipated on this account.

9.3.3 Aquatic Ecology

a) Impacts on aquatic ecology

The proposed project will create a reservoir of 11 sq.km. The diversion structure will

change the fast flowing river to a quiescent lacustrine environment. The creation of a pond

will bring about a number of alterations in physical, abiotic and biotic parameters both in

upstream and downstream directions of the proposed dam site. The micro and macro

benthic biota is likely to be most severely affected as a result of the proposed project.

b) Impacts on fisheries

This is one of the most serious impacts of hydropower projects during their operation

phase. Operation of the plant will involve diversion of water by a high dam. Reduced flows

and changed flow regime downstream will alter the aquatic ecology and change the fish

habitat altogether.

To minimize this impact, a separate study has been conducted and same has been presented in

Chapter 10. It prescribes releases from dam for monsoon, lean and other months for whole

year to ensure that the intermediate stretch receive adequate flow round the year.

9.3.4 Impacts due to peaking

Peaking operation is an integral part of hydropower projects, where during low flow period

water is stored in reservoir and used to run the plant at full capacity for limited number of

hours during the day, to match the peak demand hours based on grid requirement. During

the water storage period only minimum mandatory environment flow is released whereas

during peak power generation the entire design discharge is released in the river

downstream of powerhouse. This diurnal variation in the flow regime is considered as

significant environment impact on the downstream reach of the river especially during the

lean season or low flow period. Typically during lean season the natural flow in the river is

much lower than that of design discharge (which is close to monsoon average flow). For

example, in Chenab, at Sawalkote project location, the average lean season flow varies

from 200-250 cumec and the design discharge for 1856 MW Sawalkote HEP is 1317.81

cumec. Average lean season peaking is estimated for about 4 hours per day; which means

the project will release mandatory environmental flow of 39.97 cumec for 20 hours and

1317.81 cumec for 4 hours. Downstream reach is free flowing river stretch for about 30 Km

upto the tip of reservoir of Salal HEP. This stretch will be impacted because of diurnal flow

variation due to peaking operations of Sawalkote HEP during low flow period.

To quantify the impacts of diurnal flow variation, hydro-dynamic modeling has been carried

out for about 15 km of river stretch downstream of Sawalkote HEP and simulation results

for variation in water levels and flow velocity have been calculated. The downstream reach

is represented by the river cross sections, arranged by JKSPDC. The river cross sections do

not give the bed profile; which is limiting factor to exactly calculate the water depth and



velocity at a particular location downstream of the dam. However, to understand the depth

and velocity variations these indicative results hold good.

As the impacts are more prominent in lean season, lean season discharge data is used for the flow modeling. Based on 10-daily discharge data of 90% dependable year, average lean season peaking is observed for about four hours; keeping this in view lean season release and peaking discharge table (Table 9.16) is prepared and used for hydrodynamic routing using MIKE 11 model in order to get the resulting discharge series at different locations downstream of Sawalkote HEP. The same is presented as Table 9.16.

Table 9.16: Hourly Lean season release of a typical 24 hour used for peaking impact study

Time Lean season release from Sawalkote HE Project [hr] [cumec]

1 39.97 2 39.97 3 39.97 4 39.97 5 39.97 6 39.97 7 39.97 8 39.97 9 39.97

10 39.97 11 1317.81 12 1317.81 13 1317.81 14 1317.81 15 39.97 16 39.97 17 39.97 18 39.97 19 39.97 20 39.97 21 39.97 22 39.97 23 39.97 24 39.97

Results of the hydrodynamic modeling are given at Table 9.17.

Table 9.17: Variation in water levels and velocity profiles in downstream reach

Water Level (m) Velocity (m/s) Downstream of dam

(m) Min Max Increase in

water level (m) Min Max

CHENAB 0.00 534.77 540.07 5.30 1.97 8.23 CHENAB 500.00 526.00 530.98 4.98 1.94 8.28 CHENAB 1000.00 518.00 521.86 3.86 0.91 2.78 CHENAB 1500.00 516.00 520.20 4.20 0.74 3.07 CHENAB 2000.00 514.00 518.44 4.44 0.82 2.81 CHENAB 2500.00 512.00 517.31 5.31 0.58 2.26 CHENAB 2940.00 511.20 516.57 5.37 0.59 2.36 CHENAB 3380.00 510.40 515.79 5.39 0.61 2.45 CHENAB 3820.00 509.60 514.96 5.36 0.61 2.55 CHENAB 4260.00 508.80 514.05 5.25 0.63 2.67 CHENAB 4700.00 508.00 512.97 4.97 0.60 2.88 CHENAB 5150.00 507.00 512.57 5.57 0.83 1.37 CHENAB 5600.00 506.00 512.16 6.16 0.83 2.06 CHENAB 6050.00 505.00 511.54 6.54 0.84 2.45 CHENAB 6500.00 504.00 510.49 6.49 0.80 3.59 CHENAB 6950.00 503.00 508.74 5.74 0.99 4.40



Water Level (m) Velocity (m/s) Downstream of dam

(m) Min Max Increase in

water level (m) Min Max

CHENAB 7433.33 501.33 506.61 5.27 0.81 3.37 CHENAB 7916.67 499.67 504.74 5.08 0.86 3.55 CHENAB 8400.00 498.00 502.41 4.41 0.75 4.09 CHENAB 8888.33 496.67 500.61 3.95 0.81 1.78 CHENAB 9376.67 495.33 499.95 4.62 0.91 2.02 CHENAB 9865.00 494.00 499.16 5.16 1.12 2.29 CHENAB 10353.33 492.67 498.22 5.55 1.16 2.60 CHENAB 10841.67 491.33 497.04 5.71 1.13 3.06 CHENAB 11330.00 490.00 495.29 5.29 1.34 4.29 CHENAB 11785.00 488.00 492.70 4.70 1.30 3.99 CHENAB 12240.00 486.00 489.99 3.99 1.42 3.80 CHENAB 12695.00 484.00 488.15 4.15 1.07 2.03 CHENAB 13150.00 482.00 487.35 5.35 1.21 6.08 CHENAB 13550.00 480.00 483.45 3.45 1.02 2.69 CHENAB 13950.00 478.00 482.71 4.71 0.98 2.16 CHENAB 14414.00 476.80 482.09 5.29 0.91 2.27 CHENAB 14878.00 475.60 481.44 5.83 1.01 2.38

An inundation map due to this peaking has been prepared and shown as Figure 9.2. As can

be seem from the above results, diurnal depth variation is significant and is of the order of

3.45 m of minimum to 6.54 m of maximum. It is observed that river largely remain confined

to the gorge in the downstream stretch and this diurnal flow variation leading to

fluctuation of water levels will not impact habitation; however, aquatic life will be

impacted. Further, velocity will increase from a minimum of 1-2 m/s to 3-4 m/s and goes as

high as 6 m/s and 8 m/s at certain locations; this would further impact the aquatic fauna in

this reach. As discussed, during baseline, Mahseer is predominant species in this reach,

which remains in the main river during lean season. Due to diurnal flow variation and high

velocity, its habitat will shrink and remain confined to tributaries only. To mitigate such

impacts, developer needs to modify the plant operation to the extent of

limiting/eliminating peaking hour generation during lean season.

Figure 9.2: Inundation map



Chapter ENVIRONMENTAL FLOWS 10

10.1 NORMS FOR ENVIRONMENTAL FLOW

There are no set norms for minimum releases to be maintained at all times on account of

ecology and environment and to address issues concerning riparian rights, drinking water,

health, aquatic life, wildlife, fisheries, silt and even to honour the sensitive religious issues

like cremation and other religious rites, etc. on the river banks. No state has any set policy

for minimum flows except Himachal Pradesh state government which has declared its

policy regarding ensuring minimum flow of water in HEPs / ROR projects to ensure

minimum flow of 15% water immediately downstream of the diversion structure of the

project throughout the year. For the purpose of determination of minimum discharge, the

average discharge in three lean months is considered and 15% of that value is to be

released through out the year.

Several independent environment flow studies as well as basin studies/cumulative impact

assessment studies have been carried out by various expert agencies/institutes in recent

times. These studies have established the need of higher releases as environment flow

rather than minimum value worked out based on the lean season discharge and used

through out the year. Typically such studies have established that environment flow

available in the river should follow the natural discharge pattern i.e. there is a need to

ensure that monsoon/peak season releases from dam are much higher than that of

lean/low flow period and for other months, the releases should be somewhere between

peak and lean period.

Environmental Appraisal Committee (EAC) for River Valley and Hydroelectric Projects, have

been recommending that minimum flows during lean, season to be worked out by taking

into account, average discharge of four leanest month based on 90% dependable year data.

They also started prescribing monsoon releases as 30% of the monsoon discharge and

other months (pre and post monsoon period) as 20-30% of the average discharge in those

months; both based on 90% dependable year discharge data. This should be further

verified by scientifically studying the minimum flow requirement for aquatic life and

riparian purposes and based on the actual requirement established; the minimum flow

release provisions should be made in the project design.

For Sawalkote HEP, TOR issued by MoEF vide their letter No. J-12011/19/2011-IA-I dated

June 12, 2013 have prescribed that environment flow of 39.97 cumec (20% of average lean

season discharge based on 90% DY data) has to be increased during monsoon and revised

net flow to be 30% during monsoon months. It further mentioned that, “the minimum

environment flow shall be 20% of the flow of four consecutive lean months of 90%

dependable year; 30% of average monsoon flow the flow for remaining months shall be in

between 20-30% depending on the site specific study”.

Keeping the TOR condition in view, a scientific study has been undertaken to establish the

flow requirement in lean, monsoon and non-lean non-monsoon seasons based on



ecological and downstream use considerations and outcome is discussed in following text.

10.2 ESTABLISHING WATER REQUIREMENT

To study various biological and physico-chemical characteristics of river in the study area of

proposed hydro-electric project sampling was carried out at few locations near dam site.

This is important to establish water requirements for aquatic ecological and downstream

use considerations. Biological and physico-chemical characteristics have been presented in

Chapter 7, Section 7.6.

a) Fish and Fisheries

River Chenab is one of the most important rivers of Indus river system. During the field

surveys experimental fishing was undertaken to know the type of fishes available in

Chenab River. Local people were interviewed about the type of fish found in Chenab river.

According to them and data gathered from literature fishes found are Snow trouts like

Schizothorax esocinus, S. richardsonii, S. plagiostomus, and S. labiatus and in addition

Glyptosternum reticulatum, Oncorhynchus mykiss (Rainbow trout), Salmo trutta fario

(Brown trout), carps and mahseer are also reported from the river. Among the Snow

trouts, Schizothorax esocinus and S. richardsonii are known to perform local movement. To

cope with the fall in the water temperature in winter months, they descend to the lower

stretches. When temperature rises from freezing levels to 100C-170C in May and June then

they ascend to upper stretches and tributaries to lay their eggs.

Experimental fishing was carried out in the river at three locations i.e. i) near Jaiswal bridge

at the tail end of proposed reservoir area, ii) near Ramban town and iii) near Dharamkund

area with the help of local fisherman. The exercise was undertaken for at least 4 hours

every day for 6 days during each survey period. No fish was landed during the experimental

fishing near Jaiswal bridge and Ramban town. However, 5 individuals of trout fish

(Schizothorax spp.) captured near Dharmkund of size varying from 25cm to 35 cm and

weighing about 200 to 500 g.

Fish fauna in the Chenab river and its streams is determined by the water temperature, the

flow velocity and type of substrate. The species found here are either endowed with strong

locomotion like Snow trout and Mahseer or have developed special organs of attachment

in species like Garra and Glyptosternoids. The fishes inhabiting the river and streams are

Mahseer (Tor spp.), minor carps (Labeo dero and L. dyocheilus), Lesser baril (Barilius

bendelisis), Sucher head (Garra gotyla), Snow Trout (Schizothorax spp.), Loaches

(Nemacheilus spp. and Botia birdi) and the Sissorid fishes (Glyposternum reticulatum,

Glyptothorax conirostris and G. pectinopterus). Fish species reported in this stretch of

Chenab river are listed in Table 10.1.

Table 10.1: List of Fish species reported


1 Cyprinidae Tor putitora 2 Cyprinidae Tor tor 3 Cyprinidae Schizothorax esocinus 4 Cyprinidae Schizothorax richardsonii



5 Cyprinidae Garra gotyla 6 Cyprinidae Labeo dero 7 Cyprinidae Barilius leendelisis 8 Siluridae Glyposternum reticulatum 9 Siluridae Glyptothorax conirostris

10 Siluridae Glyptothorax pectinopterus

b) Requirement Based on the Aquatic Life

Fish species need relatively unaltered or pristine habitat during their life cycles to ensure

optimal growth and survival rates. Fish migration, spawning, incubation and rearing are

various life cycle stages requiring particular habitat for survival. Environmental conditions of

the habitat include temperature, water depth, velocity, turbidity, dissolved oxygen, substrate

and food supply. To work out the water requirement based on needs of aquatic life, it is

important to understand the variations caused in the environmental conditions of the habitat

due to availability of lesser quantity of water in the downstream stretch of the proposed

dam; relate it to the requirement of fish species available in the region and establish the

minimum water required to be released during lean, monsoon and non-lean non-monsoon

seasons to ensure their survival, migration, spawning, incubation and rearing etc.

Baseline status of Fish and Fisheries in the study area has been discussed in above sections.

Based on the discussion above, indigenous species, snow trout (Schizothorax plagiostomus)

and Mahseer (Tor spp.) are predominantly available in the study area. Mahseer being the

larger species needs larger habitat in terms of water depth and flow width; therefore

require higher releases to meet minimum habitat requirement. Therefore flow release

requirement established to meet habitat requirement of mahseer should be adequate for

other species as well.

Several scientific studies have been done in past to establish fish habitat and to study

impacts on fish species due to habitat alteration either by natural reasons or human

interference. Most of the work has been done on Mahseer and Snow trout, which have

wide range distribution in the Himalayan region. Wildlife Institute of India (WII) has carried

out a CIA study for Bhagirathi and Alaknanda Basins (2012). In the report, they have

compiled minimum habitat requirement of trout and mahseer species in terms of feeding

habits, habitat preference, breeding/spawning characteristics. Data is sourced from WII

document and used for the environment flow release study for Sawalkote HEP (Tables 10.2

to 10.4).

Table 10.2: Habitat requirement of Golden Mahseer (Tor putitora)

Adults Juveniles Spawning Incubation & Larval development

Depth Deep (>1 m) 0.5 - 1.5 m

Shallow (<0.75 – 1.5m)

Shallow to high (0.5-2.0m)

Shallow to high (0.3 - 2.00 m)

Velocity Medium to high (0.5 - 1.5 m/s)

Low to medium (0.1-1.5 m/s)

Low to medium (0.1 -1.0 m/s)


Habitat Riffles, pools, glides

Pools, backwater pools closer to the banks and

Low gradient riffles, backwater pools,

Backwater Pools and secondary channels




run habitats secondary channel

Substratum Bed rock, Boulders, Cobbles, gravel to sandy bottom

Cobbles, gravel to sandy bottom Bed rock undercut

Boulder undercut Gravel bed

Cobbles, gravel to sandy bottom, leaf litter

Temperature 12-30 °C 12-20 °C <12 °C 10-15°C DO (mg/l) 8-12 mg/l 8-12 mg/l 8-12 mg/l 8-12 mg/l Food Omnivorous:

small fishes, benthic invertebrates larvae, mollusc, crab, fronds and seeds, etc.

Benthic invertebrates larvae, worms etc.

Not applicable Periphytic algae and diatoms

Breeding Period

March – April; October to December

Passage requirement

Moves long distance to streams associated with main river, nearby side channels, shallow water and pools to breed

Migration timing

March – April; October -December

Migration Cues

Change in flow pattern and water temperature may be a factor which trigger the breeding migration

Table 10.3: Habitat requirement of Silver Mahseer (Tor tor)


Depth Deep (>1 m) Shallow (<0.75 – 1.5 m)



Velocity Medium to high (0.5 - 1.5 m/s)




Habitat Riffles, pools, glides

Pools, backwater pools closer to the banks and run habitats

Low gradient riffles, backwater pools, secondary channels

Backwater Pools and secondary channels

Substratum Bed rock, boulders, cobbles, gravel to sandy bottom

Cobbles, gravel to sandy bottom

Bed rock undercut boulder undercut gravel bed

Cobbles, gravel to sandy bottom leaf litter

Temperature 16-30 °C 16-30 °C <20 °C 16 - 20°C Dissolved Oxygen (mg/l)

8-12 mg/l 8-12 mg/l 8-12 mg/l

Food Omnivorous: small fishes, benthic invertebrates larvae, mollusc, crab, fronts and seeds etc.

Benthic invertebrates larvae, worms, etc.

Not applicable

Periphytic algae and diatoms

Breeding Period

March to September

Passage Moves long distance to streams associated with main river, nearby




requirement side channels, shallow water and pools to breed Migration timing

March to April

Migration Cues

Change in flow pattern and water temperature may be a factor which triggers the breeding migration

Table 10.4: Habitat requirement of Snow trout (Schizothorax richardsonii)


Depth >0.5 m 0.1 - 1 m 0.5 - 1.00 m 0.1 - 1.00 m

Velocity Low to high (0.5-1.5 m/s)



Low (0.1-0.5 m/s)

Habitat Riffles, pools, glides,

Riffles, glides, closer to the banks

Low gradient riffle Glides

Backwater pools and bank undercuts

Substratum Boulders, Cobbles, Pebbles, Gravel

Cobbles, boulders, pebbles, gravel

Cobbles, pebbles, gravel

Cobbles, gravel

Temperature 4-20 °C 4-20 °C <15 °C 4-15°C

Dissolved Oxygen (mg/l)

8-12 mg/l 8-12 mg/l 8-12 mg/l 8-12 mg/l

Food Large portion of periphytic algae and diatoms. Also feed on benthic invertebrates

Periphytic algae and diatoms.

Not applicable

Diatoms

Breeding Period

April to September

Passage requirement

This species is a migrant species, moves from river to upstream and adjoin streams for spawning.

Migration timing

April to September

Migration Cues

Movement is believed to be triggered by the variation in water temperature and flow

Other flow related needs

Flow may be a crucial factor for the migration of this species.

In addition, habitat requirement of snow trout is also discussed in following scientific

papers:

Coldwater Fish and Fisheries in the Indian Himalayas: Rivers and Streams by K. L.

Sehgal

Fish Diversity, Habitat Requirement, Environmental Limitations and Conservation of

Freshwater Fish Resources of Garhwal Himalaya by Ramesh C Sharma



Based on WII report and above research papers, habitat requirement can be established as:

During lean season, an environmental flow to maintain a water depth of 0.50 m at all

time and a velocity of about 1.25 m/s should be considered as minimum requirement.

For monsoon season, the minimum should be about 1.5 m depth; to be studied along

with reduced flow depth and width of the river due to diversion of water as compared

to that of pre-project status.

During pre and post monsoon season i.e. the period when migratory species such as

Mahseer start upward migration during pre-monsoon period and migrate back to lower

reaches during post monsoon period, a minimum depth of about 1.25 m is to be

considered to be studied along with the reduction in depth and width of the river due

to diversion of water as compared to that of pre-project status.

c) Requirement Based on the Downstream Users

The construction of dam and diversion of water for power generation would lead to the

change in flow regime in the river stretch downstream of dam. No village in downstream

reach is directly dependent upon main river for their water use requirement. A field survey

was carried out to establish the water requirement of downstream users and the following

observations were made:

i) There are few fishermen in the area. Most of the activities for fisheries

development have been taken up by government agencies however there are

licenses issued to common man also are able to take economic benefit from fish

farming. The fish culture activities on a very large commercial scale were not

observed in the river.

ii) No village in downstream reach uses the river water for drinking, daily needs and

agriculture. They usually depend on rain and stream water for the needs.

In view of the above observations, water requirement from the main river is not there for

the locals residing in the region along the river stretch downstream of dam. Therefore, no

significant impact is foreseen downstream of the dam on the water requirement of the

people living in this stretch and no quantified water requirement needs to be established.

Water requirement based on the needs of aquatic life should govern the criteria for release

of minimum flow.

10.3 FLOWS AVAILABLE

90% dependable year has been worked based on the CWC approved 10 daily flow series

from 1975-76 to 2008-09, which is year 2004-05. 10 daily discharge values in 90%

dependable year are given at Table 10.5 below for ready reference.

Table 10.5: 10-Daily Flow Series for 90% Dependable Year

Month Year 2004-05 10- Day

Jun I 904.80 II 1743.00 III 1379.00



Month Year 2004-05 10- Day

Jul I 2085.00 II 1582.00 III 1537.00

Aug I 1601.00 II 1798.00 III 1367.00

Sep I 1052.00 II 1160.00 III 523.00

Oct I 434.90 II 329.00 III 241.70

Nov I 201.90 II 191.50 III 176.10

Dec I 178.44 II 159.10 III 170.20

Jan I 206.90 II 169.20 III 169.10

Feb I 199.60 II 297.30 III 278.60

Mar I 430.20 II 723.50 III 537.10

Apr I 517.90 II 570.40 III 819.00

May I 1037.00 II 845.00 III 797.80

This annual low series was further divided into Monsoon, Lean and Non-monsoon Non lean

period and average discharge values calculated as given in Table 10.6 below.

Table 10.6: Seasonal Average Discharge Values in 90% Dependable Year

Month

Discharge (cumec) Monsoon

Jun I 904.8 II 1743 III 1379

Jul I 2085 II 1582 III 1537

Aug I 1601 II 1798 III 1367

Sep I 1052 II 1160 III 523

Average 1394.32 Lean

Nov I 201.9 II 191.5 III 176.1

Dec I 178.44



II 159.1 III 170.2

Jan I 206.9 II 169.2 III 169.1

Feb I 199.6 II 297.3 III 278.6

Average 199.83 Non Lean/Non Monsoon

Oct I 434.9 II 329 III 241.7

Mar I 430.2 II 723.5 III 537.1

Apr I 517.9 II 570.4 III 819

May I 1037 II 845 III 797.8

Average 606.96

10.4 SIMULATION OF RELEASES FROM THE DAM

Hydro-dynamic simulation has been carried out for immediately downstream reach of

about two km which is most critical due to altered flow regime in view of diversion. Few

critical sections within this reach downstream of dam were taken for modeling study to

simulate the flow, velocity and corresponding water depth so as to establish the

requirement of release from the dam. Modeling has been carried out on MIKE 11 software.

River cross section at this location was taken and various flow releases were simulated to

work out the depth and velocity during different release scenarios. Manning’s coefficient

has been taken as 0.04.

For lean season environmental flow assessment, 100% release is taken equivalent to

average of lean season flow (November – February) in 90% dependable year i.e. 199.83

cumec. This is baseline scenario without any dam or without any diversion of flow. Further

scenarios were simulated for releases of 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 40% and 50% of

average of lean season flow (November - February) in 90% dependable year i.e. 199.83

cumec. For each scenario depth, velocity and water width of flow were worked out and

same is summarized in the Table 10.7 below.

Table 10.7: Summary of results of Simulation of Diversion of Flow (lean season)

Release (%)

Release (cumec)

Water depth (m)

Flow velocity (m/s)

Flow width (m)

10.00 19.98 0.40 0.97 11.82 15.00 29.97 0.51 1.14 15.07 20.00 39.97 0.61 1.28 17.89 25.00 49.96 0.70 1.39 20.43 30.00 59.95 0.78 1.50 22.78 40.00 79.93 0.92 1.68 27.03 50.00 99.92 1.05 1.84 30.85

100.00 199.83 1.59 2.44 46.40



For monsoon season environmental flow assessment, 100% release is taken equivalent to

average of monsoon season flow (June – September) in 90% dependable year i.e. 1394.33

cumec. This is baseline scenario without any dam or without any diversion of flow. Further

scenarios were simulated for releases of 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 40% and 50% of

average of monsoon season flow (June - September) in 90% dependable year i.e. 1394.33

cumec. For each scenario depth, velocity and water width of flow were worked out and


Table 10.8: Summary of results of Simulation of Diversion of Flow (monsoon season)

Release (%)

Release (cumec)

Water depth (m)

Flow velocity (m/s)

Flow width (m)

10 139.43 1.28 2.11 37.56 15 209.15 1.63 2.49 47.66 20 278.87 1.93 2.80 56.39 25 348.58 2.19 3.06 62.87 30 418.30 2.43 3.28 68.09 40 557.73 2.85 3.67 77.25 50 697.17 3.25 4.03 85.95

100 1394.33 4.73 5.32 110.11

Also, depth, velocity and water width for a proposed release of 359.43 cumec during

monsoon season were worked out to establish adequacy of monsoon releases proposed.

For non-lean non - monsoon season environmental flow assessment, 100% release is taken

equivalent to average of other months’ flow (Oct, March, April &May) in 90% dependable

year i.e. 607 cumec. This is baseline scenario without any dam or without any diversion of

flow. Further scenarios were simulated for releases of 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 40% and

50% of average of other months’ flow (Oct, March, April &May) in 90% dependable year i.e.

607 cumec. For each scenario depth, velocity and water width of flow were worked out and


Table 10.9: Summary of results of Simulation of Diversion of Flow (other months)

Release (%)

Release (cumec)

Water depth (m)

Flow velocity (m/s)

Flow width (m)

10 60.70 0.78 1.51 22.95 15 91.05 1.00 1.77 29.20 20 121.40 1.18 1.99 34.61 25 151.75 1.35 2.18 39.48 30 182.10 1.50 2.35 43.94 40 242.80 1.78 2.64 52.01 50 303.50 2.03 2.90 59.22

100 607.00 3.00 3.81 80.60

10.5 ENVIRONMENT FLOW RELEASE RECOMMENDATIONS

Following can be concluded from the hydrodynamic modeling exercise:

20% of average lean season flow in 90% dependable year i.e. a release of 39.97 cumec

will give an average depth of about 61 cm at a velocity of 1.28 m/s against the minimum

requirement of 50 cm. This can be considered as minimum environment flow in lean

season. To release this flow, an auxiliary turbine of 56 MW has been designed as part of

the project with tail water release point immediately downstream of plunge pool. This

turbine will operate on continuous basis ensuring minimum flow release at all the times.



During monsoon, a water depth of 1.5 m has been considered as minimum

requirement based on the WII criteria. Simulation results show that 15% of average

monsoon release i.e. 209.15 cumec gives a depth of 1.63 m with 47.66 m of flow width.

However, to ensure that flow width is not reduced to less than 50% of the pre-project

flow width i.e. during natural flow condition; 20% release scenario should be

considered, which gives a water depth of 1.93 m and width of 56.39 m as compared to

the pre-project flow width of 110.11 m. In the scoping clearance letter, MoEF has

specifically mentioned that net flow to be 30% during monsoon months i.e. release and

spillages in monsoon based on 90% DY discharge data should add up to atleast 30% of

average monsoon discharge i.e. 418.30 cumec.

To achieve 30% release based on monsoon average in 90% dependable year i.e. a flow

release of 418.30 cumec; two turbines of 225 MW with tail water release point

immediately downstream of the plunge pool along with auxiliary turbine of 56 MW

releasing water in the same TRT; has been planned to operate continuously through

out the monsoon. Each turbine of 225 MW will have a design discharge of 159.73

cumec and one turbine of 56 MW will have a design discharge of 39.97 MW i.e. with

these three turbines running together a release of 359.43 cumec will be available

immediately downstream of plunge pool. This along with spillway discharge will ensure

that minimum 418.30 cumec is available immediately downstream of plunge pool in

monsoon as is shown in table below, where inflow figures are of 90% DY.

Month Inflow (cumec)

Release from 3 turbines (cumec)

Spillway Dischrge (cumec)

Net Release (cumec)

Jun I 904.8 359.43 0 359.43 II 1743 359.43 425.19 784.62 III 1379 359.43 61.19 420.62

Jul I 2085 359.43 767.19 1126.62 II 1582 359.43 264.19 623.62 III 1537 359.43 219.19 578.62

Aug I 1601 359.43 283.19 642.62 II 1798 359.43 480.19 839.62 III 1367 359.43 49.19 408.62

Sep I 1052 359.43 0 359.43 II 1160 359.43 0 359.43 III 523 359.43 0 359.43

Average 1394.31 1394.32 212.46 571.89 Net Release as % of Inflow 41.02

As can be seen from the above Table, average monsoon release under the above operation

scenario will be of the order of 41.02 % i.e. an average release of 571.89 cumec as

compared to the 30% requirement as per the TOR condition.

During other months, a water depth of 1.25 m has been considered adequate based on the

WII criteria. Simulation results show that 25% of average release i.e. 151.75 cumec gives a

depth of 1.35 m with 39.48 m of flow width. Flow width at 100% i.e. natural condition is

80.60 m. To ensure such a release, it is recommended that at least one turbine with shorter

tailrace tunnel will be operated continuously during non lean non monsoon period making a

release of 159.73 cumec available immediately downstream of plunge pool.

ANNEXURES

http://164.100.194.5:8081/ssdn1/showApprovedletters2006otheragenda.do?projectCode=Oct 12, 2011J-12011/19/2011-IA-I

E-mail: [email protected][email protected]

Telefax: 011-24360488

F. No. J-12011/19/2011-IA-I Date: 13th October, 2011 To Shri Saleen KabraManaging DirectorJ & K State Power Development Corporation LtdExhibition GroundSrinagar ? 190 009Jammu & Kashmir

Subject: Sawalkot 1200 MW Hydroelectric Project in Ramban District, Jammu & Kashmir by M/s J & K State Power Development Corporation Ltd ? for TOR regarding.

Sir, This is with reference to your communication No. JKSPDCL/P-76/MOEF/7636-38 dated 12th March 2011 and 26th May 2011 on the above mentioned subject. 2. It is noted that the Project is proposed on Chenab River in Ramban and Udhampur Districts of Jammu & Kashmir. The Project envisages construction of 197 m high roller compacted concrete dam from the deepest foundation level on the left bank of Chenab River to generate 1200 MW of hydropower. This is run-of-the river scheme. The total land requirement for the project is 1099 ha out of which 600 ha is forest land. About 900 ha will be submerged comprising of 160 ha of cultivable land and 140 ha of uncultivable land and 600 ha of forest land. An underground powerhouse is proposed on the left bank of the river with 4 units of 90 MW each. A total of 629 families comprising of 4400 individuals will be affected due to this project. No National Park/Sanctuary/Biosphere Reserve/Historical monument exists

http://164.100.194.5:8081/ssdn1/showApprovedlet...do?projectCode=Oct 12, 2011J-12011/19/2011-IA-I (1 of 16) [1/20/2012 12:40:31 PM]



Arun

Typewritten Text

Annexure-Ia


in the 10 km vicinity of the project area. The total project cost is Rs. 10,542 Crores. 3. The Project Proposal was considered by the Expert Appraisal Committee in its meetings held on 29-30th April, 2011 and 2-3rd June, 2011 and based on the recommendations of the Committee, the Ministry of Environment & Forests hereby accords clearance for pre-construction activities at the proposed site as per the provisions of Environmental Impact Assessment Notification, 2006 and subsequent amendment, 2009 along-with the following Terms of Reference (TOR) for preparation of EIA/EMP report. The EIA/EMP Report should contain the following information besides the Model TORs as given on the Web-site of this Ministry-

(1) Scope of EIA Studies: The EIA Report should identify the relevant environmental concerns and focus on potential impacts that may change due to the construction of proposed project. Based on the baseline data collected for three (3) seasons (Pre- monsoon, Monsoon and Winter seasons), the status of the existing environment in the area and capacity to bear the impact on this should be analysed. Based on this analysis, the mitigation measures for minimizing the impact shall be suggested in the EIA/EMP study.

(2) Details of the Project and Site

• General introduction about the proposed project.• Details of Project and site giving L- sections of all U/S and D/S Projects with all relevant maps and figures. Connect such information as to establish the total length of interference of natural river, the total length of tunneling of the river and the committed unrestricted release from the site of diversion into the main river.• A map of boundary of Kishtwar National park and project location. • Investigation on the existence of springs along the route of two HRTs likely to get dry due to blasting for HRT. Adequate remedial measures for their revival to be planned.• Location details on a map of the project area with contours indicating main project features. The project layout shall be superimposed on a contour map of ground elevation showing main project features (viz. location of dam, Head works, main canal, branch canals, quarrying etc.) shall be depicted in a scaled



map. • Layout details and map of the project along with contours with project components clearly marked with proper scale maps of at least 1:50,000 scale and printed at least on A3 scale for clarity.• Existence of National Park, Sanctuary, Biosphere Reserve etc. in the study area, if any, should be detailed and presented on a map with distinct distances from the project components.• Drainage pattern and map of the river catchment up to the proposed project site.• Delineation of critically degraded areas in the directly draining catchment on the basis of Silt Yield Index as per the methodology of Soil and Land use Survey of India. • Soil characteristics and map of the project area.• Geological and Seismo-tectonic details and maps of the area surrounding the proposed project site showing location of dam site and powerhouse site. • Remote Sensing studies, interpretation of satellite imagery, topographic sheets along with ground verification shall be used to develop the land use/land cover pattern of the study using overlaying mapping techniques viz. Geographic Information System (GIS), False Color Composite (FCC) generated from satellite data of project area. • Land details including forests, private and other land.• Demarcation of snow fed and rain fed areas for a realistic estimate of the water availability.

(3) Description of Environment and Baseline Data

To know the present status of environment in the area, baseline data with respect to environmental components air, water, noise, soil, land and biology & biodiversity (flora & fauna), wildlife, socioeconomic status etc. should be collected within 10 km radius of the main components of the project/site i.e. dam site and power house site. The air quality and noise are to be monitored at such locations which are environmentally & ecologically more sensitive in the study area. The baseline studies should be collected for 3 seasons (Pre Monsoon, Monsoon and Post Monsoon seasons). The study area should comprise of the following:



• Catchment area up-to the dam site. • Submergence Area• Intermediate catchment between dam site and tail race outfall and river stretch downstream of dam up-to tail race outfall.• Project area or the direct impact area should comprise of area within 10 km radius of the main project components like dam and powerhouse etc.

(4) Details of the Methodology

The methodology followed for collection of base line data along with details of number of samples and their locations in the map should be included. Study area should be demarcated properly on the appropriate scale map. Sampling sites should be depicted on map for each parameter with proper legends. For Forest Classification, Champion and Seth (1968) methodology should be followed. (5) Methodology for Collection of Biodiversity Data

Ø The number of sampling locations should be adequate to get a reasonable idea of the diversity and other attributes of flora and fauna. The guiding principles should be the size of the study area (larger area should have larger number of sampling locations) and inherent diversity at the location, as known from secondary sources (e.g. eastern Himalayan and low altitude sites should have a larger number of sampling locations owing to higher diversity). Ø The entire area should be divided in grids of 5kmX5km preferably on a GIS domain. There after 25% of the grids should be randomly selected for sampling of which half should be in the directly affected area (grids including project components such as reservoir, dam, powerhouse, tunnel, canal etc.) and the remaining in the rest of the area (areas of influence in 10 km radius form project components). At such chosen location, the size and number of sampling units (e.g. quadrates in case of flora/transects in case of fauna) must be decided by species area curves and the details of the same (graphs and cumulative number of species in a tabulated form) should be provided in the EIA report. Some of the grids on the edges may not be completely overlapping with the study area boundaries. However these should be counted and considered for selecting 25% of the grids. The number of grids to be surveyed



may come out as a decimal number (i.e. it has an integral and a fractional part) which should be rounded to the next whole number, Ø The conventional sampling is likely to miss the presence of rare, endangered and threatened (r.e.t.) species since they often occur in low densities and in case of faunal species are usually secretive in behaviour. Reaching the conclusion about the absence of such species in the study area based on such methodology is misleading. It is very important to document the status of such species owing to their high conservation value. Hence likely presence of such species should be ascertained from secondary sources by a proper literature survey for the said area including referring to field guides which are now available for many taxonomic groups in India. Even literature from studies/surveys in the larger landscapes which include the study area for the concerned project must be referred to, since most species from adjoining catchments is likely to be present in the catchments in question. In fact such literature form the entire state can be referred to. Once a listing of possible r.e.t. species form the said area is developed, species specific methodologies should be adopted to ascertain their presence in the study area which would be far more conclusive as compared to the conventional sampling. If the need be, modern methods like camera trapping can be resorted to, particularly for areas in the eastern Himalayas and for secretive/nocturnal species. A detailed listing of the literature referred to, for developing lists of r.e.t. species should be provided in the EIA reports. Ø The R.E.T. species referred to in this point should include species listed in Schedule I and II of Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972 and those listed in the red data books (BSI, ZSI and IUCN).

(6)Components of the EIA Study

Various aspects to be studied and provided in the EIA/EMP report are as follows:

A. Physical and Chemical Environment

Geological & Geophysical Aspects and Seismo- Tectonics:



• Physical geography, Topography, Regional Geological aspects and structure of the Catchment.• Tectonics, seismicity and history of past earthquakes in the area. A site specific study of the earthquake parameters will be done. The results of the site specific earthquake design shall be sent for approval of the NCSDP (National Committee of Seismic Design Parameters, Central water Commission, New Delhi for large dams. • Landslide zone or area prone to landslide existing in the study area should be examined.• Presence of important economic mineral deposit, if any.• Justification for location & execution of the project in relation to structural components (dam / barrage height).

• Impact of project on geological environment. Meteorology, Air and Noise:

• Meteorology (viz. Temperature, Relative humidity, wind speed/direction etc.) to be collected from nearest IMD station.• Ambient Air Quality with parameters viz. Suspended Particulate Matter (SPM), Respirable Suspended Particulate Matter (RSPM) i.e. suspended particulate materials < 10 microns, Sulphur dioxide (SO2) and Oxides of Nitrogen (NOX) in the study area. (5 Locations)

• Existing Noise Levels and traffic density in the study area. ( 5 Locations) Soil Characteristics:

• Soil classification, physical parameters (viz., texture, Porosity, Bulk Density and water holding capacity) and chemical parameters (viz. pH, electrical conductivity, magnesium, calcium, total alkalinity, chlorides, sodium, potassium, organic carbon, available potassium, available phosphorus, SAR, nitrogen and salinity, etc) ( 5 Locations). Remote Sensing and GIS Studies:



• Generation of thematic maps viz, slope map, drainage map, soil map, land use and land cover map, etc. Based on these, thematic maps, an erosion intensity map should be prepared.

• New configuration map to be given in the EIA Report. Water Quality • History of the ground water table fluctuation in the study area.

• Water Quality for both surface water and ground water for [i] Physical parameters (pH, Temperature, Electrical Conductivity, TSS); [ii] Chemical parameters (Alkalinity, Hardness, BOD, COD, NO3, PO4, Cl, So4, Na, K, Ca, Mg, Silica, Oil & grease, phenolic compounds, residual sodium carbonate); [iii] Bacteriological parameter (MPN, Total coliform); and [iv] Heavy Metals (Pb, As, Hg, Cd, Cr-6, Total Cr, Cu, Zn, Fe) ( 6 Locations).• Delineation of sub and micro watersheds, their locations and extent based on the Soil and Land Use Survey of India (SLUSOI), Department of Agriculture, Government of India. Erosion levels in each micro-watershed and prioritization of micro-watershed through Silt Yield Index (SYI) method of SLUSOI.

B. Water Environment & Hydrology

• Hydro-Meteorology of the project viz. precipitation (snowfall, rainfall), temperature, relative humidity, etc. Hydro-meteorological studies in the catchment area should be established along-with real time telemetry and data acquisition system for inflows monitoring.• Run off, discharge, water availability for the project, sedimentation rate, etc.• Basin Characteristics.• Catastrophic events like cloud bursts and flash floods, if any, should be documented. • For estimation of Sedimentation Rate, direct sampling of river flow is to be done during the EIA study. The study should be conducted for minimum one year. Actual silt flow rate to be expressed in ha-m km-2 year-1. • Set-up a G&D monitoring station and a few rain gauge stations in the catchment area for collecting data during the investigation. • Flow series, 10 daily with 90%, 75% and 50% dependable years discharges.



• Environmental flow release should be 20% of the average of the 4 lean months of 90% dependable year and 30% of Monsoon flow. • A site specific study on minimum environment flow should be carried out.

C. Biological Environment Flora

• Characterization of forest types (as per Champion and Seth method) in the study area and extent of each forest type as per the Forest Working Plan.• General vegetation profile and floral diversity covering all groups of flora including lichens and orchids. A species wise list may be provided. • Assessment of plant species with respect to dominance, density, frequency, abundance, diversity index, similarity index, importance value index [IVI], Shannon Weiner Index etc. of the species to be provided. Methodology used for calculating various diversity indices along with details of locations of quadrats, size of quadrats etc. to be reported within the study area in different ecosystems.• Existence of National Park, Sanctuary, Biosphere Reserve etc in the study area, if any, should be detailed.• Economically important species like medicinal plants, timber, fuel wood etc.• Details of endemic species found in the project area. • Flora under RET categories should be documented using International Union for the Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources (IUCN) criteria and Botanical Survey of India?s Red Data list along with economic significance. Species diversity curve for RET species should be given.

• Cropping pattern and Horticultural practices in the study area. Fauna

• Fauna study and inventorisation should be carried out for all groups of animals in the study area. Their present status along with Schedule of the species.



• Information (authenticated) on Avi-fauna and wild life in the study area.• Status of avifauna their resident/migratory/ passage migrants etc.• Documentation of butterflies, if any, found in the area• Details of endemic species found in the project area.

• RET species- voucher specimens should be collected along with GPS readings to facilitate rehabilitation. RET faunal species to be classified as per IUCN Red Data list and as per different schedule of Indian Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972.• Existence of barriers and corridors, if any, for wild animals.• Compensatory afforestation to compensate the green belt area that will be removed, if any, as part of the proposed project development and loss of biodiversity.• Collection of primary data on agricultural activity, crop and their productivity and irrigation facilities component.• For categorization of sub-catchments into various erosion classes and for the consequent CAT plan, the entire catchment (Indian Portion) is to be considered and not only the directly the draining catchment. D. Aquatic Ecology • Documentation of aquatic fauna like macro-invertebrates, zooplankton, phytoplanktons, benthos etc.• Fish and fisheries, their migration and breeding grounds.• Fish diversity, composition and maximum length & weight of the measured populations to be studied for estimation of environmental flow.• Conservation status of aquatic fauna.

E. Socio-Economic • Collection of Baseline data on human settlements, health status of the community and existing infrastructure facilities for social welfare including sources of livelihood, job opportunities and safety and security of workers and surrounding population.• Collection of information with respect to social awareness about the developmental activity in the area and social welfare measures existing and



proposed by project proponent.• Collection of information on sensitive habitat of historical, cultural and religious and ecological importance. • The Socio-economic survey/profile within 10 Km of the study area for Demographic profile; Economic Structure; Development Profile; Agricultural Practices; Infrastructure, education facilities; health and sanitation facilities; available communication network etc.• Documentation of Demographic, Ethnographic, Economic structure and development profile of the area• Information on Agricultural practices, Cultural and aesthetic sites, Infrastructure facilities etc• Information on the dependence of the local people on minor forest produce and their cattle grazing rights in the forest land.• List of all the Project Affected Families with their names, education, land holdings, other properties, occupation, source of income, land and other properties to be acquired, etc.• In addition to Socio-economic aspects of the study area, a separate chapter on socio-cultural aspects based upon study on Ethnography of the area should be provided.

7. Impact Prediction and Mitigation Measures The adverse impact due to the proposed project should be assessed and effective mitigation steps to abate these impacts should be described.Air Environment

• Changes in ambient and ground level concentrations due to total emissions from point, line and area sources

• Effect on soils, material, vegetation and human health• Impact of emissions from DG sets used for power during the construction, if any, on air environment.

• Pollution due to fuel combustions in equipments & vehicles• Fugitive emissions from various sources.• Impact on micro climate.

http://164.100.194.5:8081/ssdn1/showApprovedle...o?projectCode=Oct 12, 2011J-12011/19/2011-IA-I (10 of 16) [1/20/2012 12:40:31 PM]


Water Environment

• Changes in surface & ground water quality.• Steps to develop pisci-culture and recreational facilities.• Changes in hydraulic regime and down stream flow.• Water pollution due to disposal of sewage.• Water pollution from labour colony/camps and washing equipment.

Land Environment

• Adverse impact on land stability, catchment of soil erosion, reservoir sedimentation and spring flow (if any) [a] due to considerable road construction/widening activity [b] interference of reservoir with the inflowing streams [c] blasting for commissioning of HRT, TRT and some other structures

• Changes in land use/land cover and drainage pattern. • Immigration of labour population.• Quarrying operation and muck disposal.• Changes in land quality including effects of waste disposal• River bank and their stability• Impact due to submergence.

Biological Environment

• Impact on forests, flora, fauna including wildlife, migratory avi-fauna, rare and endangered species, medicinal plants etc.

• Pressure on existing natural resources• Deforestation and disturbance to wildlife, habitat fragmentation and wild animal?s migratory corridors• Compensatory afforestation?Identification of suitable native tree species for compensatory afforestation & green belt.• Impact on fish migration and habitat degradation due to decreased flow of water



• Impact on breeding and nesting grounds of animals and fish Socio-economic Aspects

• Impact on local community including demographic profile.• Impact on socio-economic status.• Impact on economic status.• Impact on human health due to water / vector borne disease.• Impact on increases traffic.• Impact on Holy Places and Tourism.

• As the downstream Salal HEP is 30 Km away and there is no planned project in between, therefore the downstream impact on the river will be studied up to the reservoir tip of Salal HEP. • Impacts of blasting activity during project construction which generally destabilize the land mass and lead to landslides, damage to properties and drying up of natural springs and cause noise pollution, will be studied. Proper record shall be maintained of the base line information in the post project period. • Positive as well as negative impacts likely to be accrued due to the project are to be listed.

(8)Environment impact Analysis Environmental Impact Analysis due to the project on the above mentioned components should be carried out for construction and operation phases using qualitative or quantitative methods.

(9)Environment Management Plan (EMP) Environmental Management Plan aimed at minimizing the negative impacts of the project should be given in detail. The mitigation measures are to be presented for all the likely adverse impacts on the environment. The following suggestive mitigating plans should be included:

Ø Catchment Area Treatment (CAT) Plan should be prepared micro-



watershed wise. Identification of area for treatment based upon Remote Sensing & GIS methodology and Silt Yield Index (SYI) method of SLUSOI coupled with ground survey. Areas/watersheds falling under ?very severe? and `severe? erosion categories are required to be treated. Both biological and engineering measures should be proposed in consultation with State Forest Department. Year-wise schedule of work and monetary allocation should be provided. CAT plan is to be completed prior to reservoir impoundment. Mitigations measures to check shifting cultivation in the catchment area with provision for alternative and better agricultural practices should be included.Ø Compensatory Afforestation in lieu of the forest land required for the project needs to be proposed. Choice of plants should be made in consultation with State Forest Department including native and RET species, if any. Ø Biodiversity and Wild Life Conservation & Management Plan for conservation and preservation of endemic, rare and endangered species of flora and fauna to be prepared in consultation with State Forest Department.Ø Resettlement and Rehabilitation (R&R) Plan need to be prepared with due consultation with Project Affected Families (PAFs). The provision of the d R&R plan should be according to the National Resettlement and Rehabilitation Policy (NRRP-2007) as well as State Resettlement and Rehabilitation Policy. Detailed budgetary estimates are to be provided. Resettlements sites should be identified.Ø Plan for Green Belt Development along the periphery of reservoir, colonies, approach road, canals etc. to be prepared in consultation with the State Forest Department. Local plant species suitable for greenbelt development should be selected. Ø Reservoir Rim Treatment Plan for stabilization of land slide/land slip zones if any, around the reservoir periphery to be prepared. Suitable engineering and biological measures for treatment of the identified slip zones to be provided with physical and financial schedule.Ø Plan for Land Restoration and Landscaping of project sites.Ø Fisheries Conservation & Management Plan-Fish fauna inhabiting the affected stretch of river, a specific fisheries management plan should be prepared for river and reservoir.Ø Muck Disposal Plan- suitable sites for dumping of excavated material should be identified in consultation with the State Pollution Control Board and Forest Department. All Muck disposal sites should be minimum 30 m away from the HFL of river. Plan for rehabilitation of muck disposal sites should also be given.



The L- section/ cross section of muck disposal sites and approach roads to be given. Financial out lay for this may be given separately.Ø Plan for Restoration of quarry sites and landscaping of colony areas, working areas, roads, etc. Ø Study of Design Earthquake Parameters: A site specific study of earthquake parameters should be done. The results of the site specific earth quake design parameters should be approval by National Committee of Seismic Design Parameters, Central Water Commission (NCSDP), New Delhi.Ø Dam Break Analysis and Disaster Management Plan: The outputs of Dam Break Model should be illustrated with appropriate graphs and maps clearly bringing out the impact of Dam break scenario. Provision for early warning systems should be provided. Ø Water and Air Quality & Noise Management Plans to be implemented during construction and post-construction periods.Ø Mitigating measures for impacts due to Blasting on the structures in the vicinity. Ø Ground water management plan.Ø Public Health Delivery Plan including the provisions for drinking water facility for the local community.Ø Labour Management Plan for their Health and Safety.Ø Sanitation and Solid Waste Management Plan for domestic waste from colonies and labour camps etc.Ø Local Area Development Plan to be formulated in consultation with the Revenue Officials and Village Panchayats. Local skill development schemes should be given. Details of various activities to be undertaken along with its financial out lay should be provided. Ø Environmental safeguards during construction activities including Road Construction. Ø Energy Conservation Measures.Ø Environmental Monitoring Programme with physical & financial details covering all the aspects of EMP. A summary of cost estimate for all the plans, cost for implementing all Environmental Management Plans including the cost for implementing environmental monitoring programme should be given. Provision for an Environmental Management Cell should be made.



4. The consultant engaged for preparation of EIA/EMP report should be registered with Quality Council of India (QCI)/NABET under the scheme of Accreditation & Registration of MoEF. 5. Consultants should include a ?Certificate? in EIA/EMP report regarding portion of EIA/EMP prepared by them and data provided by other organization(s)/ laboratories including status of approval of such laboratories. 6. The draft EIA/EMP report prepared as per the above Terms of References should be submitted to the State Pollution Control Board/Committee for conducting Public Hearing/Consultation as per the provisions of EIA Notifications of 2006. 7. All issues discussed in the Public Hearing/Consultations should be addressed to and incorporated in the EIA/EMP Report and final EIA/EMP report should be submitted to the Ministry for Environmental Clearance. 8. The prescribed TOR?s would be valid for a period of 2 Years for submission of EIA/EMP report, after public consultation. 9. In case of any change in the Scope of the Project, fresh scoping clearance has to be taken. 10. Stage?1 Forest Clearance needs to be obtained before applying for Environment Clearance. 11. This has approval of the Competent Authority.

Yours faithfully,

(Sanchita Jindal) DirectorCopy to:

1. Secretary, Ministry of Power, Shram Shakti, Bhawan, Rafi Marg, New Delhi-110 001.



2. The Adviser (Power), Planning Commission, Yojna Bhawan, New Delhi-1. 3. Secretary (Power), Government of Jammu and Kashmir. 4. Secretary, Department of Environment, Government of Jammu and Kashmir. 5. The Secretary, Ministry of Water Resources, Shram Shakti Bhawan, Rafi Marg, New Delhi-1. 6. The Chief Engineer, Project Appraisal Directorate, Central Electricity Authority, Sewa Bhawan, R.K. Puram, New Delhi-110 066. 7. The Northern Regional Office, Ministry of Environment & Forests, Bays No. 24-25, Sector-31 A, Dakshin Marg, Chandigarh-160 022. 8. Member Secretary, Jammu and Kashmir State Pollution Control Board. 9. Guard file.

(Sanchita Jindal)Director


6

No.J-l 20 I I I 19 l20ll -IA-IMinistry of Environment & Forests

Government of India(IA-I Division)

Paryavan BhavanCGO.Complex,I odi Road

New Delhi-ll0 003

Date: l2th June,2013

To,. 'wF

The Executive DirectorJ&K Power develoilment Corporation j-Exhibition GroundSrinagar-lgO 009Jammu & Kashmir

Subject: Sawalkot HEP (1856 MW) Project in Ramban District of Jammu & Kashmir byM/s. J&K Power Development Corporation - for Scoping[OR - regarding.

Sir,

This is with reference to your letter no. JSKPDC/P-76/IvIoEF(3)15143-47 dated

24.12.2012 on the above mentioned subject.

2. It is noted that the project envisages construction of a 193 m high concrete gravity rollercompacted dam (from the deepest f,oundation of the river bed) across river Chenab to generate

1856 MW of hydropower. This is a run-of-the-river scheme. Total land requirement is about

1099 ha, out of which 600 ha is forest land. Total submergence area is about 900 ha. (Of which160 ha is cultivable land uncultivable land-140 ha * forest land is 600 ha). CEA,approved an

aggregate capacity of 1856 MW to be developed in two stages. An underground.p;-gE

proposed on the left bank of river. The first stage would be an aggregate capacity of'T406 MW (6units of 225 MW each + 56 MW). The second stage of the project is envisaged for an installationcapacity of 450 MW. A total of 629 families comprising of 4400 individuals are likely to be

affected due to this project. No national park/sanctuary/biosphere reserve/historical monument

exists within l0 Km rhdius of the project area.

3. The proposal was considered by Environrnent Appraisal Committee (EAC) for,*River

Valley and Hydroelectric Projects in its meeting held on22-23'o February, 2013. The comments

and observations of EAC on the.proposal may be seen in the minutes of the meeting, which are

available on the web-site of this Ministry.

4. Based on recommendations of the EAC, the Ministry of Environment & Forests hereby

accords clearance for pre-construction activities at the proposed site as per the provisions of the

Environmental Impact Assessment Notif*pation,.2006 and subsequent amendment, 2009 along

with the following Terms of Re,ference (TOR) for preparation of EIA/EMP report. The

EIA/EMP report should contain the information in accordance with provisions & stipulations as

given in the Annexure-I. While preparing the EIA/EMP report prevailing norms should be

followed with respect to environmental flows and muck disposal sites and other aspects along

with the following additional TOR:

Arun

Typewritten Text

Annexure - Ib

(D

(ii)

Details of Methodology to Include- Source (s) of secondary information. This shouldbe cited wherever required and citations included in a Reference List.Biological Environment should Include following:

(a) Valuation of Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services provided by 600 ha of forests shouldbe stridied.

(b) Number and species of trees i, tbe submergence area'and their basal area to be provided(c) GPS reading of occurrence of-RET rp.r1.r should be recorded for conservation and

rehabilitation purpose t(d) Compensatory afforestation and loss of biodiversity.(e) Collection of primary data on other relevant component(f) For categorization of sub-catchments"*& draining catchment, Silt Yield Index

methodology should be ued.X'auna : Herpeto-fauna"Amphibian3' shgrrld also be studied.The geological and seismicity of the project area to be described in detail in consultingavailable literature.A separate social impact assessment report is to be prepared since the displaced familiesexceed 200.

(vi) The mentioned Environmental flow of 39.97 cumec has to be increased during monsoon.Revise net flow b 3AYorelease during monsoon months.

(vii) Due to increase environmental flow, capacity of dam toe powerhouse may be more whichneeds to be checked during the study

(viii) The type of de-sanding device going to be used in the project to be detailed in the study,since the reservoir is going to be filled up in 7-8 years, coarse sediments will enter theHRT and cause damage. The experience from Baglihar and Salal HEP projects is to beprovided in the report

(ix) The dam height is 193 m. Therefore, a detailed dam break analysis (DBA) and disastermanag'ement plan has to be prepared

5. The Consultant engaged for preparation of EIA/EMP report has to be regiffied withQuality Council of India (QCI)A{ABET under the scheme of Accreditation & Registration ofMoEF. This is a pre-requisite.

6. Consultants shall include a'Certificatd'in EIA/EMP report regarding portion of EIA/EMPprepared by them and data provided by other organization(s)/ laboratories including status ofapproval of such laboratories.

7. The draft EIA/EMP report prepared as per the above Terms of References should besubmitted to the State Pollution Control Board / Committee concemed for conducting publicHearing /Consultation as per the provisions stipulated in EIA Notification of 2006.

8. All issues discussed in the Public Hearing/Consultations should be addressed andincorporated in the EIA/EMP Report. Final EIA/EMP report should be submitted to the Ministryfor Environmental Clearance only after incorpora[ing these issues.

9. The TOR will remain valid for a period of 2 years from the date of issue of this letter forsubmission of EIA/EMP report along with public consultation.

(iii)(iv)

(v)

10. In case of any change in- the scope of the Project such as capacity enhancement' shifting

of dam site/powerhouse and change iri submerg"nit tt"" fttsh scoping clearance has to be

obtained by the project proponent'

,. Information pertaining to corporate Environmental Responsibitity and Environmental

poticy shall be p.ouii.J i, tfrJ ere,'evri il;;;"t per this Minisiry's circular dated 19'5'2012'

12. This has approval of the Competent Authority'

1. The Secretary. Ministry of Power, Shram shakti, Bhawan' Rafi Marg' New Delhi-l

2. TheAdviser (power), planning^cg**i$ilr, volna Bhawan, New Delhi-l10 001'

3. The principal Secretary (MPP A f.o*.r;, Col"niment of Jammu & Kashmir' Srinagar'

4. The Secretary, Department of Enviro#ent, Government of Jammu & Kashmir' Srinagar'

5. Chief Engineer, pioject Appraisal Di;;;;", Central eiectricity Authority' Sewa Bhawan' R'K'-'

p*u*,N"ewDelhi- 110 066' o F-----.6.TheRegionalOm"",Vtl'i'ttyofE^nvironment&Forest'Chandigarh'7. The Member Secretary, Jammu & [";h"rir State potiution cintror Board, parivesh Bhavan,

Copy to:

10 Guard file.

" ifrarri, it*.ponNagar, Narwal, Jammu-180 006'

g. NiCC-;fi- *itt, u,"qi'"tt to upload in MoEF's website

9. PS to JS (AT)/Director (IA-I)/PVSRao

(B.B.Barman)Director

Yours faithfullY,

(B.B.Barman)

' ASSESSMENT SrUDf FoR 'A' CATEGoRY IIYDRo PowER PROJECTS. AND INFORMATION TO BE INCLUDED IN EIA/EMP REPORT

(1) Scope,of EIA Studies :

The EIA Report should identifu the relevant environmental concerns and focus on

potential impacts that may change due to the construction of proposed project. Based on

the baseline data collec6d for three (3) seasons (Pre-monsoon, Monsoon and Winter

seasons), the status of the existing environment in the area and capacity to bear the

impact on this should be analysed. Based on this analysis, the mitigation measures for

minimizing the impact shall be suggested inthe EIA/EMP study.

(2) Details of the Proiect and Site

o General introduction about the proposed project.

Deiails of project and site giving L-sections of all U/S and D/S projects of Chenab

River with all relevant maps and figures. Connect such information as to establish the

total length of interference of Natural River, the total length of tunneling of the river

and the committed unrestricted release from the site of diversion into the main river.

A map of boundary of the project site giving details of protected areas in the vicinity

of project location.Location details on a map of the project area with contours indicating main project

features. The project lJyout shall be superimposed on a contour map of ground

elevation showing-main project features (viz. location of dam, Head works, main

canal, branch canals, quarrying etc.) shall be depicted in a scaled map.

Layout details and map of the project along with contours with project components

clearly marked with proper scale maps of at least a 1:50,000 scale and printed at least

on ,A'3 scale for clarity.Existence of National Park, Sanctuary, Biosphere Reserve etc. in the study area, ifany, should be detailed and presented on a map with distinct distances from the

project components.

Drainage pattern and map ofthe river'catchment up to the proposed project site.

Delineation of critically degraded areas in the directly draining catchment on the

basis of silt Yield Index as per the methodology of All India Soil and Land Use

Survey of India.

Soil characteristics and map of the project area.

Geological and seismo-tectonic details and maps of the area surounding the proposed

project site showing location of dam site and powerhouse site.

Remote Sensing studies, interpretation of satellite imagery, topographic sheets along

with ground verification shall be used to develop the land use/land cover pattern ofthe study using overlaying mapping techniques viz. Geographic Information System

(GIS), False Color composite (FCC) generated from satellite data of project area.

Land details including forests, private,and other land.

Demarcation of snow fed and rain fed areas for a realistic estimate of the water

availability.

a

a

o

a

a

o

7:_

i..t l

" Different riverine habitats like rapids, pools, side pools and variations in the riversubstratum - bedrocks, rocks, boulders, sand/silt or clay etc. need to be covered underthe study.

Description of Environment and Baseline Data

To know the present status of environment in the are4 baseline data with respect toenvironmental components air, water, noise, soil, land and biology & biodiversity (flora& fauna), wildlife, socio-economic status etc. should be collected with 10 km radius ofthe main components of the project/site i.e. dam site and power house site. The air qualityand noise are to be monitored at such locations which are environmentally & ecologicallymore sensitive in the study area. The baseline studies should be collected for 3 r.*orrt{Pre-Monsoon, Monsoon and Post Monsoon seasons). The study area should comprise ofthe following:o Catchment area up-to the dam site.o Submergence Arear Project area or the direct impact area should comprise of aea falling within l0 km

radius from the periphery of reservoir, Iand coming under submergence and areadownstream of dam upto the point where Tail Race Tunnel (TRT) meetJthe river.

o Downstream upto 10 km from tip of Tail Race Tunnel (TRT).

0ellails of the Methodolow

'Ihe methodology followed for collection of base line data along with details of number*f samples and their locations in the map should be included. Study area should bedemarcated properly on the appropriate scale map. Sampling sites should be depicted onmap for each parameter with proper legends. For forest classification, Champion andSeth (1968) classification should be followed.

Methodolow for collection of Biodiversity Data

- T'he number of sampling locations should be adequate to get a reasonable idea of thediversity and other attributes of flora and fauna. The guiding principles should be thesize of the study area (larger area should have larger number ofsampiing locations) andirrherent diversity at the location, as known from secondary ro*."i (e.g. easternHimalayan and low altitude sites should have a larger number of sampling locationsowing to higher diversity).

- The entire area should be divided in grids of 5km X 5km preferably on a GIS domain.There after 25Yo of the grids should be randomly selected for sampling of which halfshould be in the directly affected area (grids including project cbmp-onents such asreservoir, dam, powerhouse, tunnel, canal etc.) and the remaining in the rest of the area(areas of influence in 10 km radius form project components). At such chosen location,the size and number of sampling units (e.g. quadrats in case of flora/transects in case offauna) must be decided by species area curyes and the details of the same (graphs andcumulative number of species in a tabulated form) should be provided in the EIa report.Some of the grids on the edges may not be completely overlapping with the study areahoundaries. However these should be counted and considered iorielecting25% of thegrids. The number of grids to be surveyed may come out as a decimal ,r-6., (i.e. it hasan integral and a fractional part) which should be rounded to the next whole number.

{4i

(5i

- The conventional sampling is likely to miss the presence of rare, endangered and

species are usually secretive in behaviour. Reaching the conclusion about the absence ofsuch species in the study area based on such meihodology is misleading. It is veryimportant to document the status of such species owing to lieir high conservation value.Hence fikely presence of such species shoujd be ascertained from secondaryo*.., by uproper literature survey for the said area including referring to field guides which are nowavailable for many taxonomic groups in India. Even literature frJm studies/surveys inthe larger landscapes which include the study area for the concerned project must bereferred to since most species from adjoining catchments is likely to be present in thecatchments in question. In fact such literature form the entire state can be refened to.Once a listing of possible R.E.T. species form the said area is developed, species specificmethodologies should be adopted to ascertain their presence in the stdy area whichwould be far more conclusive as compared to the conventional sampling. littre need be,modern methods like camera trapping can be resorted to, particuimf for *"u, io ,t.eastern Himalayas and for secretive/nocturnal species. A detailed listing of the literaturereferred to, for developing lists of R.E.T. species should be prwided in tie EIA reports.

- T"-\E-T. species referredto in this point should include species listed in Schedule I andII of Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972 andthose listed in the red data books (BSI, ZSI andrucN).

(6) Components of the EIA Studv

Various aspects to be studied and provided in the EIAIEMP report are as follows:A. Physical and Chemical Environment

Geological & Geophysical Aspects and seismo - Tecionics:o Physical geography, Topography, Regional Geological-aspects and structure of

the Catchment.o Tectonics, seismicity_and history of past earthquakes in the area. A site specific

study of the earthquake parameters will be done. The results of the site specificearthquake design shall be sent for approval of the NCSDP (National committeeof Seismic Design Parameters, Cential water commission, New Delhi for largedams.

o Landslide zone or area prone to landslide existing in the study area should beexamined.

o Presence of important economic mineral deposit, if any.o Justification for location & execution of the project in relation to structuralcomponents (dam height).

o Impact of project on geological environment.

Meteorology, Air and Noise:

o Meteorology (viz. Temperature, Relative humidity, wind speed/direction etc.) tobe collected from nearest IMD station.

o Ambient Air Quality with parameters viz. Suspended Particulate Matter (SpM),Respirable Suspended Particulate Matter lnSfp l.e. suspended particulatematerials <10 microns, Sulphur Dioxide (so, and oxides of\itrog"r, 6No*; i,the study area at 6 locations.

o Existing noise levels and traffic density in the study area at6 locations.

Soil Characteristics^':^- -L.'-i^^l nara )nsiry ando Soil classification, physical parameters (viz., texture, porollty, P"F d'

' #;6di;;;;ffM *a.r,.-i"ur n*u*.tg' (viz. pH, electrical conductivitv,

, magneslum,'r.l.trrrr, total ,1k"ilid, chlorides, tobiu*, potassium, organic

carbon, available potassium, *uiruur" phosphorus, SAR, nitrogen and salinity;

etc.) (6locations).

Remote sensing and GIS Studies

o Generation of thematic maps viz., slope map, drainage map, soil map' land use

and land .o"", *up, "t".

surra *'tt "t", thematic maps, an erosion intensity map

should be PrePared.

water Quality rc rrr'r'nd rvater tablr $udy area'o History of the ground water table fluctuation in the s

o Water quality ior both surface water and groung-water for (i) Physical parameters

oH, tempeiature, electrical conductivity, TSS); (iD chemical parameters

(Alkalinity, rr*arlrr, BOD, COD;NO,,PO''CI' SO4'Na' K' Ca' Mg' Silica' oil

& Grease, phenolic compoundq t"tiarut rodi* carbonate); (iii) Bacteriological

parameter (MpN, Total coliformj *a (ir) Heavy Metals (Pb, As, Hg, cd' cr-6,

iotal Cr, Cu,Zn,fe) (6 locations)'

o Delineation of sub and mi.,o-*utersheds, their locations and extent based on the

All India Soil and Land U;;--i;;;t of India (AISLUS)' Department of

. Agricultur", Gor.*ent of lndia. Erosion levels in each micro-watershed and

prioritization-of micro-wate.tft"J through silt yield index (SYD method of

AISLUS.

B Water Environment & HYdrologr

o Hydro-Meteorology of the projec t vi1, precipitaiion .(t":ddl' rainfall)'

temperature, relative trumiditi, Ltc. Hvaro;yteorological studies in the

catchment area shoula Ue estaUtished alorrg-with real time telemetry and data

acquisition system for inflows monitoring'

. Run off, discharge, water availability for the project, sedimentation rate' etc'

o Basincharacteristicso CatastroPhic events like cloud bursts and flash floods, if any, should be

documented.o For estimation of Sedimentation Rate, direct sampling of river flow is to be done

during tne gre stuav. The study_should be conducted for minimum one year'

' Actual silt flow t;;. be expressed in ha-m km2 year-l'

oSetupaG&Dmonitoringstationandafewraingaugestationsinthecatchment*.u fo, collecting data during the investigation'

. Flow series, to ality with 90%, 75oh arrd50% dependable years discharges'

o Information on the l0-daily flow basis for the 90 per cent dependable year the

. flow intercepted u, ,rr" dam, the flow diverted to tie power house and the spill

comprising the environmental flow and additional flow towards downstream of

the dam for the project may be given'

o The minimum environmental flow shall be 200/o ofthe flow of four consecutive

lean months or gox dependable !e;ar, 30Yo of the average monsoon flow' The

flow for remaining *ortrs shall te in between 2aioo/o, depending on the site

specific requirements. A site specific study shall be carried out by an expert

organization.. Hydrological studies/data as approved by CWC shall be utilized in the preparation

of p161gMp report. Actual nyarotogical annual yield may also be given in the

report.. Sedimentation data available with CWC may be used to find out the loss in

storage over the Years'o A minimum of i m distance from the tip of the reservoir to the tail race tunnel

should be maintained between upstream and downstream projects.

C BiologicalEnvironm'ent

Besides primary studies, review of secondary data/literature published for project area

on flora A, fuu* including RET species shall be reported in EIAIEMP report.

Flora

. Characterization of forest types (as per Champion and Seth method) in the study

area and extent of each forest type as per the Forest Working Plan.

. Documentation of all plant species i.e. Angiosperm, 'Gymnospenn,

Pteriodophytes, Bryophytes (al[ groups).

. General vegetation profile and floral diversity covering all groups of flora

including lichens and orchids. A species wise list may be provided.

o Assessment of plant species with respect to dominance, density, frequency,

abundance, diveisity index, similarity index, importance value index (IVD ,

Shannon Weiner index etc. of the species to be provided. Methodology used for

calculating various diversity indices along with details of locations of quadrates,

size of quadrates etc. to be reported within the study area in different ecosystems.

o Existence of National park, Sanctuary, Biosphere Reserve etc in the study area, ifany, should be detailed.

o Economically important species like medicinal plants,'timber, fuel wood etc'

o Details of endemic species found in the project area'

o Flora under RET categories should be documented using Intemational Unioir for

the Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources (ILJCN) criteria and Botanical

Survey of India's Red Data list along-with economic significance. Species

diversity curve for RET species should be given'. Cropping pattern and Horticultural Practices in the study area.

Fauna:

o Fauna study and inventorisation should be carried out for all groups of animals in

the study area. Their present status alongwith Schedule of the species.

o Documentation of fauna plankton (phlto and zooplankton), periphyton, benthos

and fish should be done and analysed'o Information (authenticated) on Avi-fauna and wildlife in the study area.

. Status of avifauna their resident/ migratory/ passage migrants etc.

. Documentation of butterflies, if any, found in the area'

o Details of endemic species found in the project area'

. RET species-voucher specimens should be collected along-with GPS readings to

facilitate rehabilitation. RET faunal species to be classified as per IUCN Red

Data list and as per different schedule of Indian Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972.

o Existence of barriers and corridors, if any, for wild animals.

r".o

' Compensatory afforestation to compensate the green belt area that willremoved,- if any, as part of the pioposed proj;t development and loss

beof

D

o Colledion of primary data on agricultural activity, crop and their productivity andirrigation facilities components.

o For categoization of sub-catchment into various erosion classes and for theconsequent CAT plan, the entire catchment (Indian Portion) is to be consideredand not only the directly the draining catchment

Aquatic Ecolory

o Documentation of aquatic fauna like macro-invertebrates, zooplankton,phytoplantktons, benthos etc.

o Fish and fisheries, their migration and breeding grounds.o Fish diversity composition and maximum Iength & weight of the measuredpopulations to be studies for estimation of environmental flow.r Conservation status of aquatic fauna.

t Sampling for aquatic ecology and fisheries and fisheries must be conductedduring three. seasons - Pre-monsoon (summer), monsoon and winter. Sizes(tt_rg,h & weight) of important fish species need to be collected and breeding andfeeding grounds should also be identified along the project site or in vicinity.

Socio-Economic

o Collection of baseline data on human settlements, health status of the communityand existing infrastructure facilities for social welfare including sources oflivelihood, job opportunities and safety and security of workers andiunoundingspopulation

o Collection of information with respect to social awareness about thedevelopmental activity.in the area and social welfare measures existing andproposed by project proponent.

o Collection of information on sensitive habitat of historical, cultural and religiousand ecological importance.

the study area forProfile; Agriculturalsanitation facilities;

. The socio-economic survey/ profile within l0 km ofdemographic profile; Economic Structure; DevelopmentalPractices; Infrastructure, education facilities; -health andavailable communication network etc.

o Documentation of demographic, Ethnographic,development profile of the area.

Economic Structure and

t Information on Agriculfural Practices, Cultural and aesthetic sites, Infrastructurefacilities etc.Information on the dependence of the local people on minor forest produce andtheir cattle grazingrights in the forest land.List of all the Project Affected Families with their name, age, educationalqualification, family size, sex, religion, caste, sources of incomel land & householdings, other properties, occupation, source of income, house/land to beacquired for the project and house/land left with the family, any other property,possession of cattle, type of house etc.Special attention has to be given to vulnerable groups like women, aged personsetc. and to any ethnic/indigenous groups that are getting affected by thJ project.

r-u.i:i:

(7) Impact Prediction and Mitisation Measures

The adverse impact due to the proposed project should be assessed and effectivemitigation steps to abate these impacts should be described.

Air Environmento Changes in ambient and ground level concentrations due to total emissions from

point,line and area sources.o Effect on soil, material, vegetation and human health.o Impact of emissions from DG set used for power during the construction, if any,

on air environment.o Pollution due to fuel combustion in equipments and vehicleso Fugitive emissions from various sources

Water Environmento Changes in surface and ground water qualityo Steps to develop pisci-culture and recreational facilitieso Changes in hydraulic regime and downstream flow.o Water pollution due to disposal of sewageo Water pollution from labour colonies/ camps and washing equipment

Land Environment

o Adverse impact on land stability, catchment of soil erosion, reservoirsedimentation and spring flow (if any) (a) due to considerable road construction /widening activity (b) interference of reservoir with the inflowing stream (c)blasting for commissioning of HRT, TRT and some other structures.

. Changes in land use / land cover and drainage pattemo Immigration of labour populationo Quarrying operation and muck disposal. Changes in land quality including effects of waste disposalo River bank and their stabilityo Impact due to submergence.

Biological Environment

o Impact on forests, flora, fauna including wildlife, migratory avi-fauna, rare andendangered species, medicinal plants etc.

o Pressure on existing natural resourceso Deforestation and disturbance to wildlife, habitat fragmentation and wild animal's

migratory corridors

' Compensatory afforestation-ideritification of suitable native tree species forcompensatory afforestation and green belt.

o Impact on fish migration and habitat degradation due to decreased flow of watero Impact on breeding and nesting grounds of animals and fish.

Socio-economic aspects .,,,

o Impact on local community including demographic profile.o Impact on socio-economic statusr Impact on economic status.o Impact on human health due to watei lvector bome diseaseo Impact on increase traffic

=:\

(8)

, Impacts of blasting activity during project construction which generally destabilizethe land mass and leads to landslides, damage to properties and drying up of naturalspnngs and cause noise population will be studies. Proper record shall bemaintained of the baseline information in the post project period.

o Positive and negative impacts likely to be accrued due to the project are listed.

Environmental Management Plans

I. Catchment Area Treatment (CAT) PIan should be prepared micro-watershed wise.Identification of-free draining/ directly draining catchment based upon Remote Sensing andGeographical Information System (GIS) methodology and Sediment iield Index (Sy| mithodof AISLUS, Deptt. of Agriculture, Govt. of India coupled with ground survey. Areas orwatersheds falling under 'very severe' and 'severe' erosion categories shoutd be provided andrequired to be treated. Both biological as well as engineering miasures should be proposed inconsultation with State Forest Department for areas requiring treatment. year-wiseichedule ofwork and monetary allocation should be provided. Mitigation measures to check shiftingcultivation in the catchment area with provision for alternative and better agricultural practicelshould be included

2. Compensatory Afforestation shall be prepared by the State Forest Department in lieu of the

- for€st land proposed to be diverted for construction of the project as per the Forest' (Conservation) Act, 1980. Choice of plants for afforestation shouid include native and RETspecies, if any. This will be a part of the forest clearance proposat.

3. Biodiversity and Wildlife Conservation and Management PIan for the conservation andpreservation of rare, endangered or endemic floral/faunal species or some NationalPark/Sanctuary/ Biosphere Reserve or other protected area is going to get affected directly orindirectly by construction of the projec! then suitable conservation measures should beprepared in consultation with the State Forest Department and with the phySical and financialdetails' Suitable conservation techniques (in-situ/ex-situ) will be proposed under the plan andthe areas where such conservation is proposed will be marked on a-project tayout map.

4- Fisheries Conservation and Management Plan - a specific fisheries management measures

:hol!{ be prepared for river and reservoir. If the construction of fish ladder/ fish-way etc. is notfeasible then measures for reservoir fisheries will be proposed. The plan will deiail out thenumber of hatcheries, nurseries, rearing ponds etc. proposed undei the plan with properdrawings. If any migratory fish species is getting affected then the migratory routes,timeAeason of upstream and downstream migration, sfawning grounds etc willie discussed indetailg.

5. Resettlement and Rehabilitation Plan needed to be prepared on the basis of findings of thesocio-economic survey coupled with the outcome of public consultation held. The R&Rpackage shall be prepared after consultation with the representatives of the project affectedfamilies and the State Government. Detailed budgetary estimates are to be provided.Resettlements site should be identified. The plan will Jso incorporate community devLlopmentstrategies.

6. Green Belt Development Plan along the periphery of the reservoir, approach roads around thecolonies and other project components, local plant species must be suggested with physical andfinancial details. A layout map showing the proposed sites for develof,irg the green belt shouldbe prepared.

7. Reservoir Rim Treatment Plan for stabilization of land slide / land slip zones, if any, aroundthe reservoir periphery is to be prepared based on detailed survey of geology of the reservoirrim area. Suitable engineering and biological measures for treatment oi ioeniined slip zones to

.l:;,r*;".: r 'r iil,r.:'i.4, i:ln-t!.: ,,-it: r.:

,,1i., 'i,t ,',,t

zones shall be prepAred and appended in the chapter.

I' Muck Disposal PIan suitable sites for dumping of excavated materials should be identified inconsultation with State Potlution Control Boird and State Forest Department. All muckdisposal sites should be minimum 30 m away from the HFL of river. The quantity of **f. iobe generated and the quantity of muck proposed to be utilized shali be calculated inconsultation with the project authorities. Details of each dumping site viz. area, capacity, totalquantity of muck that can be dumped etc. should be worked out and discussed in the plan. planfor rehabilitation of muck disposal sites should also be given. The L-section / cross iection ofmuck disposal sites and approach roads should be given. The plan shall have physical andfinancial details of the measures proposed. Layout map showing tt e dumping sites vis-i-visother project components will be prepared and appended in the chapter.

9. Restoration PIan for Quarry Sites and landscaping of colony areas, working areas, roads etc.Details of the coarse/fine aggregate/clay etc. required for construction of thi project and therock/clay quarries/river shoal sites identified for the project should be discussedalong-with theEngineering and Biological measures proposed for their restoration with physical and financialdetails. Layout map showing quarry sites vis-i-vis other project components, should beprepared.

l0' Study of Design Earthquake Parameters: A site specific study of earthquake parametersshould be done. Results of the site specific earthquake design parameters should bi approvedby National Committee of Seismic Design Parameters, Ceniral Water Commission (NiSOp),New Delhi.

I l. Dam Break Analysis and Disaster Management Plan The outputs of dam break modelshould be illustrate{ with appropriate graphs and maps clearly bringing out the impact of DamBreak scenario. To identifo inundation areas, population and structureslikely to be affected dueto catastrophic floods in the event of dam failure. DMP will be prepared with the help of DamBreak Analysis' Maximum water level that would be attained at various points on thedownstream in case of dam break will be marked on a detailed contour map of thL downstreamarea; to show the extent of inundation. The action plan will include Emergency Action andManagement plan including measures like preventive action notification, iarning procedureand action plan for co-ordination with various authorities.

12. Water, Air and Noise Management Plans to be implemented during construction and post-construction periods.

Public Health Delivery Plan including the provisions of drinking water supply for localpopulation shall be in the EIA/EMP Report. Status of the existing meOicat Acifities in theproject area shall be discussed. Possibilities of strengthening of existing medical facilities,construction of new medical infrastructure etc. will be explored after assesiing the need of thelabour force and local populace.

Labour Management PIan for their Health and Safety.

Sanitation and Solid waste management plan for domestic waste from colonies and labourcamps etc.

Local Areg Development Plan to be formulated in consultation with the Revenue Officialsand Village Pancahayats. Appropriate schemes shall be prepared under EMP for the Local AreaDevelopment Plan with sufficient financial provisions.

Environmental safeguards during construction activities including Road Construction.

Energy Conservation Measures for ihe work force during construction with physical andfinancial details. Alternatives will be proposed for the laboui force so that the eiploitation ofthe natural resource (wood) for the domestic and commercial use is curbed.

13.

16.

14.

15.

17.

18.

.]d:.

llj;.'

ffili

,r,ii:i

i!:.i;"i1:r,': '';:r.,i l.t1i,,l. .

." 1, il'r .''

**:f *r&*i.**.*****

Annexure - II

COMPLIANCE TO TOR SAWALKOTE (1200 MW) HEP

MoEF&CC Letter no. F No.J-12011/19/2011-IA-I dated 13th October, 2011

S.No. Scope of work Compliance

1. Scope of EIA Studies EIA Chapter 3, Methodology

2. Details of the Project and Site, EIA Chapter 2, Project Description

A

Details of project with Layout Plan and site giving L-

sections of all U/S and D/S project with all relevant maps

and Figures. Connect such information as to establish the

total length of interference of natural river, total length

of tunneling of the river and the committed unrestricted

release from the site of diversion in to the main river.

EIA Chapter 1,

Section 1.3,

Table 1.1 and

Figure. 1.2

B A map of boundary of Kishtwar National Park and Project

Location

EIA Chapter 2, Project Description: Section

2.5 & Figure 2.4

C

Investigation on the existence of springs along the route

of two HRTs likely to get dry due to blasting for HRTs.

Adequate remedial measures for their revival to be

planned.

EIA Chapter 9: Assessment of Impact

Section: 9.2.11

D

Location details on a map of the project area with

counters indicating main project features. The project

layout shall be superimposed on a contour map of ground

elevation showing main project features (viz. Location of

dam, Head works, main canal, branch canals, quarrying

etc.) shall be depicted in a scaled map.

EIA Chapter 3, Methodology, Figure. 3.1

EIA Chapter 6, Figure.6.2 & 6.3

E

Layout details and map of the project area with contours

with project component clearly marked with proper scale

map of at least a 1:50,000 scale and printed at least on A3

scale for clarity.

EIA Chapter 2, Project description, Figure. 2.1

F

Existence of National Park, Sanctuary, Biosphere Reserve

etc.in the study area, if any should be detailed and

presented on a map with distinct distance from the

project components.

EIA Chapter 2, Project description, Section 2.5

& Figure 2.4

G Drainage pattern and map of the river catchment up to

the proposed project site.

EIA Chapter 6, Baseline Physico- Chemical

Environment, Figure.6.1

H

Delineation of critically degraded areas in the directly

draining catchment on the basis of Silt Yield Index as per

the methodology of All India Soil and Land Use Survey of

India.

EMP Chapter 2, CAT plan, Figure.2.6

I Soil characteristics and map of the project area.

EIA Chapter 6, Baseline Physico- Chemical

Environment,

Section 6.4.2, Table 6.2 & Figure. 6.5

J

Geological and seismo-tectonic details and map of the

area surrounding the proposed project site showing

location of dam site and powerhouse site.

EIA Chapter 5, Geology

Section 5.8

K

Remote sensing studies, interpretation of satellite

imagery, topographic sheets along with ground

verification shall be used to develop the land use/land

cover pattern of the study using overlaying mapping

techniques viz. Geographic Information System (GIS),

False Colour Composite (FCC) generated from satellite

data of project area.

EIA Chapter 6, Figure. 6.1, 6.2 & 6.3

Chapter 7: Figure.7.1

EMP Chapter 2: Figure. 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5,

2.6, 2.7 & 2.8

L Land details including forests, private and other land. EIA Chapter 2, Project Description, Section

2.4.8 Table 2.5, Figure. 2.2

M Demarcation of snow fed and rain fed areas for a realistic

estimate of the water availability.

EIA Chapter 4, Hydrology, Section 4.3 & 4.4

DPR Chapter Hydrology, Sawalkote HEP 1856

MW

3. Description of Environment and Baseline data

A

Project area or the direct impact area should comprise of

the area within 10 km radius of the main project

component; dam and powerhouse etc.

The baseline studies should be collected for 3 seasons

(Pre Monsoon, Monsoon and Post Monsoon seasons).

EIA Chapter 3, Methodology, Section. 3.2,

Figure. 3.1 & 3.2

4. Details of the Methodology EIA Chapter 3, Methodology

A

The methodology followed for collection of baseline data

along with details of number of samples and their

locations in the map

EIA Chapter 3, Methodology, Section. 3.2

Figure.3.1 & 3.2

D

Methodology for Collection of Biodiversity Data

The entire area should be divided in grids of 5km* 5km

preferably on a GIS domain. Thereafter 25% of the grids

should be randomly selected for sampling of which half

should be in the directly affected area (grids including

project components such as reservoir, dam powerhouse,

tunnel, canal, etc.) and the remaining in the rest of the

area (area of influence in 10 km radius from project

components).

EIA Chapter 3 Methodology,

Figure 3.2

E Secondary sources for data collection EIA Chapter 3 Methodology, Section. 3.2

EIA: Bibliography

5. Method for collection of Biodiversity Data EIA Chapter 3: Methodology

6. Component of the EIA study EIA Chapter 3: Methodology

A Physical and Chemical Environment EIA Chapter 6: Baseline Status: Physico

Chemical Environment

i. Geological and Geophysical Aspects and Seismo-

Tectonics

Physical geography, Topography, Regional Geological aspects and structure of the catchment.

EIA Chapter 5, Geology EIA Chapter 6, Baseline Status Physico- chemical Environment

Tectonics, seismicity and history of past earthquakes in the area.

EIA Chapter 5, Geology Section 5.8

A site specific study of the earthquake parameters will be done. The results of the site specific earthquake design shall be sent for the approval of the NCSDP (National Committee of Seismic Design Parameters, Central Water Commission, New Delhi for large dams.

Landslide zone or area prone to landslide existing in the area should be examined.

EMP Chapter 2, CAT Plan

Presence of important mineral deposits, if any -

Justification for location & execution of the project in relation to the structural components (dam/barrage height).

EIA Chapter 5, Geology, Section. 5.2

Impact of project on geological environment. EIA Chapter 9, Assessment of Impact, Section. 9.2

ii. Meteorology, Air and Noise

Meteorology (viz. Temperature, Relative humidity, wind speed/direction etc.) to be collected from nearest IMD station.

EIA Chapter 4, Hydrology

Ambient air quality with parameters viz. Suspended particulate matter (SPM), Respirable suspended particulate matter (RSPM) i.e. suspended particulate materials less than 10 microns, Sulphur dioxide (SO2) and Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx) in the study area. (5Locations)

EIA Chapter 6, Baseline Status Physico- chemical Environment, Section. 6.5

Existing Noise Levels and traffic density in the study area. (5 Locations)

EIA Chapter 6, Baseline Status Physico- chemical Environment, Section. 6.6

iii. Soil Characteristics

Soil classification, physical parameters (viz.,texture, Porosity, Bulk Density and water holding capacity) and chemical parameters (viz. pH, electrical conductivity, magnesium, calcium, total alkalinity, chlorides, sodium, potassium, organic carbon, available potassium, available phosphorus, SAR, nitrogen and salinity, etc) (5 Locations).

EIA Chapter 6, Baseline Status Physico- chemical environment, Section. 6.4, Table 6.2

iv. Remote Sensing and GIS studies

Generation of thematic maps viz. slope map, drainage map, soil map, land use and land cover map, etc. Based on these, thematic maps, an erosion intensity map should be prepared.

EIA Chapter 6 & 7 Baseline Status Figure. 6.1 Drainage map, 6.2 relief map, 6.3 slope map, 6.5 soil map Figure. 7.1

v. Water quality

History of Ground water table fluctuation Refer: DPR Chapter Hydrology, Sawalkote HEP 1856 MW

Water quality for both surface and ground water for 6 Locations.

EIA Chapter 7, Baseline Status Biological environment, Section. 7.6., table 7.41- 7.56

Delineation of sub and micro watersheds, their locations and extent based on the Soil and Land Use Survey of India (SLUSOI), Department of Agriculture, Government of India. Erosion levels in each micro- watershed and prioritization of micro- watershed through Silt Yield Index (SYI) method of SLUSOI.

EMP Chapter 2, CAT plan

B Water Environment and Hydrology

Hydro metrology of the project viz. precipitation (snowfall, rainfall), temperature, relative humidity, etc. Hydro- metrological studies in the catchment area should be established along with real time telemetry and data acquisition system for inflow monitoring. Basin Characteristics, Runoff, discharge, water availability for the project, sedimentation rate etc.


Catastrophic events live cloud bursts and flash flood, if any should be documented

Chapter 4, Hydrology

For estimation of sedimentation rate, direct sampling of river flow is to be done during the EIA study. The study should be conducted for minimum 1 year.

EMP Chapter 2, CAT plan DPR Chapter Hydrology, Sawalkote HEP 1856 MW

Flow series, 10 daily with 90%, 75% and 50% dependable years discharges.


Environmental flow release should be 20% of the average of the 4 lean months of 90%dependable year and 30% of monsoon flow.

EIA Chapter 10, Environmental Flow,

A site specific study on minimum environmental flow should be carried out.

EIA Chapter 10, Environmental Flow,

C. Biological Environment i. Flora

Forest and Forest types EIA Chapter 7, Section. 7.3

Vegetation profile and floral diversity. A species wise list may be provided.

EIA Chapter 7, Section. 7.4 Annexure III

Assessment of plant species with respect to dominance, density, frequency, abundance, diversity index, similarity index, importance value index(IVI), Shannon Weiner Index etc. of the species to be provided.

EIA Chapter 7, Section. 7.4

Economically important species like medicinal plants, timber, fuel wood etc.

EIA Chapter 7, Section. 7.4.7, table 7.35 – 7.37

Flora under RET categories should be documented using International Union for the conservation of Nature and Natural Resources(IUCN) criteria and Botanical Survey of India Red data list along with economic significance. Details of endemic species found in the project area.

EIA Chapter 7, Section. 7.4.6

ii. Fauna

Fauna study and inventorisation. Their present status along with schedule of the species. Information (authenticated) on Avi-fauna, butterflies and wildlife in the study area. Details of endemic species found in the project area. RET faunal species to be classified as per IUCN Red Data list and as per different schedule of Indian Wildlife (protection) Act, 1972.

EIA Chapter 7, Section.7.5, table 7.38- 7.40

Existence of barrier and corridors, if any, for wild animals. -

Compensatory afforestration to compensate the green belt area that will be removed, if any, as part of the proposed project development and loss of biodiversity.

EMP Chapter 11, Compensatory Afforestation scheme

D. Aquatic ecology

Documentation of aquatic fauna like macro-invertebrates, zooplankton, phytoplanktons, benthos etc.

EIA Chapter 7, Baseline Status Biological environment, Section. 7.6.2, table 7.44- 7.56

Fish and fisheries, their migration, breeding grounds and conservation status. Fish diversity composition and maximum length & weight of the measured populations to be studies for estimation of environmental flow.

EIA Chapter 7, Section. 7.7, table 7.57 EIA Chapter 10, Environmental Flow

E. Socio-economic

Collection of baseline data on human settlements, health status of the community and existing infrastructure facilities for social welfare including sources of livelihood, job opportunities and safety and securities of workers and surroundings population.

EIA Chapter 8, Description of Social Environment

Collection of information with respect to social awareness about the developmental activity in the area and social welfare measures existing and proposed by project proponent.

EMP Chapter 12, R& R, Section.12.7

The socio-economic survey/profile within 10 km radius of the study area for the demographic profile; Economic structure; Developmental profile; Agricultural practices; Infrastructure, education facilities; health and sanitation facilities; available communication network etc.

EIA Chapter 8, Description of Social Environment, Figure. 8.2

List of all project affected families with their names, educational qualification, land holdings, other properties, occupation, source of income, land and other properties to be acquired, etc.

EMP Chapter 12, R& R, Annex-II

6 Impact prediction and Mitigation Measures

A.

Air Environment Changes in ambient and GLC concentration due to

total emissions from point, line and area sources Effect on soil, material, vegetation and human health Impact of emission from DG sets used for power

during the construction, if any, on air environment. Pollution due to fuel combustion in equipment &

vehicles Fugitive emissions from various sources. Impact on micro climate

EIA Chapter 9, Assessment of Impact, Section. 9.2 , Impact during construction phase, Table 9.14 Section.9.3, Impact during operation phase, Table 9.15

B.

Water Environment Changes in surface & ground water quality. Steps to develop pisci-culture and recreational

facilities. Changes in hydraulic regime and down stream flow. Water pollution due to disposal of sewage. Water pollution from Labour colony/camps and

washing equipment.


C.

Land Environment Adverse impact on land stability, catchment of soil

erosion, reservoir sedimentation and spring flow (if any) a) due to considerable road construction/widening activity (b) interference of reservoir with the inflowing streams (c) blasting for commissioning of HRT, TRT and some other structures

Changes in land use/ land cover and drainage pattern

Immigration of labour population Quarrying operation and muck disposal Changes in land quality including effects of waste

disposal River bank and their stability Impact due to submergence.


D.

Biological Environment Impacts on forests, flora, fauna including wildlife,

migratory avi-fauna, rare and endangered species, medicinal plants etc.

Pressure on existing natural resources Deforestration and disturbance to wildlife,

habitat fragmentation and wild animals migratory corridors

Impact on fish migration and habitat degradation


due to decreased flow of water Impact on breeding and nesting grounds of

animals and fish

E.

Socio economic Aspects Impact on local community including

demographic profile. Impact on socio-economic status. Impact on human health due to water/ vector

borne disease Impact on increase traffic Impact on holy places and tourism. Downstream impact on the river will be studied

up to the reservoir tip of Salal HEP. Impact of blasting activities Positive as well as negative impacts likely to be

accrued due to the project are to be listed.


7 Environment management Plan (EMP)

A

Catchment area treatment plan should be prepared micro-watershed wise. Identification of area for treatment and Silt Yield Index (SYI) method of SLUSOI coupled with ground survey. Areas/ watershed falling under very severe and severe, erosion categories. Both biological and engineering measures should be proposed in consultation with State Forest Department.

EMP Chapter 2 CAT plan Section.2.4, Figure. 2.7 Section. 2.6, Table 2.11 & 2.12

B Compensatory Afforestation EMP Chapter 11, Compensatory Afforestation Plan

C

Biodiversity & Wildlife Conservation and Management Plan for conservation and preservation of endemic, rare and endangered species of flora and fauna to be prepared in consultation with State Forest Department.

EMP Chapter 1, Biodiversity Conservation and Management Plan

D

Resettlement & Rehabilitation (R&R) Plan need to be prepared with due consultation with project Affected Families (PAFs). The provision of the R&R plan should be according to the National Resettlement and Rehabilitation Policy (NRRP-2007) as well as State Resettlement and Rehabilitation Policy. Detailed budgetary estimates are to be provided. Resettlement sites should be identified.

EMP Chapter 12, Resettlement & Rehabilitation (R&R) Plan R&R plan was formulated as per RFCT_LARR Act 2013

E Plan for Green Belt Development along the periphery of the reservoir, colonies, approach road, canals etc.

EMP Chapter 8, Landscaping and Restoration Plan Chapter 10 Reservoir Rim Treatment Plan

F Reservoir Rim Treatment Plan for stabilization of land slide/ land slip zones.

Chapter 10 Reservoir Rim Treatment Plan

G Plan for Land Restoration and Landscaping of project site. EMP Chapter 8, Landscaping and Restoration Plan

H

Fisheries Conservation & Management Plan- fish fauna inhabiting the affected stretch of river, a specific fisheries management plan should be prepared for river and reservoir.

EMP Chapter 3, Fisheries Development Plan

I

Muck disposal Plan- suitable sites for dumping of excavated material should be identified in consultation with the State Pollution Control Board and Forest Department.

EMP Chapter 7, Muck disposal Plan

J Plan for Restoration of quarry sites and landscaping of colony areas, working areas, roads, etc.

EMP Chapter 8, Landscaping and Restoration Plan

K

Study of Design Earthquake Parameters: A site specific study of earthquake parameters should be done. The results of the site specific earthquake design parameters should be approval by National Committee of Seismic design Parameters, Central Water Commission (NCSDP), New Delhi.

Chapter 5: Geology, Section 5.8.

L

Dam Break Analysis and Disaster Management Plan: The output of the dam break model should be illustrated with appropriate graphs and maps clearly bringing out the impact of Dam break scenario.

EMP Chapter 14, Dam Break Modeling

M

Water, Air and Noise Management Plans to be implemented during construction and post- construction periods. Mitigating measures for impacts due to blasting on the structures in the vicinity.

EMP Chapter 9, Air & Water Management

N Public Health Delivery Plan including the provisions for drinking water facility for the local community.

Chapter 5, Public Health Delivery System

O Labour Management Plan for their health and safety. EMP Chapter 4, Solid Waste Management Plan & Chapter 5, Public Health Delivery System

P Sanitation and Solid waste management plan for domestic waste from colonies and labour camps etc.

EMP Chapter 4, Solid Waste Management Plan

Q Local area development plan. Details of various activities to be undertaken along with its financial out lay should be provided.

EMP Chapter 12, R& R Plan, Section. 12.7

R Environmental safeguard during construction activities including road construction.

EMP Chapter 9, Air & Water Management

S Energy conservation measures EMP Chapter 6 Energy Conservation Measures

T Environmental Monitoring Programme with physical and financial details covering all the aspects of EMP.

EMP Chapter 13 Environmental Monitoring Plan, table 13.1, 13.2,13.3 & 13.4

U

A summary of cost estimate for all the plans, cost for implementing all environmental Management Plans including the cost for implementing environmental monitoring programme should be given. Provision for an Environmental Management Cell should be made.

EMP Chapter 15, Cost Estimate

COMPLIANCE TO TOR SAWALKOTE (1856 MW) HEP

MoEF&CC Letter no. F No.J-12011/19/2011-IA-I dated 12th June, 2013

Additional Scope on revised ToR

i. Details of Methodology to include sources of secondary information

EIA: Chapter 2. Methodology EIA: Bibliography

ii. Biological Environment

a. Valuation of Biodiversity provided by 600ha of forests

EIA Chapter 7: Baseline Status: Biological Environment Section 7.4 Discuss on diversity density of tree in direct impact zone of proposed project

b. No. of species of trees in the submergence area and Counting and demarcation of tree in

there basal area submergence will be done by forest department accordingly

C. GPS reading of occurrence of RET species

EIA Chapter 7: Baseline Status: Biological Environment Section 7.4.6 RET Species reported from the study area

d. Compensatory Afforestation and loss of biodiversity EMP Chapter 11: Compensatory Afforestation Plan

e. Collection of primary data

EIA Chapter 6: Baseline Status: Physico-Chemical Environment EIA Chapter 7: Baseline Status: Biological Environment

f. For categorization of sub catchment and free draining catchment, SYI method should be used

EMP Chapter 2: Catchment Area Treatment plan

iii. Fauna: Herpetofauna should be studied

EIA Chapter 7: Baseline Status: Biological Environment Section 7.5.3 Herpetofauna recorded from the study area

iv. Geological and Seismicity of the project area to be described in details in consulting available literature

EIA Chapter 5: Geology DPR Sawalkote HEP 1856 MW

v. A separate SIA report is to be prepared since the displaced families exceed 200

EIA Chapter 8: Social Environment. Social Impact Assessment study is a separate study.

vi. Environment Flow: The mentioned E-flow of 39.97m3 has to be increased during monsoon

EIA Chapter 10: Environment flow

vii. Due to increase in E flow, capacity of dam toe power house may be more which needs to be check

EIA Chapter 10: Environment flow

viii. Description of De sanding device going to be used in the project

EIA Chapter 4: Hydrology Refer DPA Sawalkote HEP 1856 MW

ix. Disaster Management Plan EMP Chapter 14: Disaster Management Plan

MoEF&CC Letter no. F No.J-12011/19/2011-IA-I dated 12th June, 2013

Annexure-I: Scope of Work Other than Table 1 and 2

A.

Hydrological studies/ data as approved by CWC shall be utilized in the preparation of EIA/EMP report. Actual hydrological annual yield may also be given in the report. Sedimentation data available with CWC may be used to find out the loss in storage over the years. A minimum of 1 km distance from the tip of the reservoir to the tail race tunnel should be maintained between upstream and downstream projects.

EIA Chapter 4: Hydrology

B. Biological Environment

Flora: Documentation of all plant species i.e. Angiosperm, Gymnosperm, Pteridophytes, Bryophytes (all groups).

EIA Chapter 7, Section. 7.4.2, & Annexure III

Aquatic Ecology: Sampling of aquatic ecology and fisheries must be conducted during three seasons- Pre-monsoon (summer), monsoon and winter. Sizes (length & weight) of important fish species need to be collected

EIA Chapter 7, Section. 7.7

C. Socio-economic

List of all project affected families with their name, age, educational qualification, family size, sex, religion, caste

EMP Chapter 12, Annexure II

sources of income, land & house holdings, other properties, occupation, source of income, house/land to be acquired for the project and house/land left with the family, any other property, possession of cattle, type of house etc.

Special attention has to be given to vulnerable groups like women, aged person etc. and to any ethnic/ indigenous group that are getting affected by the project.

EMP Chapter 12 Resettlement and Rehabilitation Plan Section 12.5 and Table 12.6

Information on dependence of the local people on minor forest produce

EIA Chapter 7 Baseline Status: Biological Environment, Section 7.4.7

ANNEXURE III

List of Flowering Plants (Angiosperms)

S.No. Family Botanical Name

1 Acanthaceae Adhatoda zeylanica

2 Acanthaceae Justicia adhatoda

3 Acanthaceae Justicia procumbens

4 Acanthaceae Strobilanthes wallichii

5 Adoxaceae Viburnum foetens

6 Adoxaceae Viburnum grandiflorum

7 Adoxaceae Viburnum nervosum

8 Amaranthaceae Achyranthes bidentata

9 Amaranthaceae Amaranthus hybridus

10 Amaranthaceae Amaranthus viridis

11 Amaranthaceae Cyathula capitata

12 Amaranthaceae Cyathula tomentosa

13 Anacardiaceae Cotinus coggygria

14 Anacardiaceae Lannea grandis

15 Anacardiaceae Mangifera indica

16 Anacardiaceae Pistacia integerrima

17 Anacardiaceae Rhus cotinus

18 Anacardiaceae Rhus parviflora

19 Anacardiaceae Rhus wallichii

20 Apiaceae Bupleurum falcatum

21 Apiaceae Centella asiatica

22 Apocynaceae Nerium indicum

23 Aquifoliaceae Ilex dipyrena

24 Araceae Acorus calamus

25 Araceae Arisaema concinnum

26 Araceae Colocasia esculenta

27 Araceae Sauromatum pedatum

28 Araliaceae Hedera helix

29 Arecaceae Phoenix humilis

30 Asclepiadaceae Marsdenia roylei

31 Asparagaceae Agave americana

32 Asparagaceae Polygonatum verticillatum

33 Asteraceae Ageratum conyzoides

34 Asteraceae Ageratum houstonianum

35 Asteraceae Agrimonia pilosa

36 Asteraceae Ainsliaea aptera

37 Asteraceae Ainsliaea latifolia

38 Asteraceae Anaphalis busua

39 Asteraceae Anaphalis contorta

40 Asteraceae Artemisia capillaris

41 Asteraceae Artemisia cina

42 Asteraceae Artemisia nilagirica

43 Asteraceae Artemisia roxburghiana

44 Asteraceae Artemisia sieversiana

45 Asteraceae Artemisia vulgaris

46 Asteraceae Aster peduncularis

47 Asteraceae Bidens biternata

48 Asteraceae Bidens pilosa

49 Asteraceae Carduus onopordioides

50 Asteraceae Cirsium arvense

51 Asteraceae Cirsium falconeri

52 Asteraceae Cirsium wallichii

53 Asteraceae Echinops niveus

54 Asteraceae Eupatorium adenophorum

55 Asteraceae Gerbera lanuginosa

56 Asteraceae Inula cappa

57 Asteraceae Inula cuspidata

58 Asteraceae Lactuca dissecta

59 Asteraceae Parthenium hysterophorus

60 Asteraceae Senecio chrysanthemoides

61 Asteraceae Senecio nudicaulis

62 Asteraceae Sonchus arvensis

63 Asteraceae Sonchus asper

64 Asteraceae Tagetes minuta

65 Asteraceae Taraxacum officinale

66 Asteraceae Xanthium indicum

67 Balsaminaceae Impatiens glandulifera

68 Balsaminaceae Impatiens sulcata

69 Balsaminaceae Impatiens thomsonii

70 Begoniaceae Begonia picta

71 Berberidaceae Berberis aristata

72 Berberidaceae Berberis asiatica

73 Berberidaceae Berberis lycium

74 Berberidaceae Podophyllum hexandrum

75 Betulaceae Corylus colurna

76 Bignoniaceae Jacaranda mimosifolia

77 Bombacaceae Bombax ceiba

78 Boraginaceae Cynoglossum glochidiatus

79 Boraginaceae Cynoglossum lanceolatum

80 Boraginaceae Myosotis micrantha

81 Brassicaceae Arabidopsis thaliana

82 Buddlejaceae Buddleja asiatica

83 Buddlejaceae Buddleja paniculata

84 Buxaceae Sarcococca saligna

85 Cactaceae Opuntia elatior

86 Campanulaceae Campanula benthamii

87 Campanulaceae Campanula pallida

88 Canabinacae Cannabis sativa

89 Capparaceae Capparis sepiaria

90 Caprifoliaceae Lonicera quinquelocularis

91 Caryophyllaceae Arenaria serpyllifolia

92 Caryophyllaceae Silene falconeriana

93 Caryophyllaceae Stellaria media

94 Caryophyllaceae Stellaria monosperma

95 Chenopodiaceae Chenopodium album

96 Combretaceae Anogeissus latifolia

97 Convolvulaceae Cuscuta reflexa

98 Convolvulaceae Ipomoea purpurea

99 Cyperaceae Fimbristylis dichotoma

100 Dioscoreaceae Dioscorea belophylla

101 Dipsacaceae Dipsacus mitis

102 Elaeagnaceae Elaeagnus parvifolia

103 Ericaceae Lyonia ovalifolia

104 Ericaceae Rhododendron arboreum

105 Euphorbiaceae Euphorbia hirta

106 Euphorbiaceae Euphorbia royleana

107 Euphorbiaceae Euphorbia wallichii

108 Euphorbiaceae Excoecaria acerifolia

109 Euphorbiaceae Mallotus philippensis

110 Euphorbiaceae Ricinus communis

111 Euphorbiaceae Sapium insigne

112 Fabaceae Acacia modesta

113 Fabaceae Acacia nilotica

114 Fabaceae Albizia lebbeck

115 Fabaceae Albizia procera

116 Fabaceae Bauhinia vahlii

117 Fabaceae Bauhinia variegata

118 Fabaceae Butea monosperma

119 Fabaceae Caesalpinia decapetala

120 Fabaceae Campylotropis speciosa

121 Fabaceae Cassia fistula

122 Fabaceae Cassia obtusifolia

123 Fabaceae Dalbergia sissoo

124 Fabaceae Desmodium elegans

125 Fabaceae Desmodium microphyllum

126 Fabaceae Desmodium microphyllum

127 Fabaceae Desmodium triflorum

128 Fabaceae Flemingia vestita

129 Fabaceae Indigofera astragalina

130 Fabaceae Indigofera dosua

131 Fabaceae Indigofera heterantha

132 Fabaceae Indigofera pulchella

133 Fabaceae Trifolium repens

134 Fabaceae Trigonella corniculata

135 Fagaceae Quercus dilatata

136 Fagaceae Quercus leucotrichophora

137 Gentianaceae Gentiana america

138 Gentianaceae Swertia chirayita

139 Geraniaceae Geranium ocellatum

140 Hamamelidaceae Parrotiopsis jacquemontiana

141 Hydrangeaceae Deutzia compacta

142 Hydrangeaceae Deutzia staminea

143 Hypericaceae Hypericum ericoides

144 Hypericaceae Hypericum oblongifolium

145 Hypericaceae Hypericum perforatum

146 Juglandaceae Juglans regia

147 Lamiaceae Ajuga bracteosa

148 Lamiaceae Ajuga parviflora

149 Lamiaceae Anisomeles indica

150 Lamiaceae Colebrookea oppositifolia

151 Lamiaceae Elsholtzia flava

152 Lamiaceae Elsholtzia fruticosa

153 Lamiaceae Elsholtzia strobilifera

154 Lamiaceae Leonurus cardiaca

155 Lamiaceae Mentha arvensis

156 Lamiaceae Mentha longifolia

157 Lamiaceae Micromeria biflora

158 Lamiaceae Origanum vulgare

159 Lamiaceae Plectranthus rugosus

160 Lamiaceae Rabdosia rugosa

161 Lamiaceae Salvia lanata

162 Lamiaceae Salvia nubicola

163 Liliaceae Asparagus adscendens

164 Liliaceae Asparagus adscendens

165 Liliaceae Asparagus filicinus

166 Liliaceae Gagea reticulata

167 Liliaceae Notholirion thomsonianum

168 Liliaceae Urginea indica

169 Linaceae Reinwardtia indica

170 Lythraceae Punica granatum

171 Lythraceae Woodfordia floribunda

172 Malvaceae Sida cordifolia

173 Meliaceae Melia azedarach

174 Meliaceae Toona ciliata

175 Moraceae Artocarpus heterophyllus

176 Moraceae Ficus auriculata

177 Moraceae Ficus hederacea

178 Moraceae Ficus palmata

179 Moraceae Ficus religiosa

180 Moraceae Ficus roxburghii

181 Moraceae Ficus semicordata

182 Moraceae Morus alba

183 Musaceae Musa paradisiaca

184 Myricaceae Myrica esculenta

185 Myrtaceae Eucalyptus citriodora

186 Oleaceae Jasminum humile

187 Oleaceae Jasminum officinale

188 Oleaceae Olea cuspidata

189 Onagraceae Epilobium hirsutum

190 Onagraceae Oenothera rosea

191 Orchidaceae Calanthe plantaginea

192 Orchidaceae Habenaria edgeworthii

193 Orchidaceae Herminium lanceum

194 Orchidaceae Satyrium nepalense

195 Oxalidaceae Oxalis acetosella

196 Oxalidaceae Oxalis corniculata

197 Oxalidaceae Oxalis dehradunensis

198 Paeoniaceae Paeonia emodi

199 Phytolaccaceae Phytolacca acinosa

200 Plantaginaceae Plantago depressa

201 Plantaginaceae Plantago major

202 Poaceae Andropogon contortus

203 Poaceae Apluda mutica

204 Poaceae Arundinella nepalensis

205 Poaceae Brachypodium

206 Poaceae Cynodon dactylon

207 Poaceae Eragrostis pilosa

208 Poaceae Eriophorum comosum

209 Poaceae Oryza sativa

210 Poaceae Oryzopsis aequiglumis

211 Poaceae Paspalum paspalodes

212 Poaceae Pennisetum orientale

213 Poaceae Poa annua

214 Poaceae Polypogon monspeliensis

215 Poaceae Setaria italica

216 Poaceae Setaria viridis

217 Poaceae Thysanolaena maxima

218 Poaceae Triticum aestivum

219 Polygonaceae Polygonum plebeium

220 Polygonaceae Rumex hastatus

221 Polygonaceae Rumex nepalensis

222 Primulaceae Anagallis arvense

223 Primulaceae Myrsine africana

224 Primulaceae Primula denticulata

225 Proteaceae Grevillea robusta

226 Ranunculaceae Clematis barbellata

227 Ranunculaceae Delphinium vestitum

228 Ranunculaceae Ranunculus diffusus

229 Ranunculaceae Ranunculus laetus

230 Ranunculaceae Thalictrum foliolosum

231 Rhamnaceae Rhamnus virgatus

232 Rhamnaceae Ziziphus mauritiana

233 Rosaceae Cotoneaster bacillaris

234 Rosaceae Cotoneaster horizontalis

235 Rosaceae Cotoneaster microphyllus

236 Rosaceae Fragaria indica

237 Rosaceae Fragaria nubicola

238 Rosaceae Fragaria vesca

239 Rosaceae Potentilla gerardiana

240 Rosaceae Prinsepia utilis

241 Rosaceae Prunus cerasoides

242 Rosaceae Pyracantha crenulata

243 Rosaceae Pyrus pashia

244 Rosaceae Pyrus pyrifolia

245 Rosaceae Rosa brunonii

246 Rosaceae Rosa macrophylla

247 Rosaceae Rosa moschata

248 Rosaceae Rubus ellipticus

249 Rosaceae Rubus foliolosus

250 Rosaceae Rubus niveus

251 Rosaceae Rubus paniculatus

252 Rosaceae Sorbaria tomentosa

253 Rubiaceae Adina cordifolia

254 Rubiaceae Leptodermis lanceolata

255 Rubiaceae Randia tetrasperma

256 Rubiaceae Rubia manjith

257 Rubiaceae Rubus hoffmeisterianus

258 Rutaceae Skimmia saligna

259 Rutaceae Zanthoxylum armatum

260 Salicaceae Populus deltoides

261 Salicaceae Salix tetrasperma

262 Sapindaceae Aesculus indica

263 Sapindaceae Dodonaea viscosa

264 Saxifragaceae Bergenia ciliata

265 Scrophulariaceae Lindernia crustacea

266 Scrophulariaceae Mazus reptans

267 Scrophulariaceae Striga asiatica

268 Scrophulariaceae Verbascum thapsus

269 Scrophulariaceae Veronica agrestis

270 Smilacaceae Smilax aspera

271 Solanaceae Atropa belladonna

272 Solanaceae Datura stramonium

273 Solanaceae Datura stramonium

274 Solanaceae Nicandra physalodes

275 Solanaceae Nicotiana plumbaginifolia

276 Solanaceae Physalis divaricata

277 Solanaceae Solanum erianthum

278 Solanaceae Solanum nigrum

279 Solanaceae Solanum nigrum

280 Solanaceae Withania somnifera

281 Symplocaceae Symplocos paniculata

282 Thymelaeaceae Daphne cannabina

283 Thymelaeaceae Daphne papyracea

284 Tiliaceae Grewia optiva

285 Ulmaceae Alnus nepalensis

286 Ulmaceae Celtis australis

287 Urticaceae Boehmeria platyphylla

288 Urticaceae Debregeasia longifolia

289 Urticaceae Debregeasia salicifolia

290 Urticaceae Girardinia diversifolia

291 Urticaceae Girardinia heterophylla

292 Urticaceae Pilea umbrosa

293 Urticaceae Pouzolzia zeylanica

294 Urticaceae Urtica dioica

295 Verbenaceae Caryopteris odorata

296 Verbenaceae Lantana camara

297 Verbenaceae Vitex negundo

298 Violaceae Viola betonicifolia

299 Violaceae Viola canescens

300 Violaceae Viola pilosa

301 Vitaceae Vitis flexuosa

302 Zingiberaceae Curcuma aromatica

303 Zingiberaceae Hedychium spicatum

304 Zingiberaceae Roscoea purpurea

Annexure-IV

Drinking Water Quality Standard (as per IS: 10500: 2012)

S.No. Parameters Desirable

Limit Permissible

Limit

1 pH 6.5-8.5 No relaxation

2 Colour (Hazen Units), Maximum 5 15

3 Odour Agreeable Agreeable

4 Taste Agreeable Agreeable

5 Turbidity, NTU, Max 1 5

6 Total hardness as CaCO3, Max 200 600

7 Iron as Fe, Max 0.30 No relaxation

8 Chlorides as Cl, Max 250 1000

9 Residual, Free Chlorine, Min 0.20 1

10 Dissolved solids, Max 500 2000

11 Calcium as Ca, Max 75 200

12 Magnesium as Mg, Max 30 100

13 Copper as Cu, Max 0.05 1.5

14 Manganese as Mn, Max 0.1 0.3

15 Sulphate as SO4 Max 200 400

16 Nitrates as NO3 45 No relaxation

17 Fluoride, Max 1.0 1.5

18 Phenolic compounds as C6H5OH, Max

0.001 0.002

19 Mercury as Hg, Max 0.001 No relaxation

20 Cadmium as Cd, Max 0.003 No relaxation

21 Selenium as Se, Max 0.01 No relaxation

22 Total Arsenic as As, Max 0.01 0.05

23 Cyanide as CN, Max 0.05 No relaxation

24 Lead as Pb, Max 0.01 No relaxation

25 Zinc as Zn, Max 5 15

26 Anionic detergents as MBAS, Max

0.2 1.0

27 Chromium as Cr6+,

Max 0.05 No relaxation

28 Alkalinity, Max 200 600

29 Aluminum as Al, Max

0.03 0.2

30 Boron, Max 0.5 1.0

PHOTO PLATES

PROJECT AREA

Proposed Dam site and Testing Drift site

Proposed colony area at Tangar village

Project site approach road and Bridges

PROJECT AREA

Ramban Town (Proposed reservoir area)

Dharamkund Village (Proposed reservoir area)

Mankhani khad Tatsun nala

Insects and Herpetofauna sighted in the study area

Plain Tiger Blue Tiger

Common Peacock Blue Marsh Hawk

Ringed Argus White edged RockBrown

Insects and Herpetofauna sighted in the study area

Blue Marsh Hawk Grass hopper

Himalayan Agama Beetle

Skittering Frog

Avifauna sighted in the study area

Black Kite House sparrow

House Crow Himalayan Bulbul

Oriental turtle Dove Common Myna

Baseline Data Collection: Biological Sampling

Water Sampling Site at Dharamkund and Ramban town

Water Sampling at Old Ramban Bridge and Karol Nala Chenab Conflunce in Ramban

Local Fisherman Sampling for Micro Invertebrates

Fishes Found in Chenab River

Schizothorax richardsonii (Snowtrout)

Vegetation Sampling for Terrestrial Ecology

Pinus roxburghii

Grewia optiva Bauhinia variegata

Bauhinia variegata Berberis spp.

Baseline Data Collection: Sampling for Physico Chemcial Parameters

Soil Sampling at Pari Village and Lower Tanger near Madiyali nala

Noise Level Monitoring in the study area

Bibliography

Adoni, A. D., 1985. Work Book on Limnology. Bandna Printing Service, New Delhi. 216 pp.

APHA, 1992. Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Waste water. American

Public Health Association, American Water Work Association, Water Environmental

Federation. In: A. E. Greenberg, L. S. Clesceri & A. S. E. Eaton (eds). New York.

Battish, S.K. 1992. Freshwater Zooplankton of India. Oxford and IBH Publishing Co., New Delhi.

pp. 1-232.

Bieniawski, Z.T. (1989). Engineering rock mass classifications. New York: Wiley.

Chalise, M. K., (2003). Assamese Monkeys (Macaca assamensis) in Nepal. Primate Conserva-

tion. The Journal of the IUCN/SSC Primate Specialist Group, 19: 99–107.

Champion, H.G. and Seth, S.K. 1968. A revised survey of the forest types of India. Department of

Forest, Govt. of India publication.

Daniel, J. (2002). Avian response to bottomland harwood reforestation: The first 10 years.

Restoratrion Ecology 10:645-655.

Dhar, U. and Kachroo, P., (1983). Alpine Flora of Kashmir Himalayas. Scientific Publishers:

Jodhpur. 280 p.

District Statistical Handbook (2011), Department of Statistics, Ramban: published by

Directorate of Economics and Statistics, Govt. of Jammu and Kashmir.

Duthie, J.F., (1903). Flora of the upper Gangetic plain, and of the adjacent Siwalik and sub-

Himalayan tracts. Vol. 1. Part 1of 2. Publisher: Office of the Superintendent of Government

Printing, Calcutta.

Edington, J. M., Hildrew A. G. 1995. Caseless caddis larvae of the British Isles.- Freshwater

Biological Association Scientific Publication 53, 134pp., Ambleside, Cumbria

Edmondson, W.T. 1959. Freshwater Biology. John Wiley & Sons, New York.

Fishrires Management plan Office of Additional Director Fisheries, Fishery Department,

Ramban.

Forest Working Plan, Batote Forest Division Office of Divisional Forest Officer, Batote

Gandhi, H. P. 1998. Freshwater diatoms of Central Gujarat – With a review and some others.

Bishen Singh Mahendra Pal, Dehradun.

Grierson. A.J.C. (1964). A revision of the Asters of the Himalayan area. Notes Royal bot. Gard.

Edinburgh. 26: 67-163.

Hustedt, F. and Jensen, N. G. 1985. The Pennate Diatoms. Koeltz Scientific Books, Koenigstein.

918 pp.

Jacquemont, V., (1831). The Punjab a Hundred Years Ago as Described by Publisher: Office of the

Superintendent of Government Printing, Calcutta.

Kachroo P., Sapru B.L., Dhar U. 1977. Flora of Ladakh: an ecological and taxonomical appraisal.

Dehra Dun, Bishen Singh Mahendra Pal Singh, 172 pp.

Kaul, M.K. 1986. Weed flora of Kashmir valley. Journal of economics and taxonomic Botany.

Additional series scientific publishers, Jodhpur, India.

Kazmi, S. M. A. (1970-1977). Bibliography on the Botany of West Pakistan and Kashmir and

adjacent region. Vol. 1 & 5.

Krammer, K., and Lange-Bertalot H. 1986. Süßwasserflora von Mitteleuropa. Band 2.

Bacillariophyceae. Teil 1. Naviculaceae. Gustav Fischer Verlag, Stuttgart.

Krammer, K., and Lange-Bertalot, H. 1991. Süßwasserflora von Mitteleuropa. Band 2.

Bacillariophyceae. Teil 3. Centrales, Fragilariaceae, Eunotiaceae. Gustav Fischer Verlag,

Stuttgart.

Krammer, K., and Lange-Bertalot, H. 2000, Süßwasserflora von Mitteleuropa. Band 2/5.

Bacillariophyceae. Part 5. English and French Translation of the Keys. Gustav Fischer

Verlag, Stuttgart.

Land use/ Land cover maps of Doda district (2008) National Remote Sensing Centre (NRSC),

Indian Space Research Organisation (ISRO) of Dept. of Space with Directorate of Ecology,

Environment and Remote Sensing, Jammu &Kashmir.

Macan, T. T. 1979. A key to the nymphs of the British species of Ephemeroptera with notes on

their ecology. Scient. Pubis Freshwat. biol. Ass. No. 20: 1-80.

Martin, P., and Bateson, P., (1903) Measuring behavior: An introductory guide. Cambridge

University Press, Cambridge, England, 1993, Second Edition, 222 pages, ISBN 0521

446147.

Metzeltin, D., Lange–Bertalot, H. and Garcia–Rodriguez, F. 2005: Diatoms of Uruguay compared

with other taxa from South America and elsewhere. – Iconographia Diatomologica 15:

1–736.

Moorcroft, W. (1820-1822). Veterinary surgeon in the Bengal Army and superintendent of the

Company's stud in Bengal (1808-25).

http;//www.ladakhstudies.org/resources/Resources/RROL6/14RRoL6marczell.pdf.

Nautiyal, R. and Nautiyal, P. 1999. Altitudinal variations in the pennate diatom flora of the

Alaknanda-Ganga river system in the Himalayan stretch of Garhwal region. Pages 85-

100, In: Proceedings of Fourteenth International Diatom Symposium (S. Mayama, M. Idei

and I. Koizumi, eds.), Koeltz Scientific Books, Koenigstein.

Parter, S.H., (1998). The book of Indian Animals. Bombay Natural History Society. Oxford

University Press, Mumbai, India.

Pennak, R. W., 1953. Freshwater Invertebrates of United States (2nd edition). John Willey &

Sons, New York. 512-733 pp.

Pennak, R.W. (1953). Fresh-water Invertebrates of the United States. The Ronald Press

Company. 326-340.

Prasad, B. N. Misra, P. K. 1992. Freshwater Algal Flora of Andaman & Nicobar Islands. Bishen

Singh Mahendra Pal, Dehradun.

Prater, S.H. 1980. The Book of Indian animals. Third ed. Bombay Natural History Society.

Bombay, 428 pp.

Puckridge, J.T., Sheldon, F., Walker, K,F. and Boulton, A.J. 1998. Flow variability and the ecology

of large rivers. Marine and Freshwater Research 49: 55–72.

Sarode, P.T. and Kamat, N.D. 1984. Fresh water Diatoms of Maharashtra, Saikripa Prakashan,

Aurangabad.

Shannon, C.E. and Wiener, W. 1963. The Mathematical Theory of Communication. Univ. of

Illinois Press, Illinois, U.S.A.

Sharma, B. M. and Kachroo, P., (1981). Flora of Jammu and Plants of Nighborhood, Vol 1. Bishen

Singh Mahendra Pal Singh, Dehra Dun.

Singh, G and Kachroo, P. (1976). Forest Flora of Srinagar and Plants of Neighborhood. Bishen

Singh Mahendra Pal Singh, Dehra Dun.

Singh, N. P., Singh, D. K. and Uniyal, B. P. (eds.,’2002). Flora of Jammu & Kashmir. Vol. 1.

Botanical Survey of India, Kolkata.

Soest, J.L. van. 1961. New species of Taraxacum from the Himalayan Region. Bull. Brit. Mus. (Nat.

Hist.) Bot., 2: 10: 263-273.

Soest, J.L. van. 1963. Taraxacum species from India, Pakistan and neighbouring countries. Wentia,

10: 1-91.

Vigne, G. T., (1836). Gate of Ruins in Baramula Pass, Jhelum Valley, Kashmir. Vigne, Godfrey

Thomas (1801-1863) / © Royal Geographical Society, London, UK / The Bridgeman Art

Library.

Von Huegel: An an Austriannoble, army officer, diplomat, botanist, and explorer, now primarily

remembered for his travels in northern Indiaduring the 1830s.

http://www.nationaalherbarium.nl/FMCollectors/H/HugelCAAFvon.htm.

Ward, H.B. and Whipple, G. C. 1959. Freshwater Biology (New York: John Wiley and sons).

Werum, M. and Lange-Bertalot, H. 2004. Diatoms in springs from Central Europe and elsewhere

under the influence of hydrogeology and anthropogenic impacts. Iconographia

Diatomologica, 13 A.R.G. Gantner Verlag K.G. , Ruggell, pp. 480.

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Austria

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Austria

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Officer_(armed_forces)

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Diplomat

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Botanist

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Explorer

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/North_India

http://www.nationaalherbarium.nl/FMCollectors/H/HugelCAAFvon.htm

R. S. Envirolink Technologies Pvt. Ltd.

Documents

Transcript of R. S. Envirolink Technologies Pvt. Ltd.